Second Greater Mekong Subregion Highway Modernization Project (Formerly GMS East-West Economic Corridor Highway Development Project)

Home , Kyaikto, Thanatpin Township, Thaton, Thaton District

Environmental Impact Assessment (Draft)

June 2019

MYA: Second Greater Mekong Subregion Highway Modernization Project (formerly GMS East-West Economic Corridor Highway Development Project)

Main Text

Prepared by the Ministry of Construction of the Republic of the Union of Myanmar for the Asian Development Bank. CURRENCY EQUIVALENTS (as of 22 February 2019) Currency unit – Myanmar Kyat (MK) MK1.00 = US$ 0.000654 US$1.00 = MK 1,533

ABBREVIATIONS AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ADB Asian Development Bank ADT Average Daily Traffic AHH Affected Household AP Affected Person BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand BOQ Bill of Quantities BOT Built Operate & Transfer BMS Bridge Management System CBR California Bearing Ratio CCSR Centre for Climate Systems Research CEMP Contractor’s Environmental Management Plan CIA Cumulative Impact Assessment CMIP5 Coupled Model Intercomparison Project Phase 5 COD Chemical Oxygen Demand COI Corridor of Impact CR Critically Endangered CRRN Core Rural Road Network CSC Construction Supervision Consultant (also known as the Engineer) CSS Country Safeguard Systems dBA A weighted sound scale DBST Double Bituminous Surface Treatment DCP Dynamic Cone Penetrometer DD Detailed Design DEM Digital Elevation Model DHV Design Hour (Traffic) Volume DMF Design Monitoring Framework DOB Department of Bridges DOH Department of Highways DMH Department of Meteorology (Myanmar) DO Dissolved oxygen DTM Digital Terrain Model EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EIRR Economic Internal Rate of Return ECC Environmental Compliance Certificate ECD Environmental Conservation Department EMC External Monitoring Consultant EM-DAT Emergency Events Database EMP Environmental Management Plan EMP-CP Environmental Management Plan - Construction Phase EMP-OP Environmental Management Plan - Operations Phase EN Endangered ENSO El Nino-Southern Oscillation ESA Equivalent Standard Axle ESMS Environmental and Social Management System

ESSRSS Environment Social Safeguards and Road Safety Section of DOH EWEC East-West Economic Corridor FCG Focus Group Discussions for Poverty Social Assessment FMA Financial Management Plan FMAQ Financial Management Assessment Questionnaire FS Feasibility Study GAD General Administration Department under Ministry of Home Affairs GCM General Circulation Model GDP Gross Domestic Product GMS Greater Mekong Subregion GNI Gross National Income GNP Gross National Product GoM Government of Myanmar GPS Global Positioning System GRM Grievance Redress Mechanism HDM-4 Highway Development & Maintenance Management System (4) HIV / AIDS Human Immunodeficiency Virus / Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome H&S Health and Safety HWL High Water Level IDF Intensity-Duration-Frequency IEE Initial Environmental Examination IES International Environmental Specialist IFC International Finance Corporation IMF International Monetary Fund IOL Inventory of Loss IPCC Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change IPP Indigenous Peoples Plan IPPF Indigenous Peoples Planning Framework IPSA Initial Poverty and Social Analysis IRP Income Restoration Program JICA Japan International Cooperation Agency KII Key Informant Interviews for Poverty Social Assessment km Kilometre LARP Land Acquisition and Resettlement Plan LIDAR Light Imaging, Detecting and Ranging LSS Laser Scan Survey m Metre m3 Cubic metre MAV Multi-axle Vehicle MCA Multi-criteria Analysis MCCA Myanmar Climate Change Alliance mm Millimetre MOC Ministry of Construction MOEE Ministry of Electricity and Energy MONREC Ministry of Natural Resources and Environmental Conservation MSA Million Equivalent Standard Axles MSL Mean Sea Level MTC Manual Traffic Count NASA National Aeronautics and Space Administration NASA GISS NASA Goddard Institute for Space Studies NASA GDDP NASA Earth Exchange Global Daily Downscaled Projections NES National Environmental Specialist NGO Nongovernment Organization NO2 Nitrogen Dioxide NOAA National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (United States)

NPT Nay Pyi Taw NMV Non-Motorized Vehicle NDT Non-destructive Testing O-D Origin-Destination Survey OJT On the Job Training O&M Operations and Maintenance PAP Project Affected Person Pcu Passenger Car Unit PM Particulate Matter PMU Project Management Unit PPE Personal Protective Equipment PPTA Project Preparatory Technical Assistance PSA Poverty and Social Assessment PSP Private Sector Participation PPP Public Private Partnership RAP Resettlement Action Plan RCP Representative Concentration Pathway RFQ Request for Quotation ROW Right of Way RSI Roadside Interview SBD Standard Bidding Documents SBST Single Bituminous Surface Treatment SES Socioeconomic Survey SIA Social Impact Assessment SO2 Sulphur Dioxide SPS Safeguards Policy Statement SS Suspended Solids SSEMP Site-specific Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan SPS Safeguard Policy Statement SPT Standard Penetration Test TA Technical Assistance TOR Terms of Reference TSP Total Suspended Particulates UNEP United Nations Environment Programme UN-Habitat United Nations Human Settlements Programme USD United States Dollars UXO Unexploded Ordnance VA Vulnerability Assessment Vdf Vehicle Damage Factor VER Valued Environmental Receptor VOC Vehicle Operating Costs VU Vulnerable WB World Bank WHO World Health Organization WWF World Wide Fund for Nature

NOTE In this report, "$" refers to United States dollars.

This environmental impact assessment is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature. Your attention is directed to the “terms of use” section on ADB’s website.

In preparing any country program or strategy, financing any project, or by making any designation of or reference to a particular territory or geographic area in this document, the Asian Development Bank does not intend to make any judgments as to the legal or other status of any territory or area.

Table of Contents A. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ...... 2 A.1. Preamble ...... 2 A.2. Background and Objectives of the Technical Assistance ...... 2 A.3. Need for the Road ...... 2 A.4. Prefeasibility Study ...... 2 A.5. Proposed Alignment ...... 3 A.6. Highway Design Specifications ...... 4 A.7. Related Facilities ...... 4 A.8. Preliminary Cost Estimates ...... 4 A.9. Public Participation ...... 4 A.10. Environmental Impact Assessment Process ...... 5 A.11. Environmental Baseline ...... 5 A.11.1. Land Use ...... 5 A.11.2. Physical Parameters ...... 5 A.11.3. Biodiversity ...... 5 A.11.4. Critical Habitats ...... 6 A.11.5. Social and Physical Cultural Resources ...... 9 A.12. Results of the Assessment ...... 9 A.12.1. Valued Environmental Receptors ...... 9 A.12.2. Assessment of Effects ...... 12 A.12.3. Assessment of Effects on Critical Habitats ...... 14 A.13. Environmental Management Plan (EMP) ...... 14 A.13.1. Grievance Redress Mechanism ...... 15 A.14. Conclusion and Recommendations ...... 15 B. POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK ...... 16 B.1. Overview of National Policy and Legal Framework ...... 16 B.2. Environmental Conservation Law ...... 16 B.3. Environmental Conservation Rules ...... 16 B.4. National Environmental Quality (Emission) Guidelines (2015) ...... 16 B.4.1. Ambient Air Quality...... 17 B.4.2. Wastewater ...... 17 B.4.3. Noise Levels ...... 18 B.4.4. Run Off from Roads ...... 18 B.4.5. International Guidelines on Health and Safety ...... 19 B.5. Environmental Impact Assessment ...... 19 B.5.1. MYA Environmental Impact Assessment Procedure ...... 19 B.5.2. MYA Environmental Impact Assessment Approval Process ...... 19 B.6. MYA General Environmental Impact Assessment Guideline (2017) ...... 23 B.7. Environmental Conservation Department (ECD) of MONREC ...... 23 B.8. Other Environmental Instruments in Myanmar ...... 23 B.9. Forestry / Biodiversity ...... 24 B.10. Heritage ...... 24 B.11. Environmental Screening of the Project ...... 24 B.12. MOC Manual on Environmental Safeguards (2014) ...... 24 B.13. Land Acquisition and Resettlement ...... 25 B.14. International Conventions, Treaties and Agreements ...... 25 B.15. Myanmar Permitting Requirements...... 26 B.16. ADB Environmental Requirements ...... 27 B.16.1. ADB Safeguard Policy Statement (2009) ...... 27 B.16.2. ADB Requirements for Environment Safeguard Screening and Categorization ...... 27 B.16.3. ADB, JICA and Myanmar Environment Categorization of the Projects ...... 28 C. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT ...... 29 C.1. Preamble ...... 29 C.2. Project Rationale ...... 29 C.3. Need for the Bago-Kyaikto Highway ...... 31

C.3.1. Need for the Road ...... 31 C.3.2. Overview of Route Selection ...... 31 C.4. Description of Bago-Kyaikto Alignment ...... 32 C.4.1. Townships and Villages Affected by the Proposed Alignment ...... 32 C.5. Design Specification ...... 33 C.5.1. Traffic Forecasts ...... 34 C.5.2. Access Points for Toll Road ...... 35 C.5.3. Cross Sections ...... 37 C.5.4. Pavement Design ...... 38 C.5.5. Climate Design Information ...... 38 C.5.6. Bridges and Structures ...... 39 C.5.7. Cross Drainage Structures: Bridges, Culverts and Underpasses ...... 41 C.5.8. Embankment Protection Works ...... 42 C.6. Major Crossings ...... 42 C.6.1. Background ...... 42 C.6.2. Yangon-Bago Railway Bridge Sta. 02+630 (Figure C-12) ...... 42 C.6.3. Bago River Sta. 04+340 (Figure C-13) ...... 43 C.6.4. Mokkala Chaung Sta. 09+461 (Figure C-14) ...... 44 C.6.5. Ka Ma Pa Yan Chaung Sta. 14+623 (Figure C-15) ...... 44 C.6.6. Maung Ma Kaw Yo Chaung Sta. 21+587 (Figure C-16) ...... 45 C.6.7. Unknown River Name Sta. 22+965 (Figure C-17) ...... 46 C.6.8. Sittaung–Bago Canal Sta. 23+391 (Figure C-18, Figure C-19 and Figure C-20) ..... 47 C.7. Sittaung River Sta. 51+000 ...... 50 C.7.2. Ka Lun Chaung Sta. 56+985 (Figure C-29 and Figure C-30) ...... 56 C.7.3. Ma Law Gyaung (Unknown River Name) Sta. 60+140 (Figure C-33) ...... 58 C.7.4. High Voltage Lines ...... 58 C.8. Design for Earthquake Effects ...... 59 C.9. Incorporated Road Safety Measures ...... 59 C.10. Storm Water Management and Runoff Estimations ...... 59 C.11. Materials and Excavations ...... 59 C.11.1. Preamble ...... 59 C.11.2. Geology of Moke Palin–Kyaikto Area ...... 60 C.11.3. Possible Sources of Material ...... 60 C.11.4. Securing Permits for Quarries and Spoil Disposal Sites, Work Areas ...... 61 C.12. Related Facilities - Rural Roads ...... 64 C.12.1. Justification ...... 64 C.12.2. Design Parameters for Rural Roads ...... 64 C.12.3. Priority Road List ...... 65 C.12.4. Other Related Facilities ...... 67 C.13. Alternate Alignment End Point ...... 67 C.14. Cost Estimates Bago to Kyaikto Road ...... 68 C.15. Project Implementation Schedule ...... 71 D. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ...... 72 D.1. Preamble ...... 72 D.2. Project Location and General Description ...... 72 D.2.1. Location ...... 72 D.3. Topography ...... 74 D.4. Land-Use ...... 75 D.4.1. Current Land-Use ...... 75 D.4.2. Historical Land Use ...... 77 D.5. Meteorology ...... 78 D.5.1. Temperature ...... 79 D.5.2. Rainfall ...... 79 D.5.3. Humidity ...... 81 D.5.4. Winds ...... 81 D.5.5. Extreme Events ...... 82 D.6. Geology ...... 82 D.7. Soils ...... 82 D.8. Hydrology ...... 84 D.8.1. Hydrological Analysis – Estimation of Storm Water Runoff ...... 84

D.8.2. Section 1 - Km 0+000–km 4+300 ...... 84 D.8.3. Section 3 – Bago River to Sittaung River km 4+400 to km 49+200 ...... 85 D.8.4. Section 4 – Sittaung Bridge at km 52+000 to End of Project at 73+000 ...... 86 D.8.5. Watercourses to East of Sittaung River ...... 87 D.9. Geomorphology ...... 87 D.10. Baseline Data ...... 89 D.10.1. Sampling Locations ...... 89 D.10.2. Air Quality ...... 90 D.10.3. Ambient Noise and Vibration ...... 94 D.10.4. Water Quality ...... 96 D.10.5. Soil and Sediment ...... 99 D.10.6. Biodiversity ...... 100 D.10.7. Critical Habitat Assessment ...... 104 D.10.8. Biodiversity Field Work ...... 125 D.10.9. Biodiversity Index ...... 128 D.10.10. Biodiversity Baseline Survey around Sittaung Bridge (JICA EIA) ...... 130 D.11. Socio-economic Conditions ...... 131 D.11.1. Baseline Socioeconomic Survey ...... 131 D.11.2. Results of Socio-economic Survey ...... 132 D.11.3. Poverty and Social Assessment (PSA) ...... 134 D.11.4. Ecotourism, cultural resources ...... 134 D.12. Identification of Valued Environmental Receptors (VER) ...... 136 D.13. Sensitive Receptors ...... 138 D.14. Climate Change...... 140 D.14.1. NAPA Report ...... 140 D.14.2. Climate Risk ...... 141 D.14.3. Uncertainty in Projecting Climate Change ...... 141 D.14.4. Present Climate ...... 141 D.14.5. Historical Trends ...... 142 D.14.6. Average Temperature Projections ...... 143 D.14.7. Average Precipitation Projections ...... 143 D.14.8. Average Sea Level Rise Projections ...... 143 D.14.9. Extreme Events ...... 143 D.14.10. Tropical Cyclones ...... 144 D.14.11. Monsoons ...... 144 D.14.12. Downscaled Climate Projections Yangon Delta ...... 144 D.14.1. Recommendation for Rainfall Increase ...... 147 D.14.2. Cost to make Bago-Kyaikto Expressway Climate Resilient ...... 147 E. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES ...... 148 E.1. Assessment Methodology ...... 148 E.1.1. Preamble ...... 148 E.1.2. General Approach ...... 148 E.1.3. EIA as a Process ...... 148 E.1.4. Environmental Design Approach ...... 148 E.1.5. Process of determining effects ...... 150 E.1.6. Identifying Valued Environmental Receptors (VER) ...... 151 E.2. Characterising Impacts ...... 152 E.2.1. Preamble ...... 152 E.2.2. Size of Impact ...... 152 E.2.3. Other Aspects of an Impact ...... 152 E.2.4. Extent of Impact or Area of Influence ...... 153 E.2.5. Duration of Impact Effect ...... 153 E.2.6. Frequency ...... 154 E.2.7. Probability ...... 155 E.2.8. Reversibility ...... 155 E.2.9. Overall Impact Magnitude Scoring Model ...... 155 E.2.10. Assessment of Significance ...... 156 E.2.11. Hierarchy of Mitigation ...... 156 E.3. Impact Assessment ...... 157 E.3.1. Preamble ...... 157

E.3.2. Impacts and Mitigation for Design and Land Take Requirements ...... 158 E.3.3. Impact on Productive Trees (see AF007) ...... 164 E.3.4. Impact on Critical Habitat (see PG003)...... 164 E.3.5. Invasive Species ...... 170 E.3.6. Impacts and Mitigation for Construction Phase ...... 171 E.3.7. Preparation of Construction Environment Management Plans ...... 187 E.3.8. Construction Noise (See NO001) ...... 187 E.3.9. Vibration (NO002) ...... 188 E.3.10. Social / Community Safety (see Impact SR006) ...... 190 E.3.11. Development of Workers Accommodation Camps ...... 190 E.3.12. Surface water pollution (TE002, WM002) ...... 191 E.4. Impacts of Operations and Maintenance ...... 192 E.4.1. Impact on Air Quality ...... 197 E.4.2. Impact on Noise Levels ...... 201 E.4.3. Noise Barriers ...... 203 E.4.4. Potential Risks from Spills ...... 212 E.4.5. Surface Water Run Off ...... 212 E.4.6. Pesticides and herbicides ...... 213 E.5. Post Construction Site Clearance ...... 214 E.6. Retention on Payment ...... 214 E.7. Existing Facilities ...... 214 E.8. Summary of Impacts ...... 214 E.9. Residual Significant Effects ...... 216 E.10. Indirect Impacts ...... 217 E.11. Cumulative Environmental Impact Assessment ...... 217 E.11.1. Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Construction ...... 217 E.11.2. Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Operations ...... 217 E.11.3. Cumulative Impacts of Other Projects ...... 219 F. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ...... 220 F.1. Alignment of Bago to Kyaikto Road ...... 220 F.2. Modification to JICA Prefeasibility Study Alignment ...... 222 F.2.1. JICA Bridge Realignment ...... 222 F.2.2. Avoiding Fish Ponds near Bago-Thanlyin Road ...... 223 F.2.3. Stupa at 25+300 ...... 224 F.2.4. Prison Farm at Km 54+600 ...... 224 F.3. Terminating Expressway North of Kyaikto ...... 224 F.4. Discussions with JICA Consultants ...... 225 G. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION AND PARTICIPATION ...... 226 G.1. Key Stakeholder Consultations ...... 226 G.2. Government Stakeholder Consultations 1 and 2 ...... 226 G.3. Photo Documentation of Consultation ...... 227 G.4. Consultation with the General Public ...... 227 G.5. Methodology for Public Consultations ...... 228 G.6. Community Consultation First Round ...... 229 G.7. Community Consultation Second Round ...... 230 G.8. Overall Results of Public Consultations ...... 230 G.9. Photo Documentation of Consultation ...... 232 G.10. Expert Consultations related to Mottama Gulf Ramsar Site ...... 233 G.11. Disclosure ...... 234 H. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM ...... 235 I. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... 240 I.1. Introduction ...... 240 I.2. Institutional arrangements and responsibilities for EMP implementation ...... 240 I.3. Recommended Reporting Requirements ...... 241 I.4. Contractor Obligations Prior to Construction ...... 242 I.4.1. Preparation of Contractor or Construction EMP (CEMP)...... 242 I.4.2. Pre-Construction ...... 243 I.4.3. Securing Permits for Quarries and Spoil Disposal Sites ...... 243

I.5. Summary of Impact Environmental Mitigation Measures ...... 243 I.6. Environmental Management during Operations ...... 268 I.7. Environmental Monitoring Requirements ...... 268 I.8. Construction Phase Environmental Effect Monitoring...... 276 I.9. Environmental Management Plan Indicative Cost ...... 277 I.10. Capacity Development and Training ...... 277 J. Conclusion and Recommendations ...... 280 J.1. Design ...... 280 J.2. Preconstruction ...... 280 J.3. Construction ...... 281 J.4. Operations and Maintenance ...... 281 J.5. Public Consultation ...... 281 J.6. Overall Conclusion and Recommendations ...... 282 References ...... 284

List of Figures Figure A-1 Road Alignment Bago to Kyaikto Expressway ...... 3 Figure A-2 Interchange Plan Bago-Kyaikto ...... 4 Figure A-3 Discrete Management Units used in CHA ...... 6 Figure B-1 EIA Flow Chart 1.0, Project Proposal Screening ...... 20 Figure B-2 EIA Flow Chart 3.0, EIA Scoping ...... 21 Figure B-3 EIA Flow Chart 3.1, EIA Investigations and Review ...... 21 Figure B-4 EIA Flow Chart 3.2, EIA Review and Approval ...... 22 Figure B-5 EIA Flow Chart 4.0, EIA Appeal Process ...... 22 Figure C-1 GMS Corridors ...... 30 Figure C-2 Existing Road Transport Network and Proposed Alignment of New Highway ...... 31 Figure C-3 Alignment on a 1954 Map showing the old Sittaung River Channel ...... 32 Figure C-4 Interchange Plan Bago-Kyaikto ...... 35 Figure C-5 Bago Interchange 1 ...... 36 Figure C-6 Interchange #2 at Thanatpin Km 12 ...... 36 Figure C-7 Interchange #3 at Waw Township Km 34 ...... 37 Figure C-8 Interchange #4 at NH-8 Km 64 North of Kyaikto ...... 37 Figure C-7 Four-Lane ASEAN Highway Class 1 Divided Highway Limited Access ...... 38 Figure C-8 Typical Underpass 6m x 4.5m ...... 39 Figure C-9 Underpasses for Farm Vehicles ...... 40 Figure C-10 Yangon – Mandalay Railway ...... 43 Figure C-11 Bago River with Low Water Level ...... 43 Figure C-12 Mokkala Chaung Bridge ...... 44 Figure C-13 Ka Ma Pa Yan Chaung Bridge ...... 45 Figure C-14 Maung Ma Kaw Yo Chaung Bridge ...... 46 Figure C-15 Sta. 22+965 Creek Crossing ...... 47 Figure C-16 Bago-Sittaung Canal at Crossing Location, note East Bank laterite road ...... 48 Figure C-17 Existing Bridge on the Bago-Sittaung Canal in Thanatpin.** ...... 48 Figure C-18 Bago-Sittaung Canal Bridge ...... 49 Figure C-19 Proposed Crossing Point ...... 50 Figure C-20 Sittaung River Bridge Crossing Proposal ...... 51 Figure C-21 Details Bridge Location ...... 52 Figure C-22 Location and Plan of Temporary Access Road ...... 52 Figure C-21 Horizontal Alignment Options of the River Sittaung Crossing Point ...... 53 Figure C-22 Railway Bridge Crossing Point ...... 54 Figure C-23 Hydraulic Modelling of river showing places vulnerable to Scour and Erosion...... 55 Figure C-24 Slope Protection of New Sittaung River Bridge ...... 56 Figure C-25 Ka Lun River at crossing point ...... 57 Figure C-26 Ka Lun River 200 m U/S crossing point ...... 57 Figure C-27 Proposed New Bridge and Design at Ka Lun Chaung ...... 57 Figure C-28 Existing Bridge upstream the New Crossing ...... 58 Figure C-29 Unnamed Water Course at Ma Law Gyaung ...... 58 Figure C-34 High Voltage Lines South of Auk Si Di West Village ...... 59 Figure C-35 Quarry Locations in Kyaitko ...... 63 Figure C-36 Proposed Rural Roads ...... 66 Figure C-37 New End Point on NH – 8...... 68 Figure D-1 Project Location within Myanmar ...... 73 Figure D-2 Project Alignment Context ...... 74 Figure D-3 Elevation Profile of Route Alignment (m) ...... 75 Figure D-4 Land Use Classes ...... 76 Figure D-5 Satellite Image Showing Typical Small Field Pattern of Land-Use ...... 76 Figure D-6 Breakdown of Land Usage ...... 77 Figure D-7 Comparison of 1954 and 2019 River Alignment in East of Sittaung Delta ...... 78 Figure D-8 Average Monthly temperature (°C) for Myanmar – 1905-2015 ...... 79 Figure D-9 Annual precipitation in southern Myanmar ...... 80 Figure D-10 Average Monthly Rainfall (mm) for Bago from 1981 - 2005...... 80 Figure D-11 Mean Monthly Relative Humidity Values...... 81 Figure D-12 Soil Profile from Boreholes Km 00-50...... 83

Figure D-13 Soil Profile from Boreholes Km 52-73 ...... 83 Figure D-14 Section 1 – km 0+000 to km 2+900, Bago urban ...... 84 Figure D-15 Overview of irrigation canals in Section 3 ...... 86 Figure D-16 Map of catchment areas, Kyaikto ...... 86 Figure D-17 Satellite Images of the lower Sittaung River from 1984 and 2018 ...... 88 Figure D-18 Environmental Media Sampling Locations ...... 89 Figure D-19 Air and Noise & Vibration Measurement Locations ...... 89 Figure D-19 Seasonal Variation of Particulates Deposition Rates ...... 90 Figure D-20 Ambient Air Quality Results ...... 92 Figure D-21 Ambient Noise Levels at all Monitoring Points LAeq dB Day and Night ...... 95 Figure D-23 Water Quality Sampling Locations ...... 97 Figure D-23 River Water Quality Sampling Points ...... 98 Figure D-25 Soil Quality Sampling Points ...... 99 Figure D-22 Boundaries of Protected Areas ...... 101 Figure D-23 Boundary of Important Bird Area (IBA) ...... 101 Figure D-24 Additional ‘Protected Sites’ based on Pre-feasibility Study Data ...... 102 Figure D-25 Ramsar Boundary with Additional Management Area Shown ...... 103 Figure D-30 - Area of Analysis (AoA) ...... 105 Figure D-31 - Gulf of Mottama Ramsar Designation Boundary ...... 122 Figure D-32 - Proposed Future Ramsar Designations within Gulf of Mottama ...... 123 Figure D-33 - Enlargement of Ramsar Map Showing Possible Management Area ...... 123 Figure D-34 - Gulf of Mottama IBA Boundary ...... 124 Figure D-31 Map showing the surveying route along the proposed alignment ...... 126 Figure D-32 Species Abundance ...... 129 Figure D-37 Fauna and Flora Survey Areas and Points (Source: Draft EIA for Sittaung Bridge, January 2019) ...... 131 Figure D-33 Ecotourism sites ...... 135 Figure D-38 Major Cultural Heritage Site (Kyaik Ka Thar) ...... 135 Figure D-34 Physiographic regions of Myanmar ...... 142 Figure E-1 Environmental Design Approach to EIA ...... 149 Figure E-2 SPRC Model as Applied to EIA ...... 150 Figure E-3 Hierarchy of Mitigation ...... 157 Figure E-4 Plot of Distance (m) v Vibration Threshold (mm/s) ...... 190 Figure E-5 Expected Impacts on Water Quality during Construction ...... 191 Figure E-6 Image of SPSP (Steel Pipe Sheet Piles) Methodology ...... 192 Figure E-5 Air quality 2035 NOx ...... 198 Figure E-6 Air quality 2035 Particulates PM10 ...... 198 Figure E-7 Air quality 2035 CO ...... 199 Figure E-10 Air and Noise & Vibration Forecast Locations (Sensitive Receptor in Supanu Village) 200 Figure E-8 Drone Imagery with Alignment and ROW ...... 201 Figure E-9 Alignment with Environmental Monitoring Stations ...... 202 Figure E-10 Noise levels for Daily and Night time Traffic flows Hourly Leq for 2035 ...... 203 Figure E-11 Barrier Effectiveness No Embankment ...... 205 Figure E-12 Barrier Effectiveness 6m Embankment ...... 206 Figure E-13 Elevation along Alignment ...... 206 Figure E-14 Isolated Farm Houses in Exceedence of IFC Noise Guideline ...... 212 Figure F-1 JICA funded Preliminary Feasibility Study Alternative Alignments ...... 220 Figure F-2 The JICA Pre-feasibility Study Alignment ...... 222 Figure F-3 Moving the alignment in Kyaikto Township ...... 223 Figure F-4 Fish Ponds at the Bago-Thanlyin Road ...... 223 Figure F-5 Stupa at Km 25+300 Avoided ...... 224 Figure F-6 Prison Farm Avoided at 54+600 ...... 224 Figure F-7 Terminate the Expressway Before Kyaikto ...... 225 Figure G-1 Announcement of Public Consultation meeting ...... 228 Figure G-2 Attendance at Dami Kar Yon Monastery, Thanatpin ...... 232 Figure G-3 Attendance at Moke ka La East Monastery ...... 232 Figure G-4 Attendance at Ka Dut village ...... 232 Figure G-5 Attendance at Bike Kar village ...... 233

List of Tables Table A-2 Valued Environmental Receptors ...... 9 Table A-3 Summary of Impacts by Environmental Aspect Before Mitigation ...... 12 Table A-4 Summary of Significance Before and After Mitigation ...... 12 Table A-5 Impact Changes due to Mitigation ...... 13 Table A-6 Summary of Residual Significant Effects ...... 13 Table B-1 Myanmar Air Quality Limits ...... 17 Table B-2 Myanmar Wastewater, Storm Water Runoff, Effluent and Sanitary Discharges ...... 17 Table B-3 Myanmar Site Runoff and Wastewater Discharges (construction phase) ...... 18 Table B-4 Noise Standards ...... 18 Table B-5 Myanmar Road Runoff – Pollutant Limits ...... 18 Table B-6 IEE/EIA Project List for Transportation Project - EIA Procedure Law 2016...... 24 Table B-7 International Agreements and Treaties ...... 26 Table C-1 List of Townships and Village Tracts within the study limits ...... 32 Table C-2 Design Standards and Criteria for Bago-Kyaikto ...... 33 Table C-3 Forecast Traffic Volumes across new Sittaung Bridge in Vehicles (per day) ...... 34 Table C-4 Proposed Interchanges Bago-Kyaikto Road ...... 35 Table C-5 Climate Information for Design ...... 38 Table C-6 Number of Structures by Categories ...... 39 Table C-7 Design standards for cross drainage structures ...... 40 Table C-8 Design standards for road surface drainage and longitudinal drainage ...... 41 Table C-9 Major Structures ...... 41 Table C-10 Major Crossings ...... 42 Table C-11 Quarries in the Moke Palin–Kyaikto area ...... 60 Table C-12 Summary of Quarry List ...... 62 Table C-13 Summary of Proposed Rural Road Upgrades ...... 65 Table C-14 Construction Sections of Bago-Kyaikto Expressway ...... 68 Table C-15 Average Haul Distance for Base and Sub-Base ...... 69 Table C-16 Estimation of Total Costs Bago to Kyaikto Road ...... 70 Table D-1 Rainfall Class Occasions by Month (1981 – 2010) ...... 81 Table D-2 Record of Extreme Cyclonic Events for Myanmar ...... 82 Table D-3 Hydrological methods used in this study ...... 84 Table D-4 Calculated extreme run – off, Bago River ...... 85 Table D-5 Air Quality Standards ...... 91 Table D-6 Ambient Air Quality Results ...... 92 Table D-7 Monitoring Date of Air Quality (March 22-23, 2018) ...... 93 Table D-8 Myanmar National Environmental Quality (Emission) Guidelines Values for Noise ...... 94 Table D-9 Monitoring Data for Noise (22-23 March 2018) ...... 95 Table D-10 Monitoring Date for Vibration (22-23 March 2018) ...... 96 Table D-11 Monitoring Data of River Water Quality ...... 98 Table D-12 Result of Baseline Soil Analysis (Sep. 2018) ...... 99 Table D-13 Protected Areas and Non-Statutory Designated Sites ...... 100 Table D-14 - – Screening for Critically Endangered and Endangered Species Present in Area of Influence ...... 107 Table D-15 - Vulnerable Species within AoA from IBAT ...... 112 Table D-16 Survey Items and Date on Fauna and Flora ...... 130 Table D-17 Key Informant Interviews and Focus Group Discussions ...... 132 Table D-18 Valued Environmental Receptors (VER) ...... 136 Table D-19 Culturally Sensitive Receptors ...... 139 Table D-20 Sensitive location identified by Resettlement Team in the 70m ROW ...... 140 Table D-21 Sensitive locations identified from Drone Surveys within 500m of ROW...... 140 Table D-22 Mean temperature °C projected change compared to baseline 1980-2005 average .... 145 Table D-23 Mean precipitation projected (%) change compared with baseline 1980-2005 average ...... 145 Table D-24 Potential Impacts of Climate Change to Road Projects ...... 146 Table D-25 Quantities of Items for Climate Resilience ...... 147 Table E-1 Value and Sensitivity of Receptors used in the EIA ...... 151 Table E-2 Classification of Extent of Impact and Assigned Scores ...... 153

Table E-3 Classification of Duration of Impact and Assigned Scores ...... 154 Table E-4 Classification of Frequency of Impact and Assigned Scores ...... 154 Table E-5 Criteria for Magnitude of Impacts used in the EIA ...... 155 Table E-6 Matrix for Determining the Significance of Environmental Impacts ...... 156 Table E-7 Impacts and Mitigation – Design and Land Take Requirements ...... 159 Table E-8 Trees Belonging to Households and State ...... 164 Table E-9 Impact and mitigation measures on CH defining species ...... 166 Table E-10 Impacts and Mitigation – Construction ...... 172 Table E-11 Noise levels generated by machinery ...... 188 Table E-12 Building Vibration Damage Assessment Criteria ...... 189 Table E-13 Forecasted Impacts regarding Water Quality during Construction ...... 191 Table E-14 Impacts and Mitigation – Operation Phase ...... 193 Table E-15 Forecast Traffic Volumes across new Sittaung Bridge in Vehicles ...... 197 Table E-16 Result of Quantitative Forecast on Air Quality after Construction (with traffic) ...... 200 Table E-17 Results of Noise Barrier Attenuation at Distance and Embankment Heights ...... 207 Table E-18 Noise Assessment with Barriers ...... 208 Table E-19 Location of Barriers ...... 211 Table E-20 Summary of Impacts by Environmental Aspect Before Mitigation ...... 214 Table E-21 Summary of Significance Before and After Mitigation ...... 215 Table E-22 Impact Changes due to Mitigation ...... 215 Table E-23 Summary of Residual Significant Effects ...... 216 Table E-24 Carbon Dioxide Emissions (tons) for Construction and Maintenance ...... 217 Table E-25 Vehicle Emissions in tons per year Baseline, 2025, 2035 & 2045 ...... 218 Table F-1 Comparison of Corridor by JICA Study ...... 221 Table G-1 Synopsis of Major Points raised in Government Stakeholder Consultations ...... 226 Table G-2 First Round Public Consultation Schedule ...... 229 Table G-3 Second Public Consultation Schedule ...... 230 Table G-4 Synopsis of Major Points raised in Villagers Consultations ...... 231 Table G-5 Possible impacts of project on Ramsar site, per expert opinion ...... 233 Table I-1 Indicative Staffing and Outside Consultant Needs ...... 241 Table I-2 Reporting Requirements ...... 242 Table I-3 Contractors Environmental Sub-Plans ...... 242 Table I-4 Summary of Mitigation Measures and EMP - Design Phase and Project Footprint Impacts Mitigation ...... 244 Table I-5 Summary of Mitigation Measures and EMP - Construction ...... 248 Table I-6 Summary of Mitigation Measures and EMP - Operations ...... 264 Table I-7 Environmental Monitoring Plan and Schedule ...... 268 Table I-8 Construction Environmental Quality Monitoring (including performance indicators) ...... 276 Table I-9 Environmental Management Plan Indicative Cost Estimate ...... 277 Table I-10: Tentative EMP-related Training Program ...... 278

1 A. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

A.1. Preamble 1. This document presents the outcomes of an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) process for the proposed Greater Mekong Subregion East-West Economic Corridor Highway Development Project in Myanmar (the project). The proposed project runs between the towns of Bago and Kyaikto a distance of some 64 kms. 2. The project has two funding sources, with the Asian Development Bank (ADB) funding the majority of the Highway and JICA providing parallel funding for a major river crossing on the route. The funding arrangements are separate and so for the purposes of this EIA the JICA bridge crossing design is considered as an Associated Facility. 3. The EIA has been conducted in accordance with the requirements of ADB and Myanmar national standards and legislation. This project is classified as a Category A project and therefore a full Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report is needed as per ADB's Safeguard Policy Statement 2009. Under Myanmar legislation, prior to an EIA being prepared, an Environmental Scoping Report is required to be submitted for approval by ECD. This was prepared by the Consultants and submitted to ECD in March 2018. This was approved by ECD and this EIA, which complies with Myanmar legislative requirements, is to be submitted to Myanmar’s ECD by MOC.

A.2. Background and Objectives of the Technical Assistance 4. The Government of Myanmar (GoM) has a commitment to the Greater Mekong Subregion (GMS) planning concept in which connectivity between regional countries is to be greatly improved. In concert with other international development partners, the Asian Development Bank (ADB) has agreed to support Myanmar in the road transport sector. A major opportunity has been identified within the East-West Economic Corridor (EWEC) located in the south of Myanmar. This is a new highway over 64 kms long between Bago and Kyaikto and includes a bridge over the Sittaung river.

A.3. Need for the Road 5. The current two-lane Bago-Kyaikto toll road experiences high traffic flows and congestion. The pre-feasibility study indicated that this road would reach full capacity between 2020 and 2025. Upgrading the existing road is not the preferred solution because the alignment is long and winding in several areas and realignment would cause high resettlement impacts. 6. This project involves the construction of a new tolled highway, shorter by 32km than the current route which will halve travel time.

A.4. Prefeasibility Study 7. Among a number of planning exercises already completed was a study sponsored by the Japan International Cooperation Agency (JICA) of the corridors between Yangon and Bago and between Bago and Kyaikto. From this work published in 2016, the viability of the major investment needed to upgrade them was established in broad terms. This project is a more focused ‘feasibility’ study of the Bago-Kyaikto route. This is closely coordinated with the team appointed by JICA, who are studying the requirements for a major new bridge over the Sittaung River needed as part of the Bago-Kyaikto link. This aligns well with both the ‘National

2 Transport Sector Development Master Plan (2015)’ and the ‘Master Plan for Arterial Road Network Development produced by the Ministry of Construction (2016)’.

A.5. Proposed Alignment 8. The proposed alignment was selected through a JICA led pre-feasibility study of solutions for the corridor upgrade at this location. The selected alignment is shown in Figure A-1. 9. The Highway will begin nine kilometres south of Bago on the Yangon to Mandalay Road (National Highway-1) in the Village of Gwayt Tan Shey. There will be an interchange there that will allow traffic to enter the Bago to Kyaikto Road on a flyover structure or to continue on National Highway-1. The Yangon to Bago Railway tracks must be crossed then the Bago River. Both crossings will require bridges. 10. The area within Bago Region is flat with rice fields and fish ponds. At the Bago to Thanlyin Road crossing, it is proposed to have an interchange. This will allow access to the highway from Bago City and Thanatpin and serve traffic from further south and the Yangon Region. 11. The area is flat throughout the remainder of Thanatpin Township and into Waw Township. The soils in Thanatpin and Waw Townships are alluvial and one can expect some possible soft soil as the area was an old river channel.

Figure A-1 Road Alignment Bago to Kyaikto Expressway 12. The Bago to Kyaikto Road will be a toll expressway. Access will be controlled with an interchange at the start on the Yangon to Mandalay Road just south of Bago. Three other grade separated interchanges will be developed to enable connections to the rural road network. These are shown in Figure A-2.

Figure A-2 Interchange Plan Bago-Kyaikto 13. There will be a similar control point at the Kyaikto End Point. There are to be Toll Plazas on each of the Interchange (IC) Ramps on IC#2, IC#3 and IC#4 that will maintain the closed system.

A.6. Highway Design Specifications 14. The Highway will a four-lane dual carriageway with a design speed of 120 km/hr. The road surface will be asphalt. 15. The Highway for the most part crosses low lying land, used for intensive agriculture and which is prone to flooding. In order to protect the asset, the road will be constructed on embankment at an elevation up to 10 m above existing grade.

A.7. Related Facilities 16. The project will also support the upgrade of Rural Roads, with an estimated 96 km of rural road being upgraded. Definition of which roads will be included in the final project will be made at detailed design stage. 17. The project will require significant quantities of suitable fill material for the embankments. This will be sourced from local quarries. An initial study identified a long list of quarries within the project area and following site visits and check on material suitability a preferred list has been developed.

A.8. Preliminary Cost Estimates 18. The Bago to Kyaikto Road will be built as a 4-lane expressway. The preliminary cost estimation for the expressway only without the bridge is US$596,300,000. The target opening date is 2025 with a construction period of four years.

A.9. Public Participation 19. Two rounds of stakeholder consultation were held with government and local district officials. Also, two rounds of public consultation with villagers were held as required for a Category A project. 20. Five community consultations were held in March 2018 and four more in August 2018. Attendance was very good with often over 50 and sometimes over 100 people in each meeting. Major inquiries related to compensation for land resettlement. Overall, support for the new road was expressed.

4 A.10. Environmental Impact Assessment Process 21. A systematic assessment of the project’s potential significant effects and risks has been undertaken. Identification of Valued Environmental Receptors (VERs) was conducted through desk study and new field work. 22. A review of potential project activities which may affect the receiving environment has been conducted. Based on the receptors and the likely activities an assessment of the severity of impacts and significance of effects has been undertaken. Where required mitigation measures have been set out which either remove identified effects or reduce their significance to as low as possible. The following sections of text set out the details and outcome of the EIA process.

A.11. Environmental Baseline 23. In order to establish the existing conditions along the route alignment a baseline survey supported by field work and stakeholder engagement was conducted.

A.11.1. Land Use 24. The route alignment is within open land with the dominant land use being arable, mainly at a subsistence level. To the west of the Sittaung River arable crops such as rice are grown in small fields with drainage and irrigation ditches. To the east of the River Sittaung, the land is hillier and here agricultural production is through plantations of trees, including oil and rubber. 25. There is no significant industrial use of the land along the route alignment. Residential areas are limited to the area near Bago to the west of the alignment and scattered agricultural related dwellings along the route. There are limited community facilities along the route, although a number of pagoda and stupa are present.

A.11.2. Physical Parameters 26. The route alignment is situated within a rural area and air quality was determined to be undegraded and sampling was not conducted. Noise sampling along the route showed that in most locations Myanmar standards are met, but in some locations background levels of noise are in exceedance of Myanmar standards. 27. Sampling of surface water and ground water has been conducted. The latter from existing farm wells along the route. To the west of the River Sittaung ground water quality is in line with international standards but to the east of the river, ground water taken from existing wells appear to be polluted, with samples showing elevated levels of coliform bacteria.

A.11.3. Biodiversity 28. A desk-based study shows that the surrounding areas of the highway alignment contain a number of biodiversity designated sites. These include the Gulf of Mottama, a Wetland of International Importance (Ramsar) site; and an Important Bird Area (IBA), also called the Gulf of Mottama IBA. 29. The Gulf of Mottama Ramsar site is located to the south of the project area near the proposed River Sittaung Bridge (financed by JICA under a separate project). The Gulf of Mottama IBA is crossed by the River Sittaung Bridge. 30. The two above sites are important for overwintering birds which include IUCN Critically Endangered species, including the Spoon-billed plover. The majority of the global population of this species is believed to winter in the Gulf of Mottama. 31. A number of other key species may be present and an additional survey for these has been recommended. These include Yellow-breasted bunting and Baer’s pochard.

5 32. Section A.11.4 provides additional information regarding the Critical Habitats present and potential implications for the project development. Aside from these high value areas, away from the River Sittaung the habitats present are highly modified, although may provide wintering grounds for migrant bird species.

A.11.4. Critical Habitats 33. ADB SPS requires that projects assess for the presence of Critical Habitat which may be affected directly or indirectly by a project. If Critical Habitat is present, ADB requires that the project demonstrates that there will be no adverse effects on the habitats and species which qualify the area as Critical Habitat. Accordingly, a Critical Habitat Assessment (CHA) was conducted to satisfy the requirements of ADB and the procedures set out in the International Finance Corporations (IFC) performance standard No 6 Guidance Notes of 2018 were used. The results of this are summarised below. 34. The first step in the CHA process is to establish an ecological appropriate Area of Analysis (AoA). This is shown in Figure A-3. This reflects a combination of protected area boundaries (Ramsar and International Bird Area), ecosystem functioning and man-made boundaries such as roads. The area of analysis does not equate with the project area of influence but reflects ecosystem functioning and may extend beyond the project area of influence. For the current project the AoA reflects the presence of river catchments which drain towards known areas of biodiversity importance within the River Sittaung and Gulf of Mottama.

Figure A-3 Area of Assessment used in CHA

35. Within the established AoA, an assessment of the presence of Critical Habitat was conducted based on the Criterion set out in IFC PS NO 6 Guidance Note of 2018. These relate mainly to the presence of regularly occurring species which are threatened with extinction, either globally, regionally or nationally. 36. A list of threatened species as defined by the IUCN Red Listing of Extinction Threat, which may be present in the AoA was developed through the use of IBAT and the IUCN Red

6 List itself. For all threatened species (Critically Endangered (CR), Endangered (EN) and Vulnerable (VU)) an initial screening was conducted to determine the likelihood of these being present within the AoA and meeting the IFC Guidance Criteria as qualifying species. 37. IBAT and a separate review of the IUCN Red List, indicated that in the wider area there were a possible listing of 151 Threatened species of which 44 are CR or EN. An additional two species which are considered to be endemic to the region were also included in the assessment. 38. The initial screening indicated that of the Vulnerable species, none were likely to fulfil the IFC Criteria for qualifying the AoA as Critical Habitat. This criterion being that the project would represent a risk of impact on each species which would likely elevate their red Listing to CR or EN. Therefore, VU species were screened out of the CHA process. 39. For the CR and EN species, the screening indicated that ten species may be relevant to a CHA of the project area of influence and AoA. These ten species were considered in more detail and compared against the IFC criteria for qualifying species. 40. Of the ten species considered within the detailed CHA, four were considered to qualify parts of the AoA as Critical Habitat. These are: (i) Spoon-billed Sandpiper (Calidris pygmaea) (habitats: GoM and surrounding area) (ii) Sonneratia griffithii (likely habitats: mud flats along River Sittaung, GoM) (iii) Narrow sawfish (Anoxypristis cuspidata) (Possible habitats: River Sittaung, GoM) (iv) Broadfin shark (Lamiopsis temminckii) (Possible habitats: River Sittaung, GoM) 41. The first species, the Spoon-billed sandpiper is known to be present within the AoA and clearly a qualifying species for CH. Sonneratia griffithii has an historical range which includes the AoA and the habitats present are suitable for this species. 42. The two marine species are included on a precautionary basis; very little information is known on the demographics of these species and so it is not possible to assess them against the quantitative criteria within the guidance. The habitats are potentially suitable and they have previously been recorded within the area. 43. In addition, the Gulf of Mottama Ramsar site which lies to the south of the River Sittaung crossing, qualifies part of the AoA as Critical Habitat. This is in line with ADB SPS requirements that such sites are considered as Critical Habitat. 44. Based on the CHA, two geographical areas within the AoA are considered to qualify as Critical Habitat based on qualifying species and sites. These are shown in Figure D-4 and Figure D-5. 45. Figure D-4 shows the Critical Habitat as qualified by Calidris pygmaea and the Gulf of Mottama Ramsar site. These two areas coincide with Calidris pygmaea being one of the qualifying species for the Ramsar site. 46. Figure D-5 shows an area of the River Sittaung within the CHA AoA which is considered to be qualified by three species, namely Sonneratia griffithii, Anoxypristis cuspidate and Lamiopsis temminckiii. The broad areas of likely occurrence of these three species within the AoA more or less coincide and so it is reasonable to define one single area as qualifying as CG for these species.

Figure D-4 – Critical Habitat Area as Defined by Calidris pygmaea and GoM Ramsar Boundary

Figure D-5 – Critical Habitat Area as Defined by Sonneratia griffithii, Anoxypristis cuspidate and Lamiopsis temminckii) 47. ADB SPS 2009 establishes specific criteria for the development of projects which may affect Critical Habitat. These include a requirement that ADB should not implement projects in areas of Critical Habitat unless:

8 · there are no measurable adverse impacts on the critical habitat that could impair its ability to function, · there is no reduction in the population of any recognized endangered or critically endangered species, · any lesser impacts are mitigated and if a project is located within a legally protected area, implement additional programs to promote and enhance the conservation aims of the protected area. 48. An assessment of the potential effects of the proposed highway project (including the JICA funded River Sittaung crossing) on Critical Habitat is provided in Section A.12.3. The assessment concludes with the proposed mitigation measures the above criteria are met.

A.11.5. Social and Physical Cultural Resources 49. As stated in the land use section above, the route alignment does not affect any major residential areas. The route is within an area where incomes from agriculture are an important resource and most people to be affected directly by the highway are employed in agricultural activities. Within the route there are a number of local shrines (Pagoda and Stupa) with monasteries more distant from the route.

A.12. Results of the Assessment

A.12.1. Valued Environmental Receptors 50. The EIA process identified 43 VER’s as set out in Table A-2. Table A-1 Valued Environmental Receptors VER Description of Valued Value/Sensitivity Comments on VER No. Environmental Receptor (VER) 1 National Ambient Air National/High Myanmar Air Quality Standards are Quality Standards based directly on IFC/WHO guidance and so are fully applicable to the current project 2 Ground water quality National/High Myanmar has established ground standards water quality standards analogous with IFC requirements, where limits for pollutants are not within the national standards, relevant international standards have been used, for example WHO, IFC, and European Union 3 Agricultural production Regional/Moderate Agricultural production is a processes predominant land use across the proposed route alignment 4 Fishponds Local/Low Provide local sources of protein and income from fresh water fish production 5 Agricultural access Local/Low Ability of land owners, workers and others to move across agricultural land is important in accessing fields, production areas and agricultural

9 VER Description of Valued Value/Sensitivity Comments on VER No. Environmental Receptor (VER) infrastructure features such as irrigation and drainage control 6 Agricultural Local/Low Physical aspects of the agricultural infrastructure, e.g. wells, production system irrigation systems, ditches 7 Stupa and Pagoda National/High ______8 Residential clusters/ National/High Occupants sensitive to noise, air units and occupants quality, traffic impacts etc. 9 River Sittaung National/High Dynamics of river banks, sediment etc 10 Local residents National/High People living within area of influence of the project 11 General local air quality Regional/Moderate ______along route alignment 12 Views from tourism Regional/Moderate ______areas 13 Workers National/High ______14 Unknown Artefacts International/Extre Risk based - set as me international/extreme on basis of precautionary approach 15 UN Convention on International/Extre ______Biological Diversity me 16 Protected Area - Gulf of International/Extre ______Mottama Ramsar Site me 17 Protected Sites - Gulf of International/Extre ______Mottama Important Bird me Area 18 Moyungyi Wetland International/Extre Ramsar site Wildlife Sanctuary - me Ramsar 19 Kelatha Wildlife National/High National Designated Site Sanctuary 20 Kyaikhtiyoe Wildlife National/High Nationally designated site Sanctuary 21 Forest reserves - Belin, Regional/Moderate ______Wut Wun Taung, The Phyu Chaung 22 Spoon-billed sandpiper International/Extre IUCN Critically endangered - reported (Calidris pygmaea) me that over 50 % of the global population winters in Gulf of Mottama areas

10 VER Description of Valued Value/Sensitivity Comments on VER No. Environmental Receptor (VER) 23 Yellow-breasted bunting International/Extre Critically endangered species known (Emberiza aureola) me to have traditionally overwintered in area of project 24 Sonneratia griffithii National/High Critically Endangered Species 25 White-throated babbler Regional/Moderate Regional endemic species - IUCN (Chatarrhaea gularis) Least Concern 26 Morenia ocellata Regional/Moderate Endemic species with IUCN Vulnerable classification 27 Gravel and soils Regional/Moderate Sources of gravel and soils from local quarries 28 Schools Local/Low ______29 Monasteries Regional/Moderate ______30 Residential properties Local/Low Sensitivity to vibration etc 31 Traffic flows on existing Local/Low ______routes 32 Existing waste Regional/Moderate Capacity of landfill sites and recycling management resource facilities capacity in local area 33 Soils as a resource Regional/Moderate Soil structure, chemical status and value as a resource in its own right 34 Soil chemical status National/High Utilises international standards in standards absence of National acceptable levels 35 Movement of vessels Regional/Moderate ______along rivers and canal 36 River Sittaung - water International/Extre International sensitivity based on quality me designation for biodiversity 37 All other water courses, Regional/Moderate Sensitivity to change from pollution canals, ditches etc etc 38 General common Local/Low ______ecological resources - species and habitat 39 Income from Agricultural Regional/Moderate ______activities 40 Graves and burial areas Regional/Moderate ______41 General Local/Low ______community/institutional Facilities 42 Critical habitats International/Extre Includes habitats and those species me for which CH has been designated

11 VER Description of Valued Value/Sensitivity Comments on VER No. Environmental Receptor (VER) 43 Landscape Character Regional/Moderate ______and Public Views

A.12.2. Assessment of Effects 51. A standardised scoring system was utilised for the assessment process. Identified impacts were assessed based on a range of variables, including magnitude of impact, duration, reversibility, extent, and likelihood of occurrence. These scores were used to ascribe severity as Negligible, Low, Medium or High. 52. The effect of the impact acting on the VER was described using a standard matrix. The results of the assessment show that 58 impacts were identified, of which 56 were shown to be significant prior to mitigation being applied. The breakdown of these impacts by aspect and predicted level of significant before mitigation is presented in Table A-3. Table A-2 Summary of Impacts by Environmental Aspect Before Mitigation Environmental Topic NS Low Medium High Total Agriculture and Fisheries 1 3 3 0 7 Air Quality 0 2 6 0 8 Coastal Processes 0 0 1 0 1 Community Safety 0 0 4 0 4 Hydrogeology 0 0 1 0 1 Landscape and Visual 0 0 2 0 2 Material Resources 1 1 0 0 2 National and International 3 0 0 2 1 Policy and Guidance Noise and Vibration 0 0 3 0 3 Occupational Health and 3 0 0 3 0 Safety Physical Cultural 4 0 1 3 0 Resources Social 0 2 4 1 7 Soil and Groundwater 4 0 2 2 0 Quality Terrestrial Ecology 0 2 3 2 7 Waste Management 0 2 0 0 2 TOTAL: 2 15 37 4 58

53. Having identified significant effects, the EIA process looked at mitigation measures using the Hierarchy of Mitigation, where avoidance is the preferred option to remove or reduce the identified effects. 54. The effectiveness of the mitigation measures in reducing impact and risk significance is represented in Table A-4. This shows that of the 51 identified effects, 49 are considered to be significant prior to mitigation being implemented. After mitigation, predictions show that 40 impacts and risk are considered to be non-significant with only 11 remaining as significant effects. Table A-3 Summary of Significance Before and After Mitigation Significance before Significance after Mitigation Mitigation NS 2 47

12 Low 15 9 Medium 37 2 High 4 0 Total 58 58

55. Table A-5 shows the effect of committed mitigation measures. The left-hand column shows the original significance level, with the following column giving the number of effects ascribed to that significance level before mitigation. Subsequent columns show how original significance levels without mitigation will be reduced through the effective implementation of the committed mitigation measures. Table A-4 Impact Changes due to Mitigation Original Original To To To To Significance Number High Medium Low NS High 4 0 1 1 2 Medium 37 1 7 29 Low 15 2 13 NS 2 2

56. Residual significant effects are those which can no longer be reduced through mitigation measures and may require compensation to offset the effects. The residual significant effects are shown in Table A-6. Table A-5 Summary of Residual Significant Effects Impact ID Description Sig after Mit AF002 Loss of productive land for direct footprint of expressway and link roads – Low see Impact SE002 for details AF007 Loss of productive trees - a total of 124,252 trees to be cut down of which Low 119,550 belong to private households and 4,702 belong to the government. The large number of private trees are mainly in plantations or orchards AQ003 Elevated levels of air quality pollutants at Operational Phase Low LV001 Visual impact of new structures and alignment within agricultural Low landscape LV002 Detracting views from public locations in National Parks and Monasteries. Low Kyaikhtiyoe Wildlife sanctuary used as VER as closest national park and is focused around shrine NO003 Impact of operational noise on residents and users of the area Low SE003 Direct loss of shrine due to land take for project foot print 10m2 Low TE007 Ecological severance and habitat fragmentation due to expressway Low WH002 Risk of worker accident or health impacts Low

13 Impact ID Description Sig after Mit SE004 Project requires 5,116,110 m2 of land consisting of 4,383,086 m2 of lands Medium owned by 424 households (2,345 persons) and 733,024 m2 of lands which is managed by State/Regional Administrations and communities. Among the area of affected lands of households, 4,291,410 m2 is agricultural land of 397 households (2,227 persons), 55,114 m2 is fish ponds of 32 households (198 persons), 16,328 m2 is residential land of 27 households (118 persons), and 20,234 m2 is production land of 01 household (5 persons). The affected land which is managed by State/Regional Administrations consists of 165,919 m2 of agricultural land managed by Ministry of Agriculture, Livestock and Irrigation; 9,512 m2 of land managed by Ministry of Construction; 557,583 m2 of unused land managed by the State/Regional Administrations, and 10 m2 for shrine of the community in Sein Ka Lae village. SE005 Direct loss of residential properties - 55 properties to be relocated Medium

57. As was shown by Table A-4 implementation of mitigation measures plays an important role in the management of potential environmental effects and risks. In order to ensure that these are fully and effectively implemented the detailed design stage should follow the mitigation measures set out here and mitigation related to the construction and operational phases of the project shall be developed through Environmental Management Plans as set out below.

A.12.3. Assessment of Effects on Critical Habitats 58. An assessment of potential effects of the project, including the River Sittaung crossing, on critical habitats has been conducted. In conclusion it is considered that the Highway element of the project as funded by ADB will have no direct effects on Critical Habitat. Risks of potential indirect effects were identified through pollution of surface and ground waters within the River Sittaung catchment area which would create a pathway between the pollution source and the Gulf of Mottama. 59. Mitigation measures for this have been set out in the assessment and include arrangements for preventing diffuse pollution and catastrophic releases to the catchment and also placing the proposed rest area outside of the catchment area of the River Sittaung. 60. It is considered that with appropriate mitigation for both the Highway and River Sittaung Crossing projects, the ADB criteria for allowing construction within an area of Critical Habitat are met.

A.13. Environmental Management Plan (EMP) 61. An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been prepared to address the identified negative impacts which are mainly during construction. The EMP outlines potential impacts, mitigation and monitoring measures. The works contractors will be required to prepare site-specific construction EMPs (CEMPs) to manage environmental impacts based on the EMP of this EIA. 62. An Operational Environmental Management Plan (OEMP) is recommended to ensure the design elements for management of pollution risk are functional throughout the lifetime of the project.

14 A.13.1. Grievance Redress Mechanism 63. A Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM), consistent with the requirements of the ADB Safeguard Policy Statement (2009) will be established to prevent and address community concerns, reduce risks, and assist the project to maximize environmental and social benefits. In addition to serving as a platform to resolve grievances, the GRM has been designed to help achieve the following objectives: (i) open channels for effective communication, including the identification of new environmental issues of concern arising from the project; (ii) demonstrate concerns about community members and their environmental well-being; and (iii) prevent and mitigate any adverse environmental impacts on communities caused by project implementation and operations. The GRM is accessible to diverse members of the community, including more vulnerable groups such as women. Opportunities for confidentiality and privacy for complainants are to be honoured where this is important.

A.14. Conclusion and Recommendations 64. This EIA concludes that the project is feasible from an environmental point of view. Some significant adverse and irreversible impacts are anticipated, justifying the environment Category A classification. Diligent implementation of the EMP by works contractors, to be closely monitored by the construction supervision consultant and verified by an independent, external environmental monitoring consultant, will mitigate anticipated construction impacts and risks to acceptable levels. 65. The identified effects and risks in this EIA shall be taken into account during the detailed design stage. Elements of the project which were not well defined at this current stage of the project such as the need for and location of contractors’ facilities and workers accommodation, sources of materials and the rest area should be further assessed for environmental effects as details of these project elements become known.

15 B. POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK

B.1. Overview of National Policy and Legal Framework 66. The Myanmar Environmental Policy, Legal and Administrative Framework is based on several laws, rules, procedures and standards. The Environmental Conservation Law was issued in March 2012. The Ministry of Environmental Conservation and Forestry (MOECAF) promulgated the Environmental Conservation Rules in 2014, followed by Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Procedures and Environmental Quality Standards issued in 2015. 67. In April 2016 MOECAF was reorganized as the Ministry of Natural Resources and Environmental Conservation (MONREC) with the Environmental Conservation Department being responsible for environmental and social considerations.

B.2. Environmental Conservation Law 68. The Environmental Conservation Law (2012) provides the mandate for Environmental Impact Assessment and assigns the duty and power to the Ministry to develop and implement “a system of environmental impact assessment and social impact assessment as to whether or not a project or activity to be undertaken by any Government department, organization or person may cause a significant impact on the environment”. 69. The Environmental Conservation Law (the Pyidaungsu Hluttow Law No.9/20/2130rh of March 2012) is the principal law governing environmental management in Myanmar. The law stipulates which government body is in charge of environmental conservation as well as their relevant roles and responsibilities. It covers water, noise, vibration and solid waste qualities, but does not specify standards. It includes both environmental and social impact assessments. Project promoters are responsible for covering all environmental and social costs generated by the project. 70. This law was the basis for establishing the Environmental Conservation Department (ECD) which at that time was under MOECAF, later MONREC.

B.3. Environmental Conservation Rules 71. The Environmental Conservation Rules (2013) Chapter XI Environmental Impact Assessment provides for environmental screening and where required for the proponent to conduct an environmental impact assessment and submit to the Ministry of Natural Resources and Environmental Conservation. 72. The Environmental Conservation Rules were promulgated in 2014 and elaborates on the Environmental Conservation Law by providing more specific and practical rules and guidelines including EIA Procedures and environmental quality standards. 73. The Rules give the Ministry authority to determine the categories of plan, business, service or activity which shall conduct an environmental impact assessment. Also, the Ministry may decide whether it is necessary to conduct an environmental impact assessment or an initial environmental examination.

B.4. National Environmental Quality (Emission) Guidelines (2015) 74. The Myanmar National Environmental Quality (Emission) Guidelines (2015) provide emission and effluent discharges levels permitted for different sectors and technologies. These Guidelines have been primarily extracted from the International Finance Corporation (IFC) Environmental Health and Safety (EHS) Guidelines, which provide technical guidance on good international industry pollution prevention practice for application in developing countries.

16 B.4.1. Ambient Air Quality 75. Projects with potential for significant impacts on ambient air quality should minimize impacts by ensuring that emissions do not result in concentrations that reach or exceed national ambient quality guidelines and standards, or in their absence current World Health Organization (WHO) Air Quality Guidelines. Myanmar, as noted has adopted the IFC/WHO standards for ambient air and these are summarized below. Table B-1 Myanmar Air Quality Limits Parameter Averaging Period Guideline Value μg/m3 1-year 40 Nitrogen dioxide 1-hour 200 Ozone 8-hour daily 100 1-year 20 Particulate matter PM10a 24-hour 50 1-year 10 Particulate matter PM2.50 24-hour 25 24-hour 20 Sulphur dioxide 10-minute 500

a Particulate matter 10 microns or less in diameter b Particulate matter 2.5 microns or less in diameter

B.4.2. Wastewater 76. Projects with the potential to generate wastewater, sanitary sewage, or storm water should incorporate the necessary precautions to avoid, minimize, and control adverse impacts to human health, safety or the environment. For projects where, specific guidelines are not set out, the following general guideline values apply during project operations. Table B-2 Myanmar Wastewater, Storm Water Runoff, Effluent and Sanitary Discharges Parameter Unit Guideline 5-day Biochemical oxygen demand mg/l 50 Ammonia mg/l 10 Arsenic mg/l 0.1 Cadmium mg/l 0.1 Chemical oxygen demand mg/l 250 Chlorine (total residual) mg/l 0.2 Chromium (hexavalent) mg/l 0.1 Chromium (total) mg/l 0.5 Copper mg/l 0.5 Cyanide (free) mg/l 0.1 Cyanide (total) mg/l 1 Fluoride mg/l 20 Heavy metals (total) mg/l 10 Iron mg/l 3.5 Lead mg/l 0.1 Mercury mg/l 0.01 Nickel mg/l 0.5 Oil and grease mg/l 10 pH S.U.a 6-9 Phenols mg/l 0.5 Selenium mg/l 0.1 Silver mg/l 0.5

17 Parameter Unit Guideline Sulphide mg/l 1 Temperature increase °C <3b Total coliform bacteria 100 ml 400 Total phosphorus mg/l 2 Total suspended solids mg/l 50 Zinc mg/l 2 a Standard unit b At the edge of a scientifically established mixing zone which takes into account ambient water quality, receiving water use, potential receptors and assimilative capacity; when the zone is not defined, use 100 meters from the point of discharge 77. In addition to general and industry-specific wastewater guidelines applicable during project operations, the following guideline values apply during the construction phase of projects, covering storm water or surface water, and sanitary wastewater discharges from all project sites. Table B-3 Myanmar Site Runoff and Wastewater Discharges (construction phase) Parameter Unit Maximum Concentration Biological oxygen demand mg/l 30 Chemical oxygen demand mg/l 125 Oil and grease mg/l 10 pH S.U.a 6-9 Total coliform bacteria 100 ml 400 Total nitrogen mg/l 10 Total phosphorus mg/l 2 Total suspended solids mg/l 50

B.4.3. Noise Levels 78. Noise prevention and mitigation measures should be taken by all projects where predicted or measured noise impacts from a project facility or operation exceed the applicable noise level guideline at the most sensitive point of reception. Noise impacts should not exceed the levels shown below or result in a maximum increase in background levels of three decibels at the nearest receptor location off-site. Myanmar has adopted the IFC/WHO limits on noise and these are set out below. Table B-4 Noise Standards One Hour LAeq (dBA)a Daytime 07:00 - 22:00 Night time 22:00 - 07:00 Receptor (10:00 - 22:00 for Public (22:00-10:00 for Public holidays) holidays) Residential, institutional 55 45 educational Industrial, commercial 70 70 a Equivalent continuous sound level in decibels Source: MONREC Guidelines

B.4.4. Run Off from Roads 79. This applies to construction, operation and maintenance of large, sealed road projects including associated bridges and overpasses. While roads do not typically give rise to significant point source effluents storm water run-off should meet the following effluent discharge standards. Table B-5 Myanmar Road Runoff – Pollutant Limits

18 Parameter Unit Maximum Concentration Biological oxygen demand mg/l 30 Chemical oxygen demand mg/l 125 Oil and grease mg/l 10 pH S.U.a 6-9 Total coliform bacteria 100 ml 400 Total nitrogen mg/l 10 Total phosphorus mg/l 2 Total suspended solids mg/l 50 Source: MONREC Guidelines (2015) S.U = Standard Unit

B.4.5. International Guidelines on Health and Safety 80. In accordance with ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (2009), the project is required to adhere to international Environmental and Health and Safety standards whenever these are more stringent than national standards or where national standards are missing. The following standards are considered in this EIA: (i) IFC/World Bank Group, 2007. Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines. General Guidelines. Wash. DC. (ii) IFC/World Bank Group, 2007. Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines. Industry Sector Guidelines, Infrastructure (Water and Sanitation), Wash. DC.

B.5. Environmental Impact Assessment

B.5.1. MYA Environmental Impact Assessment Procedure 81. The Myanmar Environmental Impact Assessment Procedure was approved on 29 December 2015. Under the Procedure, the MOECAF, now MONREC has the responsibility and authority to, define conduct and rule on all environmental assessment matters, as well as impose conditions on all proponents. Further, MONREC can also enforce the implementation of mitigation measures and apply penalties as needed. 82. It provides the procedures for environmental screening, scoping, preparation of an Initial Environmental Examination (IEE), preparation of EIA and preparation of an Environmental Compliance Certificate (ECC). The procedures also delineate responsibilities for monitoring compliance with Environmental Management Plans (EMPs) and ECCs.

B.5.2. MYA Environmental Impact Assessment Approval Process 83. Steps for undertaking an EIA are defined in the EIA Procedures. The EIA process as stipulated in the laws is as follows: (i) All development projects in Myanmar are subject to an environmental screening process through which projects will be judged to determine if they require any environmental review and, if so, at which level (i.e. IEE or EIA). (ii) EIA includes an environmental management plan and a social impact assessment report. (iii) Public participation is required, when deemed necessary, for the Initial Environmental Examination (IEE), Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA), and preparation of an Environmental Management Plan (EMP). (iv) The project’s executing agency forms an EIA Review Committee, which gives recommendations to the Minister on whether to approve the EIA reports or not. The

19 Minister makes the final decision based on this recommendation. The review period is 60 days for IEE and 90 days for EIA. (v) Members of the EIA Review Committee will be selected by the Minister of MONREC and will include persons from the industry, academia and civil society, as well as government officials. (vi) Involuntary resettlement is carried out under the responsibility of respective regional governments and hence will not be included in the EIA Procedures. (vii) Costs involved in conducting EIA are to be covered by the project proponent. (viii) EIA can be carried out in Myanmar only by firms that are registered under ECD/MONREC (previously MOECAF).

Figure B-1 EIA Flow Chart 1.0, Project Proposal Screening Source: MONREC Guidelines 2015

Figure B-2 EIA Flow Chart 3.0, EIA Scoping Source: MONREC Guidelines 2015

Figure B-3 EIA Flow Chart 3.1, EIA Investigations and Review Source: MONREC Guidelines 2015

Figure B-4 EIA Flow Chart 3.2, EIA Review and Approval Source: MONREC Guidelines 2015

Figure B-5 EIA Flow Chart 4.0, EIA Appeal Process Source: MONREC Guidelines 2015

22 B.6. MYA General Environmental Impact Assessment Guideline (2017) 84. The Guideline is to guide Project Proponents and their EIA consultants in the conduct of both IEE and EIA, and to ensure that these assessments include adequate project descriptions, assessment of potential impact significance, and mitigation measures using sound, professional and scientific tools and methods. The Guideline particularly focuses on preparation of easily understandable IEE and EIA reports, and EMP. The Guideline additionally serves as a reference document for MONREC’s Environmental Conservation Department (ECD) for use in reviewing IEE and EIA reports and EMP and ensuring that the aforementioned content is satisfactorily covered.

B.7. Environmental Conservation Department (ECD) of MONREC 85. The Ministry of Environmental Conservation and Forestry (MOECAF) replaced the Ministry of Forestry in 2011 as the focal point and coordinating agency for overall environmental management. In 2012, the Environmental Conservation Department (ECD) under the MOECAF was set up for effective implementation of environmental conservation and management in Myanmar. In May 2016 MOECAF (Ministry of Environmental Conservation and Forestry) was changed to the Ministry of Natural Resources and Environmental Conservation (MONREC) with the additional function of natural resources management. 86. The ECD administers the environmental impact assessment process and has responsibility for developing EIA regulations, guidelines, and procedures. It reviews environmental assessment documents and has responsibility for supervision and monitoring compliance with environmental management plans given in environmental impact assessments. 87. There are regional level ECDs for Yangon, Bago and Kyaikto. Their capacity for EIA review is limited. It is understood that IEE’s and EIAs are reviewed at the Federal Level. However, the regional level ECDs will be involved in the monitoring of the implementation of the environmental management plan for the project.

B.8. Other Environmental Instruments in Myanmar 88. In addition to legislation on EIA, the Government has also enacted a number of key legislative instruments and policies which relate to environmental management, which includes: (i) Protection of Wildlife and Protected Areas Law (1994) (ii) Forest Law (1992) (iii) Rules on the Protection of Wildlife and Conservation of Natural Areas Law (2002) (iv) Protection and Preservation of Cultural Heritage Regions Law (1998) (v) National Environmental Policy (vi) National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (latest 2015) 89. The Forest Law (1992) aims at implementing Forest Policy and Environmental Conservation Policy. The Myanmar Forest Policy (1995) shows the general direction of the government for sustainably managing forest resources and carefully exploiting them for socioeconomic purposes. 90. The aims of the Conservation of Water Resources and Rivers Law (2006) are as follows: (a) to conserve and protect the water resources and river system for the beneficial utilization of the public; (b) to enable smooth and safe waterways navigation along rivers and creeks; (c) to contribute to the development of the state economy through improving water resources and river system; and (d) to protect environmental impact.

23 91. However, this law is under the jurisdiction of the Ministry of Transport. This law focuses on transportation safety and its development. However, it lacks actual numerical criterion for natural environment.

B.9. Forestry / Biodiversity 92. The Protection of Wildlife and Wild Plants and Conservation of Natural Areas Law (1994) has the following functions: (i) Designates national parks and other protected areas to be: Scientific Reserve; National Park; Marine National Park; Nature Reserve; Wildlife Sanctuary; Geo-physically Significant Reserve; or Other Nature Reserve designated by the Minister, and (ii) Specifies acts prohibited and subject to a fine. 93. The objectives of this law are to implement the Government policy for wildlife protection and natural areas conservation, to carry out in accordance with the relevant International Conventions, to protect endangered species of wildlife and their natural habitats, to contribute for the development of research on natural science, and to protect wildlife by the establishment of zoological/botanical gardens. It prescribes the formation of the committee for protection of wildlife and natural areas with its function and duties and the determination of natural areas and endangered species of wild animal which are to be protected.

B.10. Heritage 94. The Protection of Preservation of Cultural Heritage Region Law (1994) prescribes the determination of cultural heritage regions for protection and preservation so as not to deteriorate due to natural disaster or man-made destruction.

B.11. Environmental Screening of the Project 95. The mandatory list of transportation projects requiring an IEE and EIA as stated by the EIA Procedure Law 2016 is shown below. Table B-6 IEE/EIA Project List for Transportation Project - EIA Procedure Law 2016 Criteria Project Type IEE EIA Bridges, River Bridges and Viaducts (new Length≥0.2km but Length≥2km construction) <2km All activities where the Ministry Bridges, River Bridges and Viaducts requires that the project shall (upgrading) Length≥300m undergo EIA Expressways and Highways (ASEAN Length≥2km but Highway Standard; new construction or <50km Length≥50km widening)

Other Roads (state, region, urban; new Length≥50km but construction or widening) <100km Length≥100km

Road Improvement (upgrading from All activities where the Ministry seasonal to all weather surface, widening of Length≥50km requires that the project shall shoulders) undergo EIA Source: EIA Procedure 2015 (ANNEX 1/Categorization of Economic Activities for Assessment Purposes) EIA= Environmental Impact Assessment; IEE=Initial Environmental Examination 96. According to the EIA procedure law 2016 as shown above as the project includes the construction of a new road longer than 50km it is categorized as a project requiring an EIA.

B.12. MOC Manual on Environmental Safeguards (2014) 97. This Ministry of Construction manual was prepared under ADB Technical Assistance 7566 REG: Strengthening and Use of Country Safeguard Systems. The manual on

24 environmental safeguards was developed and based on workshops held in Myanmar. It aims to avoid, minimize or mitigate harmful environmental impacts and to help the MOC strengthen their capacity to meet the requirement of the Government of Myanmar environmental legal framework and multilateral development banks safeguard systems. 98. The Ministry of Construction has established an Environmental and Social Safeguard and Road Safety Unit with 20 staff. However, their capability is limited with only one member of staff having tertiary qualifications in environmental sciences.

B.13. Land Acquisition and Resettlement 99. Key legislation and policies of the Government of Myanmar relevant to resettlement are briefly described below: 100. The Land Acquisition Act (LAA) (1894) enables the State to compulsorily acquire land where the State and companies assert that such land is needed for “public purposes.” Mitigation of involuntary resettlement impacts under the LAA is limited to compensation for affected land and non-land assets at market value along with reasonable costs associated with impacts of relocation and loss of businesses. The government is required to, inter alia, provide compensation in an amount that is “in [the collector’s] opinion should be allowed for the land” and when applicable, apportioned “among all the persons known or believed to be interested in the land, of whom, or of whose claims, [the collector] has information.” The LAA also provides for basic disclosure requirements covering notices of intention to acquire land, measurements of impacts and proposed compensation. The same Act also provides for compensation prior to expropriation and a basic process of grievance redress. 101. The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Procedure (2015) requires that any projects that fall under the scope of EIA Procedures that have impacts on housing or livelihood require mitigation measure in accordance with international good practices consistent with World Bank/ADB standards until relevant ministries develop their own procedures. These Procedures, however, currently lack detail on specific requirements, guidelines for implementation as well as roles, responsibilities and oversight obligations of relevant agencies. 102. National Land Use Policy (2016) (NLUP) sets out principles and objectives for land governance reform (including involuntary resettlement) to guide the preparation of a future Land Law. While generally aspirational in nature, it does call for formation of a National Land Use Council as well as State and District Land Use Committees to commence implementing the objectives of the policy. In relation to involuntary resettlement, the NLUP specifically calls for comprehensive mitigation measures covering resettlement and livelihood restoration; special attention to the needs of landless, women and ethnic minorities; comprehensive consultation and participatory planning; and effective grievance redress procedures. It is unclear what the current status of the NLUP is with respect to other existing instruments and to what extent the provisions of the NLUP will be applied. 103. The Farmland Act (2012) establishes a system of land registration for farmers including provision of land use certificates (LUCs) that create rights to sell, exchange, access credit, inherit and lease the land. Government retains the power to revoke the LUCs if any of the conditions of use are not complied with in full. 104. Special Economic Zone Law (2014) governs land issues within Special Economic Zones. Its provisions extend beyond land acquisition and provide additional requirements for resettlement and livelihood restoration.

B.14. International Conventions, Treaties and Agreements 105. The Union of Myanmar is a party to relevant international environmental conventions, treaties and agreements on the principles and actions necessary for sustainable development and environmental protection. It ratified in 1994 both the Convention on Biological Diversity

25 and the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change. These international conventions explicitly reference the application of environmental assessment to address the effects of human activities. Table B-7 International Agreements and Treaties International Agreements and Treaties Date Ratified Ramsar Convention (Convention on Wetlands of International Importance Especially 2005 as Waterfowl Habitat), 1971. Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora, 1997 Washington, D.C., 1973; and this convention as amended in Bonn, Germany, 1979. Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer, 1985 1993 Basel Convention, 1989 2015 Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, 1989 1993 London Amendment to the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone 1993 Layer, London, 1990 United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC), New York, 1994 1992 Convention on Biological Diversity, Rio de Janeiro, 1992 1994 2004 Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPs), 2001 (Accession) 1994 World Heritage Convention (UNESCO), 1972 (Accession)

Source: General Environmental Impact Assessment Guideline September 2017 (Version 3), Ministry of Natural Resources and Environmental Conservation Myanmar (MONREC)

106. The Convention on Biological Diversity, in particular, promotes the use of appropriate procedures requiring environmental impact assessment of proposed projects that are likely to have significant adverse effects on biological diversity. Similarly, the Ramsar convention is very relevant to this project. 107. While the World Heritage Convention is often focused on Designated sites, the text of the convention requires all State parties to actively protect all national Cultural and Natural Heritage sites. The latter aligns with the ADB definition of Physical Cultural Resources to include natural features and sites of aesthetic or scientific value and habitats of value as well as the normal sites and artefacts covered under PCR.

B.15. Myanmar Permitting Requirements 108. Myanmar Environmental Impact Assessment Procedures require: a) The Project Proponent shall submit the Project Proposal to the Ministry for Screening. b) Within fifteen (15) working days of receiving the complete Project Proposal, the Ministry shall determine the type of environmental assessment (EIA, IEE, or none) which the Project will require, and inform the Project Proponent. The Ministry shall also make a determination whether an EMP shall be required. c) In addition, any quarries must be permitted by ECD.

26 B.16. ADB Environmental Requirements

B.16.1. ADB Safeguard Policy Statement (2009) 109. ADB’s SPS clarifies the rationale, scope and content an environmental assessment. The SPS emphasizes the need for effective implementation of the environmental safeguards which are to: (i) Avoid possible impacts of projects on the environment and affected people, where possible (ii) minimize, mitigate and/or compensate for adverse project impacts on the environment and affected people when avoidance is not possible; and (iii) help borrowers/clients to strengthen their safeguard systems and develop the capacity to manage environmental and social risks. 110. The SPS contains several operational principles that includes the requirement to ensure that the measures identified during the impact assessment are included in the EMP and are implemented in agreement with the borrower. The borrower/client is required to monitor the progress of implementation of the EMP, document the monitoring results, identify necessary corrective actions and reflect them in a corrective action plan. Periodic monitoring reports on implementation of the EMP are submitted to the ADB on a semi-annual basis during construction of projects with significant adverse environmental impacts and quarterly for highly complex and sensitive projects. During operation, reporting to the ADB for projects with significant adverse impacts is required on an annual basis.

B.16.2. ADB Requirements for Environment Safeguard Screening and Categorization 111. ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (2009) uses a classification system to reflect the significance of a project’s potential environmental impacts. A project’s category is determined by the category of its most environmentally sensitive component, including direct, indirect, cumulative, and induced impacts in the project’s area of influence. Each proposed project is scrutinized as to its type, location, scale, and sensitivity and the magnitude of its potential environmental impacts. Projects are assigned to one of the following four categories: (i) Category A - A proposed project is classified as category A if it is likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts that are irreversible, diverse, or unprecedented. These impacts may affect an area larger than the sites or facilities subject to physical works. An environmental impact assessment (EIA) is required. (ii) Category B - A proposed project is classified as category B if its potential adverse environmental impacts are less adverse than those of category A projects. These impacts are site-specific, few if any of them are irreversible, and in most cases mitigation measures can be designed more readily than for category A projects. An initial environmental examination (IEE) is required. (iii) Category C - A proposed project is classified as category C if it is likely to have minimal or no adverse environmental impacts. No environmental assessment is required although environmental implications need to be reviewed. (iv) Category FI - A proposed project is classified as category FI if it involves investment of ADB funds to or through a financial intermediary. 112. The prior screening of the current project to determine its environmental category resulted in it being deemed Category “A” which requires an EIA process to be conducted.

27 B.16.3. ADB, JICA and Myanmar Environment Categorization of the Projects 113. The ADB project comprises two road sections of the expressway. The intervening bridge across Sittaung River will be financed by JICA through a separate project. The ADB project was categorized as Category A per ADB’s SPS 2009. 114. The JICA funded Sittaung Bridge was classified as A per JICA’s ESC Guidelines, and a separate EIA has been prepared by JICA consultants for the bridge that complies with JICA’s ESC Guidelines. Per ADB’s SPS 2009, the bridge classifies as an associated facility. Therefore, key findings of the JICA EIA prepared for the Sittaung Bridge are summarized in this EIA to demonstrate general compliance of the JICA-financed project with ADB’s SPS 2009. 115. Per Myanmar’s EIA Procedure (2015) the two projects (ADB financed roads and JICA financed bridge) classify as “EIA Type Projects”. Scoping Reports which define the TOR for the EIAs in accordance with Myanmar standards and procedures have been submitted to Myanmar ECD. 116. The construction of New Sittaung Bridge project has been classified as a project requiring an EIA by ECD as of 21st August 2017 in accordance with EIA Procedure in Myanmar Law, 2015. The EIA was submitted to ECD and is expected to be approved in the second half of 2019. 117. The Scoping Report for the ADB section was approved by Myanmar ECD in March 2019. Both the ADB EIA and the JICA EIA have accounted for the ECD requirements as defined in the scoping reports. This EIA will be submitted to the ECD by MOC. According to the Myanmar Environmental Impact Assessment Approval Process a determination should be made with 90 days.

28 C. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

C.1. Preamble 118. The project involves the construction of a new arterial highway, shorter by 32 kilometre (km) than the current alignment which will halve travel time. The new arterial highway will be about 65 km long and includes a 2.3 km bridge over the Sittaung river. Four at grade interchanges will provide connections to the local rural road network. The highway is being developed as a toll road. 119. The feasibility study for the new Sittaung Bridge (Sut Pa Nu) is financed by JICA. The ADB technical assistance will work in close cooperation with the JICA Consultants so that both studies can be completed successfully. The two elements of the overall project are parallel financed and therefore the bridge is considered to be an Associated Facility to the remainder of the Highway. 120. Note: For most of the design phase the road alignment was planned to be 73.5 km in length. Towards the end of the design phase the Ministry of Construction determined that the alignment would be shortened by moving the eastern end point of the project from Km 73.5 to Km 64 and joining at this point with the existing NH-8 (See C.13 for additional information). As many of the studies were conducted on the full 73.5 km, reference to this distance will still be found within the survey results etc. However, for clarity the assessment findings relate only to the 64 km long alignment.

C.2. Project Rationale 121. The Government of Myanmar (GoM) has an overall strategy for improving transport infrastructure as a means of generating economic growth. An important part of this has been a commitment to the Greater Mekong Subregion (GMS) planning concept in which connectivity between regional countries is to be greatly improved. In concert with other international development partners, the Asian Development Bank (ADB) has agreed to support Myanmar in several aspects, particularly in the road transport sector. Based on this, a major opportunity has been identified within the East-West Economic Corridor (EWEC) located in the south of Myanmar. This aligns well with both the ‘National Transport Sector Development Master Plan (2015)’ and the ‘Master Plan for Arterial Road Network Development’ produced by the Ministry of Construction (2016). The overall EWEC network is presented in Figure C-1.

Figure C-1 GMS Corridors Source: ADB Greater Mekong Subregion https://greatermekong.org/content/economic-corridors-in- the-greater-mekong-subregion 122. Among a number of planning exercises already completed was a study sponsored by the Japan International Cooperation Agency (JICA) of the corridors between Yangon and Bago and between Bago and Kyaikto. From this work published in 2016, the viability of the major investment needed to upgrade them was established in broad terms. The current project represents the next step in the implementation process and comprises a feasibility’ study of the Bago-Kyaikto route. This is closely coordinated with the team studying a major new bridge over the Sittaung River which is needed as part of the Bago-Kyaikto link. This new link will connect to the existing national road network. The proposed link and existing road network are shown in Figure C-2.

Figure C-2 Existing Road Transport Network and Proposed Alignment of New Highway Source: JICA Pre-Feasibility Study for Project for Yangon-Bago-Kyaikto, Final Report December 2016. 123. As upgraded arterial highways improve access to rural areas, rural road links are included in the current project. These are to be selected by priority as given in the Government’s ‘National Strategy for Rural Roads and Access (2017)’. The Ministry of Construction (MOC) will manage the assets. A component of the project will review local road capacity and recommend future improvements to the rural road network.

C.3. Need for the Bago-Kyaikto Highway

C.3.1. Need for the Road 124. The project will address capacity issues on the Bago-Kyaikto section of the EWEC where the current two-lane road experiences frequent congestion. A pre-feasibility study financed by JICA showed that the section of the existing road between Bago and Kyaikto would reach design capacity between 2020 and 2025. In order to maintain capacity for the EWEC network it was determined that this section would become an area of restriction in flows and a solution to avoid future bottlenecking of the route was required.

C.3.2. Overview of Route Selection 125. Section F.1 provides details of the overall route and alignment selection process which is summarized below. 126. JICA-led pre-feasibility and feasibility studies showed that there was a need for a road improvement scheme along the Bago to Kyaikto section of the highway. The feasibility studied looked at a number of options and discounted an online widening option as affecting too many communities and properties. The route also would remain twisting and longer than necessary. On this basis an offline solution was examined, and the area of search focused on open land to the south of the existing alignment. 127. The selection alignment option and details of the road are set out in the following sections of text.

31 C.4. Description of Bago-Kyaikto Alignment 128. The overall alignment is shown in Figure C-3 along with major crossing points and proposed locations of interchanges. The new highway will be shorter by 32 kilometer (km) than the current alignment which will halve travel time. The new arterial highway will be about 73 km long, and includes a 2.3 km bridge over the Sittaung River (to be financed by JICA). The feasibility study and EIA for the new Sittaung Bridge (Sut Pa Nu) was financed by JICA. 129. The Highway alignment starts nine kilometres south of Bago, on the Yangon to Mandalay Road (National Highway-1) in the Village of Gwayt Tan Shey. Here a grade separated interchange will be constructed which will allow traffic to enter the Bago to Kyaikto Road on a flyover structure or to continue on National Highway-1. The alignment then proceeds in a north easterly direction, crossing a mainline railway, closely followed by a crossing of the Bago River. Both of these features will be overbridged by the new highway. 130. Two additional grade separated interchanges will allow connection to the rural road network, these are located at Thanatpin and Waw as shown on Figure C-3. The route alignment crosses a major canal, again by bridging over the feature. The most significant structure on the route is the River Sittaung crossing, again via a bridge over the feature, where the highway turns slightly south eastwards to end at a final interchange north of the town of Kyaikto. The overall route is approximately 64 km in length.

Figure C-3 Alignment on a 1954 Map showing the old Sittaung River Channel Source: Base Map – Google Earth

C.4.1. Townships and Villages Affected by the Proposed Alignment 131. The list of townships and village tracts within the study limits are shown in Table C-1. Table C-1 List of Townships and Village Tracts within the study limits # District Township Village Tract (English) Village Tract (Myanmar)

1 Bago Bago Gwayt Tan Shey ေဂွ�တန်း�ှည်

( ) 2 Bago Bago Ah Htet Si Dee (West) အထက်စီဒီး အေနာက်

3 Bago Bago Zay Nyaung Pin ေဈးေညာင်ပင်

32 # District Township Village Tract (English) Village Tract (Myanmar)

( ) 4 Bago Bago Auk Si Dee (West) ေအာက်စီဒီး အေနာက်

5 Bago Bago Saing Di စိုင်ဒီ

6 Bago Bago Oe Bo အိုးဘို

7 Bago Thanatpin Thanatpin သနပ်ပင်

8 Bago Thanatpin Hpa Ye ဖရဲ

9 Bago Thanatpin Min Ywar Kyaung Su မင်းရွာေကျာင်းစု

10 Bago Thanatpin Min မင်း

11 Bago Waw Nyaung Thone Gwa ေညာင်သံုးခွ

12 Bago Waw Moe Net မိုးနက်

13 Bago Waw Nyaung Kaing ေညာင်ကိုင်း

14 Bago Waw Ka Dut ကဒွတ်

15 Bago Waw Bo Ka Taw ဗိုကေတာ်

16 Bago Waw Kyon Ye ကျံုရဲ

17 Bago Waw Zee Hpyu Kone ဇီးြဖူကုန်း

18 Bago Waw Win Ka Dat ဝင်းကဓာတ်

19 Mon State, Thaton Kyaikto Sut Pa Nu စွပ်ပ�ူး

20 Mon State, Thaton Kyaikto Kha Lun ခလွန်

21 Mon State, Thaton Kyaikto Kyaik Ka Thar ကျိုက�သာ

22 Mon State, Thaton Kyaikto Ma Lawt Chaung မေလာေချာင့်

23 Mon State, Thaton Kyaikto Moke Kha Mu မုက�မူ

24 Mon State, Thaton Kyaikto Bo Yar Gyi ဘိုယား�ကီး

25 Mon State, Thaton Kyaikto Hle Lan Ku လှည်းလမ်းကူး Source: Myanmar Information Management Unit census data of township profiles 2017

C.5. Design Specification 132. The Design Specification for the Bago to Kyaikto Highway is shown in Table C-2. This shows that the highway is a four lane, dual carriageway which will be constructed within a 70 m wide right of way. The design speed for the highway is 120 km per hour, although i this may be reduced at several sections, including the River Sittaung bridge crossing. The highway will have solid hard shoulders at each edge of the highway. Table C-2 Design Standards and Criteria for Bago-Kyaikto Highway Classification Bago-Kyaikto Type of Road New Road Terrain Classification Level Number of Lanes 4-Lane Class 1 Divided Highway Pavement Type AC, concrete at toll plazas

33 Design Speed (km/h) 120 Rural 70 RoW Width (m) Urban 70 3.50 Rural Lane 3.50 Urban Width (m) 2.50 Outside Shoulder 1.00 Inner at Median Median 2.50 Min. Horiz. Curve Radius (m) 600 Min. Horiz. Curve Length (m) 140

Max. Super- Rural 6 elevation (%) Urban 6 Max. Vertical Grade (%) 3 5.0 major Min. Vertical Clearance (m) 4.5 minor Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant, 2019 ROW = Right of Way

C.5.1. Traffic Forecasts 133. The traffic model was developed for the existing and future proposed road network which covers Bago and Kyaikto and the road links connecting them. This road network was prepared after studying many previous reports such as the National Transport Sector Development Master Plan. The Consultants also undertook Origin-Destination surveys and journey time measurement surveys. Data was also supplied by JICA so that the forecasts developed were generally consistent and coordinated with the JICA’s study. 134. The baseline year is 2018 and the model ran forecasts for four milestone years: baseline (2018), opening (2025), 10 years (2035) and 20 years (2045) after opening. The highest forecast traffic flow will be across the new JICA Sittaung Bridge, as given in Table C-3. Table C-3 Forecast Traffic Volumes across new Sittaung Bridge in Vehicles (per day) 2-Axle 3-Axle 4-Axle Trailer Cars Bus Total Year Year Truck Truck Truck Truck Vehicles Vehicles Vehicles Vehicles Vehicles Vehicles Vehicles

2025 1 6,461 896 4,535 1,432 2,304 581 16,210 2026 2 7,582 982 5,396 1,680 2,741 652 19,032 2027 3 8,702 1,067 6,258 1,927 3,178 723 21,855 2028 4 9,822 1,153 7,119 2,175 3,615 793 24,678 2029 5 10,943 1,239 7,981 2,422 4,052 864 27,501 2030 6 12,063 1,325 8,842 2,670 4,489 935 30,323 2031 7 13,183 1,410 9,704 2,918 4,926 1,006 33,146 2032 8 14,303 1,496 10,565 3,165 5,363 1,077 35,969 2033 9 15,424 1,582 11,427 3,413 5,800 1,147 38,792 2034 10 16,544 1,667 12,288 3,660 6,237 1,218 41,614 2035 11 17,664 1,753 13,149 3,908 6,674 1,289 44,437 2036 12 18,365 1,757 13,450 3,996 6,825 1,317 45,710 2037 13 19,065 1,760 13,751 4,085 6,977 1,344 46,984 2038 14 19,766 1,763 14,052 4,174 7,129 1,372 48,257

34 2-Axle 3-Axle 4-Axle Trailer Cars Bus Total Year Year Truck Truck Truck Truck Vehicles Vehicles Vehicles Vehicles Vehicles Vehicles Vehicles

2039 15 20,466 1,767 14,353 4,263 7,281 1,400 49,530 2040 16 21,167 1,770 14,654 4,352 7,433 1,427 50,803 2041 17 21,867 1,774 14,955 4,441 7,585 1,455 52,077 2042 18 22,568 1,777 15,256 4,529 7,737 1,483 53,350 2043 19 23,269 1,781 15,557 4,618 7,889 1,510 54,623 2044 20 23,969 1,784 15,858 4,707 8,040 1,538 55,896 2045 21 24,670 1,788 16,159 4,796 8,192 1,566 57,170

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant, 2019

C.5.2. Access Points for Toll Road 135. The proposed expressway will be a “Closed System” as the road will be a toll road. Just after the start there will be a toll plaza across the road which will give a ticket to eastbound vehicles entering going towards Kyaikto and taking payment from westbound vehicles. 136. Access will be controlled with a trumpet interchange at the start on the Yangon to Mandalay Road just south of Bago. There will be a similar control point at the Kyaikto End Point. There are to be Toll Plazas on each of the Interchange (IC) Ramps on IC#2 and IC#3 to maintain the closed system. The proposed interchanges and their layout are shown in Table C-4 and Figure C-4 respectively. Table C-4 Proposed Interchanges Bago-Kyaikto Road Type of Cross road No Name of Interchange Station IC Name Lanes IC#1 Bago South 00+000 Trumpet Yangon-Mandalay Road 4-Lane IC#2 Thanatpin 12+000 Trumpet Bago-Thanlyin Road 2-Lane IC#3 Waw (Future IC) 34+000 Trumpet Waw Rural Roads 2-Lane IC#4 Kyaikto North 64+500 Trumpet Yangon-Mawlamyine Road 2-Lane

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant, 2019

Figure C-4 Interchange Plan Bago-Kyaikto Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant, 2018

35 137. Figure C-5 shows the Grade separated interchange at Bago, while Error! Reference source not found. shows a generalized interchange for the two intermediate locations.

Figure C-5 Bago Interchange 1 Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant

Figure C-6 Interchange #2 at Thanatpin Km 12 Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant

Figure C-7 Interchange #3 at Waw Township Km 34 Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant

Figure C-8 Interchange #4 at NH-8 Km 64 North of Kyaikto Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant

C.5.3. Cross Sections 138. The Right-of-Way (ROW) will be 70m. As much of the alignment crosses agricultural land, which is the subject of periodic flooding, the route will be constructed on embankment. The highway is raised some 6 m above the existing grade in most sections. A typical cross section of the road is shown Figure C-9.

Figure C-9 Four-Lane ASEAN Highway Class 1 Divided Highway Limited Access Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant, 2019

C.5.4. Pavement Design 139. The project will apply Asphalt Concrete (AC) for the main road, and Concrete Pavement at Toll Plazas. The design is based on Transport Research Laboratory Overseas Road Note 31 and on American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) standards. This design method is based on the Traffic Loading in million standard axles during design life and sub-grade strength in the California Bearing Ratio (CBR). The most economical combination of pavement materials and layer thickness that will provide satisfactory service over the design life was selected.

C.5.5. Climate Design Information 140. The climate information likely to affect design is presented in Table C-5. Table C-5 Climate Information for Design i) Annual average humidity: H=85%.

Temperatures: In consistency with the values adopted for the Sittaung Bridge design, values to be considered are as follows:

a) Mean Temperature 25°C ii) Variation of temperature for bearing and expansion joints: Concrete structures 10 to 40 , steel +5 b) to + 50 . ℃ ℃ ℃ Variation of temperature for bearing and expansion joints: Concrete structures 10 to 40 , steel +5 c) ℃ to + 50 . ℃ ℃ ℃ iii) Concrete coefficient℃ of thermal expansion: 10.8 x 10-6/°C. Wind: According to the MNBC 2016, maximum design wind speeds are 80 km/h in Bago region and 90 iv) km/h east of the Sittaung River.

Source: The Myanmar Information Management Unit (MIMU) 141. The “Myanmar Climate Change Strategy and Action Plan” (MCCSAP), published by the Ministry of Natural Resources and Environmental Conservation (MoNREC), the Republic of the Union of Myanmar in 2016 summarizes the projected impact of climate change on the country. 142. MCCSAP suggests an increase in temperatures and extremely hot days as well as an increase in flooding risk due to higher average rainfall intensities. The report also cites further MoNREC reports which predict a higher frequency and intensity of extreme weather

38 events, including cyclones, flood/storm surge and sea level rise. In this design a figure of a 15% increment in the intensity of short rainfall was included in calculations.

C.5.6. Bridges and Structures 143. A detailed field study was carried out of the requirements of structures. The location of rivers and streams were identified, and the required hydraulic openings were calculated. Road and track locations were also identified for the purposes of design of structures. There are 354 structures proposed for the Bago to Kyaikto Road. Of these, 43 are bridges with the largest being 270-metres length to cross the Ka Lun Cheung river and the parallel roads. The total length of bridges is 2,780m. Additional smaller drainage structures and underpasses have been proposed, so that smaller drainage channels and tracks can allow both water and people to cross under the expressway. One smaller underpass of 2.0-metres by 2.0-metres is proposed at approximately each kilometer (accounting for existing movement patterns and land ownership as far as possible) to allow pedestrians to cross. The number and category of structures is presented in Table C-6. Table C-6 Number of Structures by Categories Item # Category Number 05.1.1 Underpasses 2.0 m x 2.0 m 61 05.1.2 Underpasses 6.0 m x 4.5 m 40 06.2.1 Box Culverts 1.5 m x 1.5 m 61 06.2.2 Box Culverts 2.0 m x 2.0 m 61 06.2.3 Box Culverts 3.0 m x 3.0 m 48 06.2.4 Box Culverts 6.0 m x 4.5 m 40 05.2.1 Road Bridge 27 05.2.2 River Bridge 15 05.2.3 Railway Bridge 1 Total Structures 354

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant 2019

C.5.6.1. Underpasses, Box Culverts 144. The project will construct 164 box culverts and underpasses (3.0x3.0m to 6.0x4.5m) at a distance of approximately 1km maximum. Underpasses will be constructed over existing rural roads or streams. These aim at maintaining the continuity of all existing accesses to villages and surroundings cultivated fields. Typical underpasses are shown in Figure C-10 and Figure C-11. These will allow farm vehicles and animals to pass through without hindrance.

Figure C-10 Typical Underpass 6m x 4.5m Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant 2018

Figure C-11 Underpasses for Farm Vehicles Source: VicRoads Fauna Sensitive Road Design Guidelines, 2012 145. In addition to the box culverts and underpasses aiming at maintaining existing accesses to villages and surroundings cultivated fields, provisions for additional structures, not yet precisely located at this stage of the study, are considered. They are minor hydraulic structures aiming at balancing flood levels each side of the embankment and thus (further) avoiding any dam effect. In total, 70 box culverts 1.5 m × 1.5 m and 70 box culverts 2.0 m × 2.0 m will be built.

C.5.6.2. Design Standards for Drainage Structures 146. Hydraulic cross drainage structures fall into three categories at this stage of the project: (i) Bridges over natural rivers (ii) Irrigation culverts and bridges over regulated canals in the Sittaung Delta (iii) Culverts draining natural catchment areas 147. Table C-7 sets out the recommended standards for cross drainage structures and Table C-8 the suggested standards for road and longitudinal drainage. Table C-7 Design standards for cross drainage structures Bridges 50 year return flow 1.0 m Freeboard over 50 year water level Box Culverts 25 year return flow Max. flow speed: 3.5 m/s Minimum Culvert size through main embankment, for local traffic, including animal carts and pedestrians. 1.5 x 1.5 m Cleaning and maintenance of culverts. Minimum culvert size for culverts at ramps and access 1.5 x 1.5 m roads Maximum distance between openings in road 500 m embankment Maximum water level at embankment 0.5 m below final road level Maximum embankment slope 1: 2 in flood prone areas

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultants

Table C-8 Design standards for road surface drainage and longitudinal drainage Drainage of road surface 10 year design rainfall Flow in side drains / subsurface pipes 10 year design flow Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultants 148. Due to lack of bathymetric data a river depth of 3m has been assumed for the Bago, Ka Lun and Ka Dat rivers. A slope of 0.0015 m/m has been used for all three river channels. This is based on previous experience within the region and professional opinion. The assumption is considered to hold valid for all three rivers.

C.5.7. Cross Drainage Structures: Bridges, Culverts and Underpasses 149. The road sections will be over 65kms long. The embankment will be raised to sufficient height to exclude the risk of flooding at local low-points. Given that the highest observed and recorded flood water level, including the tidal bore, is about 1.85 m above the existing ground near km 41+000, a minimum embankment height of 4 m above ground level in low-points has been used as design parameter. 150. The large number of high cross drainage structures requires the embankment to be constantly at a vertical level of at least 3 to 4 m above ground level, in order to avoid falling and rising of the final road level. 151. The embankment will be over 4m high in places to raise it above the flood plain and this may cause it to act as a “dam”. This could impede water flow and block access to local residents so a large number of cross drains will be included in the design as described below. 152. Major and minor structures will be placed as cross drains under the embankment. These serve two purposes. They allow free flow of water from one side of the embankment to the other so preventing a build-up of water on one side higher than on the other. Such a differential head of water can impose a lateral load on the embankment and cause structural failure. The cross drainage balances out this effect. 153. Secondly the drainage structures will follow existing water courses and pathways and will provide access both on foot and by boat to cross from one side of the road to the other without having to scale the embankment and cross the road surface which is a hazardous undertaking. By providing easily accessible cross drains which are large enough for persons, boats and animals to pass through there will be no need to attempt to cross the expressway with its inherent risk of a traffic accident. 154. The major structures along the whole alignment are given in the table below. Additional smaller cross culverts can be added for balancing purposes. Table C-9 Major Structures River Road Box Railway Bridge Bridge Bridge Culvert Underpass 1 15 27 203 101

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultants

155. In addition to the above list of major structures there are many minor structures. These include small underpasses 2 m x 2m placed at one every kilometre. Minor drainage is box culverts 1. 5m x 1.5 m and 2 m x 2 m again one per kilometre. 156. There are also over 7,000-metres of 0.900m pipe culverts and 10,000m of 1.200m pipe culverts.

41 157. Overall more than 5% of the embankment length will be open. All of the structures including roads and pedestrian paths act as hydraulic pathways allowing free flow of water. 158. All of these openings may be used as wildlife conduits to reduce severance effects. 159. The current design proposes a total of 122 large drainage structures for an embankment length of 45 km between the Bago river and the Sittaung River. This is the most flood prone area as the land lies between the two rivers. On average, one large opening is proposed for every 375 m of embankment. 160. This means no person wishing to traverse the embankment will have to go more than 200m to find an accessible opening. The actual location of the minor structures and pipes will be determined during detailed design.

C.5.8. Embankment Protection Works 161. Where required embankment protection works will include bio-engineering techniques such as planting with long rooting grass species typically Vetiver, rip rap protection and other techniques.

C.6. Major Crossings

C.6.1. Background 162. The proposed alignment crosses over the Yangon-Bago railway, two large rivers which are the Bago and Sittaung, the Sittaung-Bago canal, three medium sized rivers in Kyaikto District and many secondary water channels. It must also avoid high tension electricity lines and gas pipelines. Major crossings employ bridges whereas the 74 minor crossings use box and pipe culverts. Table C-10 provides a summary of the major features which the highway crosses. Major crossings are described in some detail in the following sections of text. Table C-10 Major Crossings Chainage Obstacle Length of bridge m. Width needed for crossing m.

02+630 B03 Railway 90 15 04+340 B04 Bago River 150 75 09+461 B09 Mokkala Chaung 90 30 14+623 B16 Ka Ma Pa Yan Chaung 120 60 21+587 B20 Maung Ma Kaw Yo Chaung 60 50 22+965 B21 No Name Stream 1 60 25 23+391 B22 Bago-Sittaung Canal 200 120 51+000 Sittaung River JICA and railway crossing 2,200 750 56+985 B39 Ka Lun Chaung 270 35 60+140 B41 Ma Law Gyaung Stream 60 50

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultants, 2018

C.6.2. Yangon-Bago Railway Bridge Sta. 02+630 (Figure C-12) 163. The railway tracks are on a 3m high embankment above surrounding fields which are around 6-metres above sea level (ASL) so the railway line is at +9 metres above sea-level. The high-water mark for a 1 in 100 year flood is +9.1 m ASL so the railway may be under floodwater levels once in 100 years. The road embankment is higher than that.

42 164. The line is composed of 3 tracks of slightly oversized metric gauge having 1.09 m between rails. There are various gauges in Yangon. There are two main tracks and a third bypassing track on the western side. The track is not electrified but there are overhead lines each side. 165. The bridge length is 360 m and the main span should have a 15 m horizontal clearance and 6m vertical clearance.

Figure C-12 Yangon – Mandalay Railway Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant 2019

C.6.3. Bago River Sta. 04+340 (Figure C-13) 166. The Bago river is the second main river to be crossed, the Sittaung River being the largest. It flows from north to south approximately parallel to the Sittaung River. When it reaches Bago it turns to the southwest and flows into the sea as the Yangon River. The total length from its source to its mouth at the confluence of Yangon River is about 260km. 167. The Bago River basin has a catchment area of 2,651 km2 within which are 13 reservoirs and one dam which are highly controlled for multi-purpose uses. In case of high rain fall the Bago river will flood to the western side towards the railway line. The eastern bank of the river is protected by a dyke. There is a severe flood risk for the urban area of southern Bago. The proposed highway alignment will cross this area on a high embankment.

Figure C-13 Bago River with Low Water Level Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant 2019

168. The width of the perennially wet river bed is around 75 m at the crossing point. A 200 m long bridge is required at this location. The river is not a major waterway and navigation use is only by small boats. The river is tidal at Bago town during periods of low flows.

43 C.6.4. Mokkala Chaung Sta. 09+461 (Figure C-14) 169. The crossing can be either upstream or downstream of the village of the same name. Upstream, the channel is 30-m wide. It divides into 2 branches downstream of the village. A cemetery is located upstream the village.

Figure C-14 Mokkala Chaung Bridge \ Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant 2019

C.6.5. Ka Ma Pa Yan Chaung Sta. 14+623 (Figure C-15) 170. The creek main bed is between 30 and 40-m wide varying along the length. There is an existing 30 m long bridge in Pa Ye Village upstream with 5 spans of 6 m.

Figure C-15 Ka Ma Pa Yan Chaung Bridge Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant 2019

C.6.6. Maung Ma Kaw Yo Chaung Sta. 21+587 (Figure C-16) 171. This stream is a tributary to the Bago-Sittaung canal. The alignment will need two bridges to cross this stream and a rural road. The width of the creek is 30 m and the proposed bridge length 90 m. There is an existing 17m old wooden bridge upstream of the crossing point.

Figure C-16 Maung Ma Kaw Yo Chaung Bridge Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant 2019

C.6.7. Unknown River Name Sta. 22+965 (Figure C-17) 172. The alignment crosses another tributary of the Bago-Sittaung canal just north of Min Ywa Kyaung Zu Village and close to the previous crossing (Maung Ma Kaw Yo creek). The creek has a minimum width of 6m but overspills over a much larger area requiring the bridge to be 90m. The creek has no known name.

Figure C-17 Sta. 22+965 Creek Crossing Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant 2019

C.6.8. Sittaung–Bago Canal Sta. 23+391 (Figure C-18, Figure C-19 and Figure C-20) 173. The Sittaung-Bago canal was constructed in 1878 primarily for transporting timber. It connects Bago River with the Sittaung River and avoids the tidal bore on the lower reach of Sittaung River. It branches from the Bago River at Tawa and continues for 61km to enter the Sittaung River at Myit-kyo. A tidal effect is seen on both ends of the canal. 174. The low-lying terrain is often flooded by storm water runoff from the river as well as from the tidal bore. The canal was renovated in 2014 and according to local residents, the overtopping of the canal embankments was a regular event before the renovation. It now protects residents from flooding and acts as an important water supplier for local irrigation. 175. This canal is the main water channel crossing after the Bago river and is 45-m to 50- m wide. According to local fishermen the depth of the canal at Min Ywa Village varies between 3.5m (low level) to 4.5 m (highest level). The canal is used by boats and so a vertical clearance between 4.0 to 4.5m from water level to the underside of any bridge will have to be allowed.

Figure C-18 Bago-Sittaung Canal at Crossing Location, note East Bank laterite road Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant 2019

176. A service road runs along the canal on the eastern dyke approximately 2 m above the canal water level. The road has a laterite wearing course and is the main access from Thanatpin to the numerous villages located along the canal. There is an existing bridge in Thanatpit over the canal of length 61.5 m which is constructed to give clearance above the laterite road.

Figure C-19 Existing Bridge on the Bago-Sittaung Canal in Thanatpin.** **Note Laterite road in bottom left of photo. Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant 2019

Figure C-20 Bago-Sittaung Canal Bridge Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant 2019

49 C.7. Sittaung River Sta. 51+000 177. The new Class 1 Road from Bago to Kyaikto is a part of East-West Economic Corridor and the road section is to be financed by ADB. The new Sittaung Bridge section is to be financed by JICA. 178. The new Sittaung Bridge is the major crossing of the expressway. It will replace two existing bridges. The bridge and its approach roads will be 2.5 kms long and are a separate package from the ADB funded roads package and treated as an Associated Facility for the purposes of this EIA process. The proposed crossing point is shown in Figure C-21.

Figure C-21 Proposed Crossing Point Source: JICA Feasibility Study for Sittaung Bridge, Interim Report June 2018

179. The JICA Section of the highway and the Sittaung crossing point are shown schematically in Figure C-22.

Figure C-22 Sittaung River Bridge Crossing Proposal Source: Suntac Technologies Drone Survey 2018

Figure C-23 Details Bridge Location Source: JICA Feasibility Study for Sittaung Bridge, Interim Report June 2018

C.7.1.1. Access Roads 180. To enable efficient construction works on both bank sides and shorten the construction period, access roads are necessary for both sides. Widening and installation of lay-by for construction vehicles are necessary on some portions along the route. The plan of the temporary access road for construction is shown in Figure C 22.

Figure C-24 Location and Plan of Temporary Access Road Source: JICA Feasibility Study for Sittaung Bridge, Interim Report June 2018

C.7.1.2. Horizontal Alignment 181. Having decided on a corridor in the early stages of design, an alignment has been chosen which linked the bridge location to the town of Kyaikto. The most northern location was chosen for several reasons:

52 · To distance the bridge from the tidal bore effects of the sea. · Avoid existing structures such as houses and huts · Avoid important facilities for the residents such as fish ponds. · Avoid existing road parallel with the Project Road · Hilly area is avoided to avoid large cut requirements 182. The different alignments considered are shown in below.

Source: JICA Feasibility Study for Sittaung Bridge, Interim Report June 2018 Figure C-25 Horizontal Alignment Options of the River Sittaung Crossing Point

C.7.1.3. Vertical Alignment (Figure C-26) 183. On the right bank the bridge will have to pass over the existing railway line. This will require a vertical clearance of 6.0m.

Figure C-26 Railway Bridge Crossing Point Source: JICA Feasibility Study for Sittaung Bridge, Interim Report June 2018

C.7.1.4. Bank and Scour Protection (Figure C-27) 184. Although the bridge is to be located upstream of the tidal bore to avoid strong currents there will still be exposure to fast river currents. It is proposed to construct the new bridge at a point downstream of the existing Sittaung (Mokepalin) Bridge where the river bank is most stable. However, the following issues were of concern: · Overflow from a tributary inflow of the Shan Gyaing River upstream of the proposed bridge may cause critical scouring of pier foundations in future. Consequently, it is necessary to ensure smooth flow of this overflow into the main river stream particularly during flood events. · The main river flow may cause river bank erosion near the new bridge location. The left river bank has sufficient height and structural resistance to act as a natural levee but an additional revetment should be installed. · Bridge foundations may scour due to occasional tidal bore effects during extreme conditions. · Upstream of the bridge location the right bank has an outer bend which has already experienced bank erosion and channel change in 2006.

Figure C-27 Hydraulic Modelling of river showing places vulnerable to Scour and Erosion Source: JICA Feasibility Study for Sittaung Bridge, Interim Report June 2018

185. It is probable that river evolution is still active on the upstream side of the proposed bridge and this evolution may progress due to natural events such as floods, storm-surge, tidal-bores, and regular semi-diurnal tides.

C.7.1.5. Embankments (Figure C-28) 186. It is proposed that river bank protection is adopted in order to mitigate the partial erosion at the existing natural bank (left bank side) and further erosion to the bridge construction site by major river course change (right bank side). 187. The embankments of the bridge are exposed to the effects of the fast-flowing river and flooding so slope protection is needed. Grouted riprap is proposed to protect the earthworks from erosion.

Figure C-28 Slope Protection of New Sittaung River Bridge Source: JICA Feasibility Study for Sittaung Bridge, Interim Report June 2018

C.7.1.6. Drainage Plan for Bridge Section Above River 188. Rainwater on the bridge surface above the river is discharged to the river directly through catch basins installed at the edge of shoulders.

C.7.1.7. Drainage Plan for Bridge Section above Ground 189. Rainwater on the bridge surface above ground is collected with catch basins installed at the edge of shoulders. This rainwater then flows to ground level drains such as u-ditch and pipes which lead to the bridge drainage pipes installed at pier or abutment locations. Rainwater is finally discharged to the river.

C.7.1.8. Drainage Plan for Earth Work Section 190. Rainwater on the road surface in the earth works section is collected with catch basins installed at the edge of shoulders. This rainwater then flows to ground level drains such as u- ditch and pipes which lead to the bridge drainage pipes installed on the embankment slopes. Rainwater is finally discharged to the river.

C.7.2. Ka Lun Chaung Sta. 56+985 (Figure C-29 and Figure C-30) 191. Ka Lun River originates in the hilly areas located about 10 km north east of the existing National Highway 8. The river consists of two main tributaries, the My Yong Gyi in the west and the Myi Yong Chaung in the east. The In Ka Bo In Reservoir is located between the two tributaries. Both rivers join north of the National Highway 8 close to the village of In Ka Bo. 192. The Ka Lun river meanders within a flat plain and has a width of approximately 35 m. During the dry season the Ka Lun river is reduced to a 20 m wide shallow stream. During the wet season the river breaks its banks and inundates the entire flood plain.

Figure C-29 Ka Lun River at crossing point Figure C-30 Ka Lun River 200 m U/S crossing point Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant 2018 193. The Proposed location for the new crossing point and outline design of the bridge is presented in Figure C-31. The existing bridge upstream of the proposed new crossing is shown in Figure C-32.

Figure C-31 Proposed New Bridge and Design at Ka Lun Chaung Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant 2018

Figure C-32 Existing Bridge upstream the New Crossing Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant 2018

C.7.3. Ma Law Gyaung (Unknown River Name) Sta. 60+140 (Figure C-33) 194. The river, without a known name, is the outlet of a reservoir located upstream of the village of Ma Law Gyaung. The minor bed does not exceed 7 m while the discharge flow for 50 years return period is limited to 17 m3/s according to the pre-feasibility. A bridge does not appear to be required here and a large box culvert would be sufficient. This assumption will be confirmed by hydraulic data reassessment during detailed design stages.

Figure C-33 Unnamed Water Course at Ma Law Gyaung Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultants

C.7.4. High Voltage Lines 195. The presence of two high voltage lines is to be considered when selecting the bridge location. An example is shown in Figure C-34.

Figure C-34 High Voltage Lines South of Auk Si Di West Village Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultants

C.8. Design for Earthquake Effects 196. The project area is partially located in high seismicity zones around Bago and west of Sittaung River (Zones V and IV as per Myanmar National Building Code 2016). The remaining part, up to Kyaikto, is in a moderately seismic area (zone III). These conditions have been taken into account in the JICA bridge design, namely when selecting abutments, piers and bearings types.

C.9. Incorporated Road Safety Measures 197. In accordance with international safety practice there will be white line lane separators, metal guard rails at the carriageway edge, a wire rope in the median, reflective roads studs and speed warning signage.

C.10. Storm Water Management and Runoff Estimations 198. A comparison of the suitability of the various runoff estimations procedures has been carried out using the hydrological methodology described in Section D.8. Results obtained by the Rational Method generally overestimate the probable storm water runoff if used for catchments areas larger than 10km2. For hydraulic detailed design it is recommended to drop the use of the Rational Method for these catchments.

C.11. Materials and Excavations

C.11.1. Preamble 199. The height of embankment will range from 3.0-metres high up to 10-metres high. The embankments are very high and the local soils have a low CBR% ranging from a CBR% of 1% to CBR% of 5%. The 5% CBR is adequate for embankment so it will require careful exploration to find enough embankment material within a reasonable distance to the road. The preliminary investigations indicate that the soil can handle such high embankments with some precautions taken. Most of the excavation will be in the Kyaikto Township area. 200. The Sub-Base and Base will be quarried in Kyaikto Township. The average haul distance was taken to be 50-kilometres which increases the price of materials. The preliminary Pavement Design was done for the heaviest traffic and the worst soil conditions. In that design, the thickness of sub-base was taken to be 450mm thick and the base to be 350mm.

59 C.11.2. Geology of Moke Palin–Kyaikto Area 201. In the project area the major rocks comprise dioritic and granitic rocks. They were formed between the Mergui Group and Porphyritic biotite granite. The oldest unit can be found in the middle part of area. 202. The Mergui Group of Carboniferous age consists of slate, phyllite and quartzite. Saungnainggyi porphyritic biotite granites were observed in the eastern part of the area. In some places, small minor folds and faults occurred in granitoid rocks. Few amounts of pegmatite dikes, epidote veins, rhyolitic, andesitic dikes are elsewhere to be observed. These dikes are intruded into the dioritic and andesitic rocks at various quarries. Recent river deposited alluvium and lateritic soil are widespread.

C.11.3. Possible Sources of Material 203. A Material Source Survey was conducted on 24-29 June 2018 and established the quality and quantity of potential sources, current production rate and remaining productivity for future potential area, environmental impacts, extraction process and license copies of commercial quarry operation. 204. From the general knowledge of quarries in the area a long list of 21 was drawn up. These are shown below (Table C-11). These are all private owned and commercially operated. Most of the quarries are located in Moke Palin–Kyaikto area, Kyaikto Township, Mon State. Table C-11 Quarries in the Moke Palin–Kyaikto area

Location Quarry Name No. Township Village 1 UKyawThein Kyaikto Winkalaw 2 UKyawNyein Kyaikto Winkalaw 3 UHteinLin Kyaikto NgaPyawTaw 4 UMinZaw Kyaikto SaungNaungGyi

5 SoeYadanaLin Kyaikto PyinGatoeGone 6 RoyalYoma Kyaikto SitTaung 7 KoAung Kyaikto Thein Zayat 8 KoThanChaung Kyaikto Kanni 9 KoKyawWin Kyaikto Kanni

10 UYeHtun Kyaikto Kanni 11 U Soe Lin 121/ Pyin Ka Toe Kone Kyaikto Pyin Ka Toe Kone 12 U Kyaw Myo Shein 121/ Pyin Ka Toe Kone Kyaikto Pyin Ka Toe Kone

13 U Kyaw Win 0552/ Kan Ni Apyin Kwin Kyaikto Kanni Apyib Kwin

14 U Maung Maung 94/ Lu Lay Apyin Kwin Kyaikto Kyauk Ka Lut

15 U Chit Sein 94/ Lu Lay Apyin Kwin Kyaikto Kyauk Ka Lut

16 U Aung Myint 94/ Lu Lay Kwin Kyaikto Kyauk Ka Lut 17 Taw Win Yoma / Kyaw Chit Shein Kyaikto Pyin Ka Toe Kone Crushing Plant :Ms.Hnin Htet Paing:

18 Cherry Lwin Com.,Ltd. U Myint Zaw Kyaikto Kani

19 Shwe Kant Ni Com.Ltd. Kyaikto Kani 20 Acre 100 Kyaikto Kani

60 Location Quarry Name No. Township Village

21 Daw Nan Kyu Kyu Htwe Kyaikto Kani

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultants

205. From this long list the geotechnical subconsultant selected eight sites which were considered to be likely candidates in terms of their proximity to the alignment and types of materials produced there (Table C-12). In some quarries the rock abstraction area and the crushing and screening plant are separate. In other quarries they are contiguous. The Geotechnical Consultant and the International Environmental Consultant visited all of the quarries. Rock samples were collected for subsequent materials tests in the laboratory, the scale and level of operation were assessed, and the quarry operators/owners were requested to provide copies of their operating licences. Locations of possible sources of materials are shown in Figure C-35. Full results of quarry investigations are given in Appendix G. C.11.4. Securing Permits for Quarries and Spoil Disposal Sites, Work Areas 206. The contractors shall obtain all required environmental permits prior to operation of any quarry site, borrow area, spoil disposal site and construction site. Contractors must confirm that any such quarry or spoil disposal site has the relevant environmental permits. If the contractors operate their own quarry site or spoil disposal site, the required environmental permits shall be obtained from ECD and shall be submitted to the CSC prior to operation of the quarry/borrow or spoil disposal areas.

61 Table C-12 Summary of Quarry List

Location Coordinates Existing License Productivity/Year/Subdrum Environm Constraints No. Quarry Name ental for Sampling Rock Type Township Village NE Category Validity Issued by Past Current remaining impact extraction

GAD 1 U Kyaw Thein Kyaik Hto Win ka Law 17`24'24.1" 97'02'32.4" Small Valid ThaHton 1800 1800 10 Acre No No Colleted Grainte District

GAD 2 U Kyaw Nyein Kyaik Hto Win ka Law 17`24'08.8" 97'02'41.3" Medium Valid ThaHton 3600 3600 7.5 Acre No No Colleted Grainte District

GAD 3 U Htein Linn Kyaik Hto NgaPywTaw 17`23'33.0" 97'07'11.3" Large Valid ThaHton 36000 36000 200 Acre No No Colleted Grainte District

GAD U Min Zaw@U Wai Yone Saung Naing 4 Kyaik Hto 17`26'19.0" 97'02'11.6" Large Valid ThaHton 1080000 1080000 100 Acre No No Colleted Grainte Shan Gyi District

GAD U Kyaik Hti Nit @ 5 Kyaik Hto Thein Zayat 17`32"01.0" 96`54'24.4" Large Valid ThaHton 1080000 1080000 50 Acre No No Colleted Grainte U Aung Aung District

GAD 6 U Than Chaung@ Kyaik Hto Upper Kan Ni 17`28'38.0" 96`55'29.1" Large Valid ThaHton 36000 36000 80 Acre No No Colleted Grainte U Aung Lwin Oo District

GAD 7 Royal Yoma Co., Ltd. Kyaik Hto Upper Kan Ni 17`28'09.5" 96`55'42.3" Large Valid ThaHton 1080000 1080000 100 Acre No No Colleted Grainte District

GAD 8 Cherry Lwin Co., Ltd. Kyaik Hto Upper Kan Ni 17`28'34.9" 96`54'41.3" Large Valid ThaHton 1080000 1080000 100 Acre No No Colleted Grainte District

Source: The Consultant, 2018 GAD=Department of General Administration

Figure C-35 Quarry Locations in Kyaitko Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant, 2018

C.12. Related Facilities - Rural Roads

C.12.1. Justification 207. As part of this project a program of rural roads upgrading in the three townships of Thanatpin, Waw and Kyaikto is being considered for improvement. 208. The maximum benefit and associated economic opportunities for communities in the vicinity of the immediate expressway project area may be best achieved by provision of linkages to the Interchanges proposed a) between Bago and Thanatpin, and b) Kyaikto, as well as a proposed rest stop/ market and bus terminal along the alignment South of Waw. 209. To achieve these linkages, there is a need for rehabilitating or upgrading existing cross linkages of roads connecting villages North and South of the alignment to new frontage roads which are to be constructed parallel to the alignment. 210. Population data for the villages was considered in the development of the Long List Rural Roads Analysis. All villages analysed exceed a population of 1,000 with the only exceptions being Sun Pi in Thanatpin (992) and Kyon Thin in Waw (911). 211. In general, rural roads are constructed to the following standards: (i) Due to land limitations, pavement width of only 3.0-metres (10-feet) is common with a minimum 1-metre (3-foot) shoulder each side (ii) Bullock cart tracks are built if land permits (iii) Drainage structures are provided as required (iv) Except for dyke roads, the vertical alignment is generally defined by the locally experienced typical annual flood level, accepting that in times of higher flood, the roads will not be passable. (v) Existing roads constructed and maintained by the community generally lack necessary cross drainage structures 212. Although rural roads may be upgraded and improved in terms of pavement design, they cannot be raised to a climate resilient standard as the cost will be excessive in relation to the additional benefits. The roads do not need to be all weather / all season roads as communities are experienced in living within the flood area and utilize the dyke roads and water-craft in times of flood.

C.12.2. Design Parameters for Rural Roads 213. The National Rural Roads and Access Strategy (draft, 2017) sets the parameters for choosing the roads that will form the Core Rural Roads Network (CRRN), This strategy has been developed as part of Myanmar’s response to the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) of providing rural villages with road access; eventually providing all-weather access. To meet this objective the draft National Strategy includes a number of criteria that must be met. 214. Firstly, a Core Rural Road Network (CRRN) concept will be adopted. The CRRN is the minimum rural road network in a township required to connect all villages to each other and to the higher-level road network. The following “rules” are to be adopted: (i) If a village is connected directly by a higher-level road, it does not require a CRRN road; (ii) If a village is connected by only one rural road, that road forms part of the CRRN;

64 (iii) If a village is connected by more than one road, the best road is selected to form part of the CRRN; (iv) If a village is not connected by a road, a tentative alignment is selected to form part of the CRRN for new construction. 215. The CRRN will consist of two classes. Class A will cover those core roads that connect village tracts or that connect rural populations of over 1,000 people with the higher- level road network. Class B roads include all other roads forming the core road network and connect villages and serve populations of less than 1,000 people. The Strategy requires that all Class A and Class B rural roads be constructed and upgraded to provide an improved unsealed surface. Such a surface should allow the road to be traversed in most weather conditions and throughout the year. Class A roads would be gradually upgraded to a sealed surface based on importance, Class B roads will be gradually upgraded to sealed status where warranted, particularly in built-up areas, areas subjected to flooding and areas on steep slopes.

C.12.3. Priority Road List 216. Figure C-36 shows the township boundaries and the location of the potential roads. It should be noted that all villages in the analysis exceed a population of 1,000 with the only exceptions being Sun Fi in Thanatpin (992) and Kyon Thin in Waw (911). All the roads under consideration will be Class A as defined in the National Rural Road Access Standards (NRRAS). 217. The proposed long list of priority roads totals 95kms. There will be seven sections of paved 8 m frontage roads totalling 23 km running parallel to the alignment; and 16 sections of rural connectivity roads totalling 72 km, of which 9.5 km are paved 8 m width and 62 km of gravel standard roads of 6 m width. These will serve 57 villages of which the majority are in the populated area South of Waw. A summary of these road sections is provided in Table C-13 Table C-13 Summary of Proposed Rural Road Upgrades

No. of Adjusted 8-m Adjusted 6m Adjusted 6m Total Road Location/Type Sections Paved (km) Paved (km) Gravel (km) (km) Frontage - Thanatpin 1 2.45 2.45 Frontage - Waw 6 20.60 20.60 Total Frontage 7 23.05 23.05 Rural Access -Thanatpin 2 7.42 7.42 Rural Access - Waw 13 9.52 47.34 56.86 Rural Access - Kyaikto 1 7.48 7.48 Total Rural Assess 16 9.52 0.00 62.24 71.76 Totals (All Roads) 23 32.57 0.00 62.24 94.81

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultants, 2018

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultants, 2018 Figure C-36 Proposed Rural Roads

C.12.4. Other Related Facilities

C.12.4.1. Workers Accommodation and Contractor Areas 218. There will be a need for a number of areas to be used temporarily during the construction period. These will include workers accommodation, contractor offices and facilities and laydown/storage areas. 219. At this stage of the design the location, number and arrangements for these facilities is not known. Such facilities will be developed either during detailed design or following appointment of the lead construction contractor. Choice of sites shall refer to the current and any updated EIA process and avoid Valued Environmental Receptors (VER) as identified within the current EIA process.

C.12.4.2. Highway Rest Area 220. The project includes the development of a Rest Area along the route. The current design proposes to place this somewhere between the Waw Interchange and the River Sittaung bridge. The facility has not been designed or detailed as part of the current design. It is assumed that this only be a location for the provision of toilet facilities and perhaps refreshments. As the facility is placed with a flood risk area it should not have fuel supply facilities.

C.12.4.3. Public Transport 221. Public transport has been considered. To provide access to expressway bus services, it is proposed that bus terminals be provided at the two interchanges on the expressway (one at Thanatpin and the other at Waw Township) to serve the large number of beneficiary villages in that area. 222. There are two possible interchange areas to set up public transport access points. At these interchanges the buses using the expressway can pull off the highway at these interchanges without leaving the expressway. At these local taxis, motorcycle taxi and small local busses can pick up passengers from the expressway buses without entering the expressway. They then can use the rural road network to transport these passengers to the village tracts and towns.

C.13. Alternate Alignment End Point 223. Towards the end of the current design stage, MOC stated that the project alignment will end at Km65+045 by joining with the existing NH-4. This would make use of the planned Kyaikto Bypass and save construction of 9.5 kms of the new road from Km 64 to Km 73.5. The alignment has been adjusted to include this modification. This will reduce overall costs and lessen the number of properties that might have been affected by air pollution and noise. The proposed alternate eastern end point is shown Figure C-37.

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultants, 2018 Figure C-37 New End Point on NH – 8.

C.14. Cost Estimates Bago to Kyaikto Road 224. The Feasibility Study cost estimate is based on unit rates derived from escalating bid rates on previous international funded road projects and from detailed calculation of unit rates. The items are based on the items in the Ministry of Construction’s Technical Specifications used on the ADB Highway Modernization Project. The basic assumption of the Bago to Kyaikto Road is that it will open as a 4-Lane Expressway. The road is broken down into five sections as shown in Table C-13. Table C-14 Construction Sections of Bago-Kyaikto Expressway

Section From To Length Bridge Road

Section 1 000+000 011+000 11,000 m 670 m 10,330 m

Section 2 011+000 025+200 14,200 m 840 m 13,360 m

Section 3 025+200 037+500 12,300 m 400 m 11,900 m

Section 4 037+500 050+270 12,770 m 240 m 12,530 m

JICA Project 050+270 052+770 2,500 m 2,200 m 300 m

Section 5 052+770 065+045 12,275 m 630 m 11,645 m

ADB Project 000+000 065+045 62,545 m 2,780 m 59,765 m

Total Project 000+000 064+900 65,045 m 4,980 m 60,065 m

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant 2018 225. As can be seen, the length of each section is approximately 12 to 13 kilometres. Unit rates for each section were adjusted because of the differences in haul distances. This was especially important on the base and sub-base items where these items will come from Quarries in Kyaikto Township.

Table C-15 Average Haul Distance for Base and Sub-Base

Section From To Average Haul Distance

Section 1 Kyaikto Quarries Bago Township 70 km Section 2 Kyaikto Quarries Thanatpin Township 51 km Section 3 Kyaikto Quarries Waw Township 36 km Section 4 Kyaikto Quarries Waw Township 29 km Section 5 Kyaikto Quarries Kyaikto Township 21 km

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant 2018 226. The basic items cover the cost of bonds and insurances, traffic management, quality control, surveys and setting out, facilities for the engineer, transport for the engineer, mobilization and demobilization and most importantly the safeguards costs. At this stage, these costs are calculated on a percent basis. The total for Preliminary Items is $25.9 million. 227. The embankment may be up to 10-metres high. Soft soils can handle such heights if treated and $13.4 million has been estimated for the soft soil treatment. The total for Earthworks and Soft Soil Treatments is $67.4 million. 228. The Sub-Base and Base will be quarried in Kyaikto Township. The road will be split into sections and the average haul distance to each section can be determined more exactly and thereby obtain a more accurate unit rate. The Pavement Design was done for each section. Please note that the unit rate shown below is the weighted average over the five sections. The total for Sub-Base and Base is $22.7 million. 229. The Pavement Design was done for each traffic and soil section. The total for Pavement Works is $40.9 million. 230. A detailed field study was carried out of the requirements of structures. The rivers and streams were located and required hydraulic openings were calculated. The roads and tracks were also located so underpasses and road bridges can be designed. These structures were designed and a cost estimate for each was calculated. For this preliminary cost estimate, the average cost of each type of bridge was calculated. Beyond that, additional smaller drainage structures and underpasses have been proposed too, so that smaller drainage channels and tracks can allow both water and people to cross under the expressway. One smaller underpass of 2.0-metres by 2.0-metres is proposed at each kilometre to allow pedestrians to cross. The total for Structures, Bridges and Underpasses is $95.0 million. 231. The drainage and protection work requirements were estimated. 0.900-metre diameter pipe culverts are for draining the median. 1.200-metre pipe culverts will be used where required, especially if there are frontage roads and interchanges. The total for Drainage and Protection Works is $8.2 million. 232. The ancillary works requirements were estimated which included curbs, guardrails, guide posts fencing, signs and road markings. It is proposed that only the interchanges are to have lighting. The cost of those are included within the interchange items. The total for Ancillary Works is $32.2 million. 233. There are four proposed interchanges on the Bago to Kyaikto Road. These interchanges have been outlined designed. The total for Interchanges is $24.7 million. 234. There are some significant utilities that need to be relocated or protected. These include the overhead high-tension lines which at the location of the Bago Interchange that need to be moved. There are also High-Tension lines near the Bago to Thanlyin Road that need to be raised. There are also two gas pipelines that cross and are buried near the

alignment in Kyaikto Township. The estimated cost of Relocation or Protection of Utilities is included in the resettlement budget. 235. The rural road system in the project area of the Bago to Kyaikto Road has been studied for improvement so that more people can benefit from the project and associated economic opportunities. There was an initial prioritization of core roads which resulted in 94.8 kms of rural roads to be improved. These roads will provide access from the rural road network to interchanges on the Project Road. The cost of the rural road access roads will be included in another subsequent Project so are not included within this Project Budget. 236. The resettlement costs were estimated using the revised 70-metre width of Right-of- Way. The total Resettlement Plan Costs is $36.9 million. Other costs include consultant costs for construction supervision and the MOC administrative costs. A percent of the total construction costs was used to estimate these costs. The total for Other Costs is $55.7 million. Below is the summary of estimation of the project costs of the Expressway. The total is $497.1 million. Table C-16 Estimation of Total Costs Bago to Kyaikto Road Item Description Amount 01 Preliminaries $25,892,166 02 Earthworks & Soft Soil Treatments $67,392,911 03 Sub-Base & Base $22,667,538 04 Pavement Works $40,908,540 05 Structures Bridges, Underpasses $95,002,317 06 Drainage and Protection Works $8,193,681 07 Ancillary Works $32,164,355 08 Interchanges &Toll Facilities $24,593,843 09 Construction Cost $316,815,351 10 Price Escalation $31,364,720 11 Physical Contingency 10% Construction Cost $31,681,535 12 Total Construction with Escalation & Contingency Without Tax $379,861,606 13 VAT & Commercial Tax $21,649,215 14 Import Tax $30,184,273 15 Total Construction with Escalation & Contingency With Tax $431,695,094 16 Consulting Services Cost $14,296,040 17 Total Land Acquisition Costs $36,929,183 18 MOC Project Administration Costs $4,469,300 19 Total Other Costs $55,694,523 20 Interest during Construction (2.35% + 0.20%) $9,678,796 21 Loan Commitment Charges (0.15%) $0 22 Total Project $497,068,413 Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant, 2019 237. The cost estimate for the JICA Sittaung Bridge was supplied by their Consultants to TA-9314-MYA. The total is $403.3 million. The total Expressway Project Costs for the ADB Road ($497.1 million) and the JICA Sittaung Bridge ($403.3 million) allowing for escalation and contingencies is $900.4 million.

C.15. Institutional arrangements of the Project 238. Following on from the feasibility study Detailed Design will take place. During this phase minor revisions may be made to the alignment. Tender documents and drawings will be prepared and issued. Bids will be received and evaluated, and a contractor appointed. 239. The Construction Contractor will be responsible for implementation of the pre- construction and construction environmental mitigation measures; and frequent monitoring and reporting of environmental management plan implementation.

240. Prior to construction beginning a Construction Supervision Consultant (CSC) will be appointed. The CSC will be responsible for (i) supervision and monitoring of and reporting the contractor implementation of the EMP on behalf of DOH PMU; (ii) supervision of third party environmental monitoring contractors; summarizes the mitigation measures; (iii) assisting DOH PMU in preparing of the environmental safeguard monitoring reports; and (iv) assist DOH PMU in organization of training and capacity development. 241. Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and Gender Action Plan (GAP) requirements will be incorporated into the construction documents. Works contractors will have the main responsibility to implement the requirements of the environmental management plan. Environmental monitoring and enforcement will be performed by the construction supervision consultants and external monitoring consultants. 242. At all times DOH PMU and ADB will monitor and supervise the project. 243. At the conclusion of the project the CSC will carry out an audit and provide a Project Completion Report (PCR). This will require the contractor to clean up all sites. A financial retention will be held back as a guarantee against satisfactory performance.

C.16. Project Implementation Schedule 244. Construction is estimated to take four years from the time alignment surveys begin. It is scheduled to begin operation in 2025.

D. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

D.1. Preamble 245. The impacts of a project and the significance of effects depends upon the sensitivity of the receiving environment, its individual components and the functioning and interactions within and between components. 246. In order to determine the significance of potential impacts it is therefore necessary to have an understanding of the receiving environment at a level of detail which is commensurate with potential impacts and risks. The following sections of text provide information on the receiving environment. Two levels of information are provided: (i) The first level of information is mainly based on secondary data and observation and relates to the overall environmental context of the project setting. Such information includes topography, climate and geology attributes. (ii) The second level is more detailed in content and generally used in the assessment of effects, for example detailed biodiversity and cultural heritage resources. 247. Detailed data is summarised in the main body of this EIA Report, with detailed methods and results presented as Appendices where appropriate. 248. For some topics, future baseline predictions are required in order to conduct the impact assessments. Examples of this are noise and air quality levels, where predictive models have been utilised to determine future levels of emissions to air. In this case, the results of the modelling are presented as part of the Impact Assessment Section of text, detailing the predicted magnitude of change. 249. In line with the developed scope of the EIA detailed baseline data is only presented for those topics scoped into the full assessment process and where needed to understand the predicted impacts and effect significance.

D.2. Project Location and General Description

D.2.1. Location 250. The proposed project is located in central Myanmar as shown in Figure D-1. The alignment is within two States, these being Bago and Mon. The eastern end of the proposed highway lies some 100 km from the International border of Myanmar and Viet Nam. The project lies mainly within a delta area formed over thousands of years by the Bago and Sittaung Rivers.

Source © CartoGIS Services, College of Asia and the Pacific, The Australian National University Figure D-1 Project Location within Myanmar

251. The proposed route alignment superimposed onto a satellite image is presented in Figure D-2. This figure also provides some general information regarding topography and land use.

Source: Base mapping Google Earth Figure D-2 Project Alignment Context 252. Figure D-2 shows that the scheme start point is within the Urban area of Bago before entering a predominantly agricultural area which is low lying and prone to inundation during the rainy season. This inundation forms part of the agricultural system with a reliance on allochthonous material during flood events for maintaining fertility of the soils. 253. Towards the eastern end of the proposed alignment the route crosses a major watercourse, the Sittaung River. This watercourse drains the catchments to the north of the project area and flows into the Gulf of Mottama. Like many rivers within the region flows are highly variable across a year, with high flows during the rainy season, taking water from the mountain areas and reduced low flows in the dry season. Flow velocities will vary considerably across this seasonal regular change. 254. The final section of the alignment, after crossing the Sittaung River passes into an area with more variable topography. A more detailed discussion of the alignment topography and environmental context is presented in the following sections of text.

D.3. Topography 255. As noted above for the most part the alignment sits within a delta formed by historical movements of the Sittaung River and to a lesser extent the Bago River. Figure D-3 shows the elevation profile of the proposed route alignment.

Source: Base Map Google Earth Figure D-3 Elevation Profile of Route Alignment (m) 256. Figure D-3 provides a clear picture of the variation in topographical features across the route alignment. At the western end of the scheme within the urban area of Bago, there is some minor variation in heights, but once the Bago River is crossed the land is low lying with limited variation in height and an average elevation of about 10 m above sea level. 257. The Sittaung River crossing marks the eastern extent of the low-lying land and to the east of the Sittaung the profile is hilly as can be seen in Figure D-3 with elevations up to approximately 60 m.

D.4. Land-Use

D.4.1. Current Land-Use 258. The topography as described above influences the land-use along the route alignment. The western end of the alignment where the highway departs from the existing Yangon to Mandalay Highway is urban in nature but soon becomes agricultural in nature, a major land-use which continues as far the River Sittaung. Broad land use classes are shown on Figure D-4. As can be seen the majority of the alignment runs within an area of agricultural use.

Figure D-4 Land Use Classes Source: JICA Feasibility Study for Sittaung Bridge, Interim Report June 2018 259. Agricultural practices are intensive and mainly associated with arable production with a range of crops being planted but dominated by rice fields. Field size for the most part is small with surrounding drainage/irrigation ditches forming a distinctive landscape across these areas. A typical view of the field pattern is presented in Figure D-5.

Figure D-5 Satellite Image Showing Typical Small Field Pattern of Land-Use Source: Google Earth Base Map

260. Field size is generally less than 30 m x 30 m with a relatively uniform pattern with, for the most part, boundary ditches on a north south and west east direction. In some locations there are larger fields present within what appear to be more organised farm areas. Interspersed within the fields are farm buildings and single or small clusters of residential buildings, presumably all relating to support of the local agricultural activities. 261. To the east of the Sittaung River, where the land is hilly, land use remains agricultural but with plantations and areas of woodland present, these include oil palm, rubber and some teak. An analysis of land use is provided in Figure D-6.

Land Use m2 Private Land Use m2 State Land Use m2 Agricultural Fishponds Residential Houses Commercial Agricultural River Roads Shrine 4,291,410 55,114 16,328 20,234 165,919 33,183 32,931 10.00 98% 1% 0% 0.5% 72% 14% 14% 0.004% Figure D-6 Breakdown of Land Usage Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultants 2019

262. As shown above the majority of the land to be acquired is privately owned. Most of this is agricultural land. Of the privately-owned agricultural land, the majority 80% is used for annual crops and the remaining 20% for perennial trees. A very small amount is used for residential, commercial of aquaculture purposes such as fishponds. 263. Of the state land, again the majority is used for agriculture, with some being taken up by road usage and waterways. A very small area of land (10m2) is needed for relocation of a stupa.

D.4.2. Historical Land Use 264. A review of historical satellite images suggests that land use in the previous 15 years has been stable, with gradual development of urban areas but with little obvious change in main land use of the open agricultural areas.

265. Historical mapping illustrates one major change within the eastern part of the Sittaung Delta, this is the infilling of tributaries of the Sittaung River. This is illustrated in Figure D-7 where the old channels are marked on a 1954 map. Vestiges and evidence of the old river bed can still be seen in the 2019 satellite image but these areas are now under agricultural production. It can be seen that the geomorphology of the estuary has changed considerably.

Figure D-7 Comparison of 1954 and 2019 River Alignment in East of Sittaung Delta Source: US Army Map Service (GDVLB), Corps of Engineers and Google Earth Base Map

D.5. Meteorology 266. Myanmar experiences a tropical climate which is strongly influenced by surrounding and internal geographical features including the Himalayas to the north and surrounding Indian Ocean and Bay of Bengal (Aung, et al., 2017). Aung and co-authors (Ibid) describe three distinct seasons within Myanmar as follows: · Winter or Northeast monsoon season (November - February) · Rainy or Southwest monsoon season (Mid May - October) · Summer or Hot weather season (March - Mid May) 267. Whilst the seasons may relate to the whole of the country, there are significant regional variations in rainfall and temperature.

D.5.1. Temperature 268. Monthly mean temperatures range from 24C° to 30C° in the project area. Maximum mean temperatures for the month of April are between 30C° and 37°C, mean minimum temperatures for January between 16C° and 24°C. Figure D-8 shows the monthly mean temperature for the country based on values from 1905 to 2015.

Source: World Bank Climate Change Knowledge Portal Figure D-8 Average Monthly temperature (°C) for Myanmar – 1905-2015

D.5.2. Rainfall 269. With a tropical climate, Myanmar experiences high rainfall with significant storm intensity within the rainy season. The highest rainfall is in July and August with 1500 mm recorded in August at the meteorological station at Belin. 270. The annual rainfall in southern Myanmar is shown in Figure D-9. The map clearly indicates that the two western facing coastlines of the country receive highest rainfall. Mean annual rainfall in the project area ranges from about 2,700 mm in the western area up to 5,480 mm in the eastern part.

Source: JICA Pre-Feasibility Study for Project for Yangon-Bago-Kyaikto, Final Report December 2016 Figure D-9 Annual precipitation in southern Myanmar 271. Figure D-10 provides a summary of mean rainfall in mm for the years 1901 to 2015 for Bago. It can be seen that the majority of the years’ rainfall occurs between May and October with a peak in July.

Figure D-10 Average Monthly Rainfall (mm) for Bago from 1981 - 2005 Source: (Aung, et al. 2017)1

1 Myanmar Climate Report, Authors, Dr Lai Lai Aung 1, Mrs Ei Ei Zin 1, Ms Pwint Theingi 1, Ms Naw Elvera 1, Ms Phyu Phyu Aung 1, Ms Thu Thu Han 1, Ms Yamin Oo 1, and Dr Reidun Gangstø Skaland 2, 1 Department of Meteorology and Hydrology Myanmar, Ministry of Transport and Communications,

272. Table D-1 provides an indication of rainfall intensity within the project area with results of occasions of rainfall classes recorded on average for each month (1981- 2010).

Table D-1 Rainfall Class Occasions by Month (1981 – 2010)

Rainfall Class Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Total Dry days 919 839 901 823 445 125 113 159 255 569 795 913 6856 Light rain 1 - 10 11 5 16 40 234 241 264 232 288 200 65 9 1605 Moderate rain 11 - 22 0 2 5 16 87 177 194 190 154 84 18 4 931 Moderate Heavy 23 - 43 0 1 4 14 103 186 198 232 124 54 16 2 934 Heavy rain 44 - 88 0 0 2 6 52 126 134 97 66 19 5 2 509 Very Heavy rain> 89 0 0 0 1 2 6 11 10 5 1 0 0 36 Very Heavy rain 100-199 0 0 0 0 6 9 16 10 8 3 1 0 53 Very Heavy rain 200-299 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Very Heavy Rain >300 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Source: (Aung, et al. 2017)

D.5.3. Humidity 273. Mean monthly relative humidity is between 62% and 91% with an annual pattern as shown in Figure D-11. It can be seen that Relative Humidity does not vary greatly with an increase that is concomitant with the rainy season from May through to October.

Source: Weather and Climate.com Figure D-11 Mean Monthly Relative Humidity Values

D.5.4. Winds 274. Maximum wind speeds for the project area are reported to be in the region of 43 m/s (96 mph). This is an extreme and likely under cyclone conditions. Normal wind speeds are reported to be low and generally in the region of 2 m/s (5 mph). In each of the three main seasons, the dominant wind direction is from the south west. During the monsoon season, occasional reversal of winds occurs with increased frequency of winds from the north east.

Government of the Republic of the Union of Myanmar 2 Norwegian Meteorological Institute, Norway, 14.09.2017,

D.5.5. Extreme Events 275. As a tropical climate with a maritime coast, Myanmar is subject to extreme weather events, mainly cyclones. Table D-2 provides information on historical extreme events to 2010. Table D-2 Record of Extreme Cyclonic Events for Myanmar

Cyclone Name max wind speed (mph) Surge Height (m) Deaths 17 May 1884 Sittwe cyclone 100 26 April 1936 Kyaukpyu 1,000 10 May 1968 Sittwe cyclone 4.25 1,037 7 May 1975 Pathein cyclone 3 304 4 May 1982 Gwa cyclone 3.7 31 2 May 1994 Maungdaw cyclone 3.66 10 19 May 2004 Sittwe cyclone 100 29 April 2006 Mala cyclone 120 4.57 1 2 May 2008 Nargis Severe cyclone 120 5.61 138,373 10th to 23rd November 2010 Severe Cyclonic Storm Giri 120 27 Source: (Aung, et al. 2017)

D.6. Geology 276. The entire central plain of Myanmar occupies a geologically ancient valley carved through sand-stones, shales, and clays overlain with more recent alluvium carried and deposited over-time by the rivers. The principal river, the Ayeyarwady drains 60% of Myanmar, and carries huge amounts of sediment as it has done for millions of years. In the Pleistocene Period, the Sittaung and Bago rivers shaped the separate Bago Delta.

D.7. Soils 277. Soils are fine alluvium, sandy loam and gravels deposited over eons by the combined forces of the Bago and Sittaung Rivers. The dominating soil type along the road alignment is a mixture of sedimentary clay and silty /sand material. The soil profiles were established by boreholes and core abstraction during the project feasibility studies. Results are shown below for samples taken between 0kms and 50 kms and 52kms and 73kms. The gap between km 50 and km 52 is due to the Sittaung river. 278. In Figure D-12 it can be seen that west of the Sittaung River the geology reflects the alluvial nature of the landform. There is a mixture of sedimentary deposits with a dominance of silty sand. However, notable is the upper lenses of clay which will tend to impede vertical drainage of surface water.

Figure D-12 Soil Profile from Boreholes Km 00-50.

Source: Geotech Survey by Geo-Friends 2018

279. To the east of the Sittaung River as seen in Figure D-13, clay is more dominant as laterite. This is a common soil/rock type within tropical or humid locations formed from long term weathering of the parent rock. Laterite is generally high in iron content and therefore tends to be a rich red in colour. The laterite has a high percentage of clay content and therefore is slow draining with good water retention properties but as such is easily damaged through physical compression from vehicles and equipment tracking over the surface.

Figure D-13 Soil Profile from Boreholes Km 52-73 Source: Geotech Survey by Geo-Friends 2018

D.8. Hydrology

D.8.1. Hydrological Analysis – Estimation of Storm Water Runoff 280. For the design of appropriate drainage structures, an analysis of storm water run-off with adequate return period has been carried out. 281. Three estimation methods have been used in the analysis of un-gauged catchments: (i) The Rational Method for catchment areas up to 10 km2; (ii) The General Tropical Flood Model (GTFM); and (iii) Unit Discharge Method supported by the Craeger Curve for catchment areas larger than 10 km2. The methods used in the study for various sections of the road are shown in Table D-3. Table D-3 Hydrological methods used in this study Section From km to km Hydrological analysis Flood water levels Hydraulic calculations based on 1 Km 0+000–km 4+300 Rational Method culvert capacity charts Bago River, km 4+300 Extreme value analysis based Statistical analysis based on 2 - 4+400 on river measurements river level measurements No flow analysis, as the Km 4+400 – km hydrological system is managed Flood water levels based on 3 49+200, from Bago by irrigation schemes. There is interviews, observations and River to Sittaung River no natural flow in these water digital elevation model. ways. Ration Method for small catchments and Hydraulic calculations based on 4 Km 52+000–73+000 culvert capacity charts and GTFM + Unit Discharge Method hydraulic calculations. for larger Catchment areas.

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant, 2018

D.8.2. Section 1 - Km 0+000–km 4+300 282. Section 1 comprises the first 3 km of the proposed Expressway from the start of the road alignment towards the proposed Bago railway bridge. The land-use in this section is predominantly urban. Five catchment areas have been identified in this section as shown in Figure D-14.

Figure D-14 Section 1 – km 0+000 to km 2+900, Bago urban Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant, 2018

283. The Rational Method has been used to calculate the storm water run-off for the 5 identified catchment areas. The main catchment drains the industrial zone of Bago towards the existing fishponds south of the proposed alignment. Section 2 - Bago River Floodplain km 2+900 – km 4+400 284. The Bago River flows down the east-facing slope of the Bago Yoma from north to south parallel to the Sittaung River. The total length from source to mouth is about 260km. The entire catchment area is 2,651km2. 285. There is a gauging station at Bago that shows levels are influenced by tides at low flows. The results of the Extreme Value Calculation for flood waters flow in the Bago River are given in Table D-4. Table D-4 Calculated extreme run – off, Bago River Return Period Years Calculated Run - Off Calculated Specific Run -off m3/s m3/s/km2 10 1,333 0.5166 25 1,479 0.5732 50 1,585 0.6143 100 1,689 0.6546

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant, 2018

286. It is well established that southern Bago is located in a flood plain which is annually inundated so the proposed highway will cross this area on a high embankment.

D.8.3. Section 3 – Bago River to Sittaung River km 4+400 to km 49+200 287. This road crosses the Sittaung River delta where deposited sediments have created very flat terrain. Over time the river meanders and tracks of the various water courses can be traced on maps and aerial photos of the delta. 288. The low-lying terrain is inundated from storm water overland flow from the river as well as from the tidal bore, which, in areas in the eastern part of the delta, can be observed up to the area of the proposed road alignment. 289. The main feature in this road section is the Sittaung–Bago Canal. The canal has one interconnected reservoir and six sluices. There are a large number of sluices which are not clearly documented because they were constructed by local residents. 290. Inflow to and outflow from the canal is regulated by sluice gates on the northern and southern end of the canal. Sluices also regulate the inflow and outflow of tributaries. The most important irrigation canals in the area are shown Figure D-15.

Figure D-15 Overview of irrigation canals in Section 3 Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant, 2018

D.8.4. Section 4 – Sittaung Bridge at km 52+000 to End of Project at 73+000 291. Section 4 of the proposed expressway runs from km53 to km73 in a south easterly direction from the new Sittaung Bridge to the town of Kyaikto. The topography is rolling with main natural drainage north east to south west towards the Delta. Figure D-16 shows the size and location of the 26 individual catchment areas.

Figure D-16 Map of catchment areas, Kyaikto Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant, 2018

D.8.5. Watercourses to East of Sittaung River 292. To the east of the Sittaung river the proposed alignment crosses the catchment areas of three medium sized rivers, the Ka Lun, the Ka Dat and the Ta Gal Rivers.

D.8.5.1. Ka Lun River 293. Ka Lun River has a catchment area of 78km2. The river originates in the hilly areas located about 10 km north east of the existing National Highway 8. The river consists of two main tributaries, the My Yong Gyi in the west and the Myi Yong Chaung in the east of the catchment. 294. The In Ka Bo In Reservoir is located between the two tributaries. About 10% of the catchment’s rainfall is drained directly into the reservoir. Both rivers join north of the National Highway 8 close to the village of In Ka Bo. During the dry season the Ka Lun river is reduced to a 20 m wide shallow stream. During the wet season the river overtops its banks and regularly inundates the entire flood plain to a depth of 0.5 m.

D.8.5.2. Ka Dat River 295. The catchment area of Ka Dat River is 118 km2. The river rises in the mountainous region located about 15 km north east of the National Highway 8. Peaks reach heights of 1000m in this area and initial slopes are very steep. However, as the river reaches the flood plain close to Kyaikto the flow speed reduces considerably. Mining of sand for construction purposes is ongoing along the lower river bed. The river passes through Kyaikto town National Highway-8 crosses it on a 40 m bridge. 296. The river has an approximate width of 50 m at the proposed crossing point during the dry season. In flood condition the surrounding terrain is usually flooded to a depth of 1 meter. Local residents use boats during this season.

D.8.5.3. Ta Gal River 297. The Ta Gal River is a small local stream with a catchment area of 15 km2. The main flow direction of the catchment is from east to west, the highest elevation being 85 m. Land use is mainly forestry and agriculture. Slopes are gentle and due to intensive water use, there is almost no flow in the river during the dry season. During the wet season the stream tends to overtop its banks and spread out.

D.9. Geomorphology 298. Rivers within the delta regions tend to be highly dynamic with seasonal changes in flows but also changes in water course locations, erosion of banks and accretion of materials brought down from upstream areas, in particular sediment from agricultural runoff. 299. Figure D-17 provides satellite views from 1984 and 2016. These show a significant reshaping of the banks of the river. Researchers have noted that over recent years there has been a movement of materials from the west bank of the estuary area of the Sittaung river with re-deposition on the east bank. It is unknown if this is a long-term trend or if the pattern of movement will be cyclical.

Figure D-17 Satellite Images of the lower Sittaung River from 1984 and 2018 Source: Google Earth Base map

D.10. Baseline Data

D.10.1. Sampling Locations 300. A range of environmental media were sampled as part of the ADB environmental impact assessment process. These included air quality, soils, noise, and surface and ground water. 301. Data for each was collected in twelve locations as shown in Figure D-18. An initial 17 locations were identified but not all were sampled for each media and so the presented numbering of sites is not sequential. Sampling for each of the media was undertaken in the vicinity of each sample point.

Figure D-18 Environmental Media Sampling Locations

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant, 2018 302. Primary data was also collected in the framework of the EIA prepared for the Sittaung Bridge through surveys from March 22-23, 2018; i.e. during the dry season. Sampling points for air quality, noise and vibration are shown below. In general, air, noise and vibration measurements were conducted along planned bridge and approach roads.

Figure D-19 Air and Noise & Vibration Measurement Locations Source: Draft EIA for the Sittaung Bridge, January 2019.

D.10.2. Air Quality 303. Ambient air quality was measured at each location for 24 hours during the period of 12th to 27th June 2018, i.e. during the rainy season. A consideration before sampling took place was that the measurements were being taken in the wet season and that dry season measurements may be significantly different. The main parameter likely to be affected by seasonal disparities is particulate matter rather than gaseous pollutants. Dust entrainment in the dry season will be higher in the dry season than in the wet season. Particulate matter will fall out under gravity whereas gases such as SOx, NOx and CO may be dissolved in rain showers but during periods of no rainfall should remain the same as in dry spells. 304. A literature review was conducted to assess the effect of seasonality of particulate matter concentrations. Wang et al (2015)2 assessed the effects of weather on the amount of particulate matter deposition. The results are shown in the graph below which shows particulate deposition against precipitation.

Figure D-20 Seasonal Variation of Particulates Deposition Rates

305. The results indicate that over a 12-months period of sampling, entrained dust deposition in the dry season was twice as high as in the wet season. Therefore, results obtained in the wet season are likely to be around 50% of the levels to be found in the dry season. Even doubling the measured levels would not lead to the airshed classifying as degraded airshed under the Myanmar regulations. Additional air quality measurements are planned prior to construction in the dry season to strengthen the baseline and to ascertain the above assumption.

306. Analysis for relevant criteria pollutants relating to highways was carried out for PM10, PM2.5, CO, SO2, NO2 and CO2. The Air Quality Standards for Myanmar, IFC, WHO and

2 Huixia Wang,Hui Shi, Yanhui Wang. 2015. Effects of Weather on the Amount of Particulate Matter Deposited on Leaves of Ligustrum lucidum. The Scientific World Journal, Volume 2015, Article ID 935942. http://dx.doi.org/10.1155/2015/935942.

USEPA are given in Table D-5. The latter values are only provided as a basis for comparison of CO and CO2 which are not included in IFC or Myanmar standards. Table D-5 Air Quality Standards

Averaging Parameter USEPA / ACGIH a MYA IFC / WHO Time

150 (Interim target-1) Particulates 24 hours 3 50 ug/m3 100 (Interim target-2) 75 (PM) PM10 150 μg/m (Interim target-3) 50 (guideline) ugm/m3

75 (Interim target-1) Particulate 50 (Interim target-2) 24 hours 3 25 ug/m3 (PM) PM2.5 35 μg/m 37.5 (Interim target-3) 25 (guideline) ugm/m3

Nitrogen Dioxide 1 hour 100 ppb (200ug/m3) 200 ug/m3 200 ug/m3 (NO2)

75 ppb Sulphur (215ug/m3) Dioxide 1 hour https://www.epa.gov/criteria- N/A N/A (SO2) air-pollutants/naaqs-table - 4

Sulphur 125 (Interim target-1) Dioxide 24 hour N/A 20 ug/m3 50 (Interim target-2) (SO2) 20 (guideline) ugm/m3

Carbon 1 hour 35 ppm Monoxide N/A N/A (CO) 8 hours 9 ppm

Carbon Dioxide 8 hours 5,000 ppm N/A N/A (CO2)

a ACGIH American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists

307. Appendix C provides the details of methodology and equipment used for the measurement of ambient air quality and the results of the analysis of criteria pollutants. A summary of the results is provided in Table D-6 and Figure D-21.

Table D-6 Ambient Air Quality Results

Myanmar Averaging Parameters ET #1 ET #2 ET #3 ET #6 ET #8 ET #9 ET #11 ET #12 ET #13 ET #14 ET#15 ET #17 IFC Value Unit Standard Period 3 PM10 18.94 9.86 13.79 15.92 19.32 19.00 26.39 37.38 29.2 24.76 22.99 19.2 50 50 μg/m 24hrs 3 PM2.5 6.57 4.11 5.52 6.13 12.07 12.06 18.27 26.2 19.19 18.5 14.06 8.97 25 25 μg/m 24hrs CO 0.00080 0.00210 0.00160 0.00130 0.00007 0.00009 0.00015 0.00000 0.00020 0.00018 0.00063 0.00120 9 0 ppm 8hrs

CO2 87.87 91.71 95.29 82.13 89.74 87.56 79.86 90.02 103.44 76.29 90.40 93.65 5000 0 ppm 8hrs 3 SO2 4.80 2.63 2.63 2.68 2.98 2.62 3.02 2.63 2.89 2.81 2.64 3.35 20 20 μg/m 24 hr 3 NO2 50.69 53.96 74.47 49.40 47.28 47.32 111.84 89.63 39.95 40.14 34.61 44.25 200 200 μg/m 1 hrs

Source: E Guard Environmental Services 2018 Figure D-21 Ambient Air Quality Results

308. PM10 values were well within the Myanmar standard except for one location where they were 75% of the Ambient Air Quality Value at ET#12. PM2.5 values were similarly well within the Myanmar standard except for a slight exceedance of the Ambient Air Quality Value again at ET#12.

309. NO2 levels were typically 25% of the Myanmar Ambient Air Quality Standard except for ET# 3 and ET# 12 which were around 35%.

310. SO2 levels were 10-20% of the Myanmar Ambient Air Quality Standard with ET# 1 being the highest at 24%.

311. Both CO and CO2 levels were very low. There are no Myanmar Ambient Air Quality Standards for these two parameters although CO is classed as a Criteria Pollutant by the USEPA. The standard given for CO is for Occupational Hygiene as is the standard for CO2. 312. Comparison of predicted values with measured ambient values are discussed in Section E.8.1. 313. Additional primary data was collected as part of the separate EIA prepared for the Sittaung Bridge. The measured data for air quality is shown in Table D 7 below. The results allow the following conclusions:

(i) Measured NO2, CO and SO2 concentrations satisfy the Myanmar standard.

(ii) PM10 concentrations are slightly exceeding the national standard during the dry season. Such elevated concentrations are primarily a result of dry weather conditions and agricultural activities in the proximity to the monitoring points. (iii) PM10 and SO2 levels in the dry season are approximately twice the levels measured at similar locations (i.e. points No. 11 and 12, Figure D 18); while NO2 and CO levels do not seem affected by weather conditions. This confirms the assumption in para 295-296 above.

Table D-7 Monitoring Date of Air Quality (March 22-23, 2018) NO2 PM10 Parameter CO SO2 (Nitrogen (particulate (Carbon (Sulphur Dioxide) Dioxide) matters 10μm) Monoxide) Average for 24hrs Average for Average for Average for 24hrs 24hrs 24hrs [µg/m3] [ppm] Location (measured date) [µg/m3] [µg/m3]

Air-1 (22 March, 2018) Bago Region, Waw Township, 65.6 74.8 0.087 9.6 Shangai Village Air-2 (23 March, 2018) Mon State, Kyaito Township, 69.3 52.2 0.067 8.2 SuPaNu village

Myanmar 200 50 None 20 Standards*1 Standard 1year: 40 IFC Standards *2 50 None None 1 hour: 200 Source: Draft EIA for Sittaung Bridge, January 2019

D.10.3. Ambient Noise and Vibration 314. Noise. Ambient noise levels were measured from 12 to 27 June 2018 at 12 points near the air monitoring points. Measuring period was 24 hours continuously. Full details of the noise monitoring methodology and results are provided in Appendix D - N.2. 315. It is normal practice to take one 24-hour noise sample as being indicative of ambient conditions if it deemed to be typical which usually means a weekday not a weekend so that normal background traffic noise is present. This was the case. The noise impact assessment will be re-done at DED stage, which will include an additional round of baseline monitoring. This is reflected in the EMP (Table I-7). 316. The Myanmar noise standards are based on the World Bank Group 2007 EHS Guidelines (IFC/WBG, 2007b) are shown in Table D-8 which indicates the separate noise level for residential and industrial places. These are identical to IFC standards for noise. The Myanmar standards state: Noise impacts should not exceed the levels in the table or result in a maximum increase in background levels of three decibels at the nearest receptor location off-site.

Table D-8 Myanmar National Environmental Quality (Emission) Guidelines Values for Noise One Hour LAeq (dBA)

Daytime 07:00 - 22:00 Night-time 22:00 - 07:00 Receptor (10:00 - 22:00 for Public (22:00 - 10:00 for Public

Holidays) Holidays) Residential, institutional, 55 45 educational

Industrial, commercial 70 70

Source: Myanmar National Environmental Quality (Emission) Guidelines, Ministry of Natural Resources and Environmental Conservation Myanmar (MONREC)

317. As shown in Figure D-22 all the observed daytime and night-time ambient values are already in excess of the IFC and Myanmar National Environmental Quality (Emission) Guidelines for Day and Night time at residential properties.

Ambient Noise Levels Leq dB(A) dB(A) Leq

ET # 1 ET # 2 ET # 3 ET # 6 ET # 8 ET # 9 ET # 11 ET # 12 ET # 13 ET # 14 ET # 15 ET # 17 Sampling Points

Day Time Night Time MYA Ind D/N Std MYA Res Nite Std MYA Res Day Std

Source: E Guard Environmental Services, 2018 Figure D-22 Ambient Noise Levels at all Monitoring Points LAeq dB Day and Night 318. Ambient noise monitoring was also conducted in the framework of the EIA prepared for the Sittaung Bridge. Baseline measurements were conducted at 2 points. The results are shown below. The monitored values at the monitoring points satisfy environmental standard in Myanmar. The range of values is 44 - 45 dB(A) in the daytime and 41 – 45 dB(A) in the night respectively. Table D-9 Monitoring Data for Noise (22-23 March 2018)

Day Time Night Time Survey Date 7:00-22:00 22:00-7:00 Location dB(A) dB(A)

Noise-1 (22n March, 2018) Bago Region, Waw At nearest house 22-23 Mar 2018 45 41 Township, Shangai Village Noise-2 (23 March, 2018) At monastery / School Mon State, Kyaito 23-24 Mar 2018 44 45 Township, SuPaNu village

National Residential, Institutional, 55 45 Environmental Educational Quality Guidelines (NEQG) Industrial, Commercial 70 70 Standard IFC Standards Residential Area 55 45 (International Finance Commercial Area 70 70 Corporation) Japanese Standards Reference Day Time: 6:00- Along trunk road 70 65 Standard 22:00 Night Time: 22:00- 6:00 Source: Draft EIA for Sittaung Bridge, January 2019

319. Vibration. Given the absence of vibration sources in the project area, no vibration monitoring was conducted as part of the EIA prepared for the ADB financed section. However, in the framework of the EIA prepared for the Sittaung Bridge, vibration levels were measured at two points. There is no vibration standard in Myanmar so the Japanese vibration standard has been applied. Results are presented below confirm low levels of vibration. Table D-10 Monitoring Date for Vibration (22-23 March 2018)

Day Time Night Time

Survey Date 7:00-20:00 20:00-7:00

dB dB Location

Vibration-1 (22 March, 2018) 22-23 Bago Region, Waw At nearest house 22 29 March, 2018 Township, Shangai Village Vibration-2 (23 March, 2018) 23-24 At monastery / School 24 27 Mon State, Kyaito Township, March, 2018 SuPaNu village

Residential, Institutional, National Environmental - - Quality Guidelines Educational (NEQG) Industrial, Commercial - - Standard IFC Standards Residential Area - - (International Finance Commercial Area - - Corporation) Japanese Standards Residential Area 65 60 Reference Day Time: 7:00 - 20:00 Commercial and Standard 70 65 Night Time: 20:00 - 7:00 Industrial Area Source: Draft EIA for Sittaung Bridge, January 2019

D.10.4. Water Quality 320. Baseline ground and surface water quality was recorded by on site sampling and measurement, and laboratory analysis, at twelve selected locations during 12 to 20 July 2018. This is during the rainy season.

Source: The Consultant, 2018 Figure D-23 Water Quality Sampling Locations

321. The sampling locations were chosen to include all the main channels and rivers crossing the alignment. There was no evidence of gross pollution in any of the surface water or groundwater samples. During the Detailed Engineering Design further water samples will be taken in both the wet and dry seasons. 322. Surface water was sampled near air quality monitoring points taking samples from well or hand pumps, canal, stream and river. Water quality samples from twelve ground water tube wells were also collected. Water quality survey team learnt that the villagers do not like to drink the ground water because of the taste. 323. Currently, Myanmar does not have surface water quality standards for major rivers and its tributaries, natural and man-made streams or lakes, ground water, or reservoir water. The Environmental Conservation Department is in the process of developing National Ambient Water Quality Standards based on the Australian and New Zealand Environment and Conservation Council (ANZECC) standard for protection of aquatic life. 324. The sampling processes and results of analysis are presented in Appendix D - N.4. The results show that most parameters are within the comparative standards. However, at sample location east of the River Sittaung, elevated levels of coliform related parameters were observed. 325. Additional measurements were taken in the framework of the EIA prepared for the Sittaung Bridge. Two survey points were chosen for measurement of water quality which are upstream and downstream of the proposed bridge location. Samples were taken in September 2017 and March 2018 to capture the wet and dry seasons (Figure D-24). The results presented in Table D-11 confirm that SS concentrations are highly seasonal, caused by elevated sediment transport during the high-flow season.

Bago Mon

New Sittaung Bridge, Guidebank and Revetment (including ROW)

Figure D-24 River Water Quality Sampling Points

Table D-11 Monitoring Data of River Water Quality BOD pH SS Parameter (Biochemical Temperature (hydrogen (Suspended Oxygen power) Solids) [ ] Demand) Location [no unit] [mg/l] ℃ [mg/l] Rainy Season 12 212 River Water-1 25 7.4 (7th of Sep. 2017) (exceeding) (exceeding) Sittaung River Dry Season 14 62 (1.5km upstream) 25 7.5 (25th of Mar. 2018) (exceeding) (exceeding) Rainy Season 18 296 River Water -2 25 7.1 (7th of Sep. 2017) (exceeding) (exceeding) Sittaung River (2.7km Dry Season 20 86 downstream) 25 7.6 (25th of Mar. 2018) (exceeding) (exceeding)

Reference Japanese Standards - 6.5-8.5 3 (*3) 25 Standard National Environmental Quality (Emission) Guidelines - 6-9 30 50 [Site Runoff and Wastewater Discharges (construction phase)] Source: Draft EIA for Sittaung Bridge, January 2019

326. Ambient Water Quality Standards as given above apply to both surface and groundwater since the environmental values which they protect relate to the same above ground uses e.g. drinking water, irrigation, and maintenance of aquatic ecosystems.

D.10.5. Soil and Sediment 327. In Myanmar, there is no government guideline for determination of background values of metals and metalloids in soil. Internationally, respective national guidelines use definitions of natural background concentration in natural soil. The stepwise approach for deriving background values involves collection of data, statistical analysis of the data and determination of the background value. In this project, baseline soil and sediment contamination were collected to understand the soil and sediment quality of existing conditions Analysed results are shown in the tables in Appendix N.5. No elevated levels of pollutants were recorded within the soil samples. 328. Soil sampling was also conducted in the framework of the EIA prepared separately for the Sittaung Bridge at the points where soil will be excavated area. Result of analysis are shown below. All analyzed indicators did not exceed standard values, confirming monitoring results as presented in Appendix N.5.

Bago Region Mon New Sittaung Bridge, State Guidebank and Revetment (including ROW)

Soil Quality Sampling Point

Figure D-25 Soil Quality Sampling Points Table D-12 Result of Baseline Soil Analysis (Sep. 2018) Referred Standard Item Unit Result Thailand Japanese Standard Standard As (Arsenic) mg/kg 3.67 3.9 15 Cd (Cadmium) mg/kg ND 37 0.4 Cr6- (Hexavalent Chromium) mg/kg 1.44 300 - Se (Selenium) mg/kg 0.102 390 - Cu (Copper) mg/kg 15.2 - 125 Pb (Lead) mg/kg 6.74 400 -

Referred Standard Item Unit Result Thailand Japanese Standard Standard Benzene mg/kg ND 6.5 - Carbon Tetrachloride mg/kg ND 2.5 - 1,2-Dichloroethane mg/kg ND 3.5 - 1,1-Dichloroethylene mg/kg ND 0.5 - Cis-1,2- Dichloroethylene mg/kg ND 43 - Dichloroethylene mg/kg ND 89 - Thetrachloroethylene mg/kg ND 57 - Trichloroethylene mg/kg ND 28 - 1,1,1-Trichloroethane mg/kg ND 630 - 1,1,2-Trichloroethane mg/kg ND 8.4 - Source: Draft EIA for Sittaung Bridge, January 2019

D.10.6. Biodiversity 329. In order to establish the biodiversity value of the route alignment and surrounding area, a desk-based survey and targeted field work was carried out. The following sections provide an overview of the findings of the baseline data collated and collected.

D.10.6.1. International and National Designations 330. As part of the desk assessment, a review for the presence of Protected Areas and/or non-statutory designations relating to biodiversity and ecological habitat was conducted. 331. A number of information sources were utilised for the determination on Protected Areas and Non-Statutory Designations. These included the Integrated Biodiversity Assessment Tool (IBAT), a web-based source bringing together and linking information from a number of leading conservation bodies and organisations (see https://ibat-alliance.org/). 332. Within the general area of the road alignment there are a number of Protected Areas. These are listed in Table D-13 and shown on Figure D-26 and Figure D-27. Note, some areas have more than one level of designation, these are shown in Table D-13. Table D-13 Protected Areas and Non-Statutory Designated Sites Protected Area Non Statutory Site Name Ramsar National IBA Site Gulf of Mottama Ramsar Yes Yes Part Gulf of Mottama IBA Yes Moyungyi Wetland Wildlife Sanctuary Yes Yes Yes Kelatha Wildlife Sanctuary No Yes No Kyaikhtiyoe Wildlife Sanctuary No Yes No

Figure D-26 Boundaries of Protected Areas

Source: The ADB Environmental Consultant &The TA-9314-MYA Consultants 2019

Figure D-27 Boundary of Important Bird Area (IBA)

Source: The ADB Environmental Consultant &The TA-9314-MYA Consultants 2019

333. The project pre-feasibility study highlighted some additional Forest Reserves as Protected Sites. International databases do not show these sites as nationally designated, however for completeness these additional sites are shown in Figure D-28, and include areas of forest on the higher ground to the east of Sittaung River.

Figure D-28 Additional ‘Protected Sites’ based on Pre-feasibility Study Data

Source: JICA Pre-Feasibility Study for Project for Yangon-Bago-Kyaikto, Final Report December 2016

D.10.6.2. Gulf of Mottama Ramsar 334. A Ramsar site is designated under the Convention for Wetlands, referred to as Ramsar sites after the name of the city in Iran where the original Convention text was signed. Sites designated under this convention are referred to as Wetlands of International Importance. 335. There are strict criteria for the designation of such sites which relate to species and habitat present within the proposed area and in particular the rarity of species and relative importance of the site in maintenance of species viability on an international basis. 336. The overview description of the site is presented below based on the Ramsar text: “The Site covers an area of 42,500 hectares. The Gulf has a tidal range of between six and seven metres; the mouth, which is around 100 kilometres wide, narrows into a funnel-shaped bay to produce a powerful bore phenomenon that can reach heights of over a metre on spring tides in the upper estuary. As a result, the tidal mudflats of the Gulf are among the largest in the world. The Site supports a large number of species including marine fish, invertebrates and up to 90,000 migratory water birds in the non-breeding season. Among these water birds is the critically endangered spoon-billed sandpiper (Calidris pygmeus), of which the Site perhaps hosts more than half of the remaining global population. The Gulf of Mottama also

supports the livelihoods of thousands of people by providing fish for local and regional consumption.” 337. In addition to the formally designated boundaries of the Ramsar site, a Management Area which extends from the Ramsar boundaries has been agreed. This management area extends into the alignment of the proposed Sittaung River Crossing. An enlargement of the Ramsar boundary showing the Management Area boundary is provided as Figure D-29.

Source: Ramsar Website Figure D-29 Ramsar Boundary with Additional Management Area Shown 338. The site is designated under a number of criteria, including being a site which is unique, representative or natural and supplying a range of ecosystem services. The site is estimated to support on an annual basis some 90,000 birds, easily exceeding the criterion threshold of 20,000. 339. Of particular interest is the Spoon-billed sandpipe of which up to 50% of the global population winter within the Gulf of Mottama Ramsar site.

D.10.6.3. Gulf of Mottama IBA 340. Important Bird Areas (IBA) are a non-statutory designation nationally, although through Myanmar’s membership of the United Nations Convention on Biological Diversity, the country is required to protect to the extent possible such sites. IBA’s were originally established to identify important global areas for birds and which were not covered by the Ramsar Convention. The Gulf of Mottama IBA includes part of the Ramsar site but extends westwards to the western shores of the Sittaung estuary and surrounding land. 341. There are proposals to extend the existing Ramsar site to include the IBA boundary to the west.

D.10.6.4. Moyungyi Wetland Wildlife Sanctuary 342. This site is a Wetland of International Importance (Ramsar), Nationally designated Wildlife sanctuary and an IBA. 343. The site is modified habitat, originally created as a water holding area to provide water supply to the Bago to Sittaung Canal. It has developed as a wetland and supports a range of waders and water birds, including the Critically Endangered duck, Baer’s Pochard (Aythya baeri). 344. In addition, the area provides important ecosystem services, including provisioning through provision of grazing and rice production for local people.

D.10.6.5. Kelatha Wildlife Sanctuary 345. This is a protected area of some 23.9 km2 (2,390 ha) and was designated in 1942. The sanctuary area has reduced in areas since its original designation due to mining and prison projects. In addition to its biodiversity interest the sanctuary contains a number of shrines and pagodas. 346. Habitats within the sanctuary include natural and semi-natural forests but also modified habitats in the form of plantations and around villages and shrines. 347. BANCO undertook a comprehensive survey of the area in 2016 and generally found it to be in good condition but under threat from development and logging. Of note was the record of Amherstia nobilis a plant species endemic to Myanmar and previously considered to be extinct in the wild which was recorded within the area. The habitats support a variety of fauna, with some notable mammal species.

D.10.6.6. Kyaikhtiyoe Wildlife Sanctuary 348. This is another wildlife sanctuary related to cultural heritage with associated biodiversity. The site was designated in 2001 and is 156 km2 in area. No other information regarding its component parts has been made available for this EIA process.

D.10.7. Critical Habitat Assessment

D.10.7.1. Preamble 349. The ADB SPS 2009 requires that projects being considered for loans or grants determine if the project will take place in a location which is in either Critical or Natural Habitat. The ADB SPS 2009 is not prescriptive in how the assessment is conducted and the assessment presented has followed that set out in the IFC PS No. 6 Guidance Notes as updated in 2018 (IFC, 2018).

D.10.7.2. Study Area 350. The IFC process for CH requires that an Area of Analysis (AoA) is established for the purposes of the CHA. The IFC guidance states: 351. “The project should identify an ecologically appropriate area of analysis to determine the presence of critical habitat for each species with regular occurrence in the project’s area of influence, or ecosystem, covered by Criteria 1-4. The client should define the boundaries of this area taking into account the distribution of species or ecosystems (within and sometimes extending beyond the project’s area of influence) and the ecological patterns, processes, features and functions that are necessary for maintaining them. These boundaries may include catchments, large rivers or geological features.” 352. Additional guidance on whether a single AoA is required or a number of AoA’s can be developed is not contained within the IFC Guidance Notes. The current CHA has adopted

an approach based on species requirements, so that an ecologically appropriate AoA has been defined for each species which may qualify habitats as Critical. 353. The CHA is not directly related to the project type, boundary of potential impacts or the project’s mitigation strategy. However, for practical purposes it is necessary to place spatial boundaries on the CHA. The current study established an overall AoA which extends from the north with a boundary formed by an existing highway across the low lying agricultural land on the west side of the River Sittaung and south to include much of the lower catchment area of the Sittaung. The AoA crosses the River Sittaung and extends into the Gulf of Mottama. The AoA is shown in Figure D-30. Figure D-30 – Area of Analysis for Critical Habitat Assessment

354. This AoA has been selected to reflect the main habitats present within the project area and the physical and ecosystem functioning of the area. Key discrete habitats present in the AoA are: open modified habitat present in the form of agricultural areas, mainly rice fields; the River Sittaung and its riparian habitats; and the estuarine areas of the Gulf of Mottama. Habitat Name Description Open Land Mainly open land utilised for agriculture, in particular rice fields, with some areas of scrub and plantations River Sittaung Major river and associated mud banks and riparian habitats, brackish water but mainly outside of tidal influence. Designation as Important Bird Area (IBA) Gulf of Mottama Estuary and associated mudflats affected by tides. Designation as Ramsar site and Important Bird Area

D.10.7.3. Initial Review of Species and Protected Sites 355. In order to determine the need for a full CHA, and if required, determine the species which would be included in the CHA, a screening process was conducted. 356. The screening process utilized data from a range of sources. These included:

(i) IBAT (Integrated Biodiversity Assessment Tool); (ii) IUCN Red List; (iii) Birdlife International website; (iv) World Protected Areas Database; and (v) Other publicly available resources. 357. Information available from these sites and the field work conducted for the project EIA has been used to provide an initial screening of species which may be present and which may trigger consideration of Critical Habitat within the projects area of influence. 358. The ADB and IFC approach to determining the possible presence of Critical Habitat is based around a number of criteria, central to which is the extinction threat of individual species which may be present within the projects area of influence. In particular the presence of IUCN Red List Critically Endangered (CR) and Endangered (EN) need to be considered when determining if the habitats within the area under consideration are ‘critical’ to the survival of such species. 359. Table D-14 provides the results of the screening process for the Bago to Kyaikto Highway for CR and EN species. This is based on an IBAT search for species along the route alignment with a buffer of 5 km. In total there are 44 species considered (14 CR and 30 EN). 360. From Table D-14 it can be seen that ten species are considered to be relevant to a CHA for the project area of influence. These are highlighted in blue in the table. Some species are included on a precautionary basis as information about their distribution, and in some cases their habitats and life cycle and uncertain. The CHA considered the highlighted species in more detail as set out in Section D.10.7.4.

Table D-14 - – Screening for Critically Endangered and Endangered Species Present in Area of Influence ID Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Notes In/Out category 1 Aythya baeri Baer's pochard CR Potential habitat for this species within project In area. IUCN mapping shows part of project area within historical range 2 Batagur baska Northern river terrapin CR IUCN consider this species is likely to be extinct Out in Myanmar. The species was formerly recorded from the River Sittaung, however, the Wildlife Conservation Society of Myanmar considers that the species is regionally extinct. 3 Calidris pygmaea Spoon-billed sandpiper CR Overwinters within the Gulf of Mottama In 4 Carcharhinus hemiodon Pondicherry shark CR Possibly extinct in the wild, a coastal shark about Out which little is known in terms of habitats and life cycle. 5 Emberiza aureola Yellow-breasted bunting CR A species which has declined rapidly - winter visit In to the area and may utilise agricultural habitats of project area 6 Eurochelidon sirintarae White-eyed river martin CR Not recorded with certainty in the wild since 1978, Out possibly extinct in the wild, although suggestions that survey in Myanmar may uncover remnant populations. 7 Glyphis siamensis Irrawaddy river shark CR Recorded only from the Irrawaddy River, no Out records from River Sittaung 8 Gyps bengalensis White-rumped vulture CR Considered regionally extinct in Myanmar Out 9 Gyps tenuirostris Slender-billed vulture CR It inhabits dry open country and forested areas Out usually away from human habitation, considered to be extinct in Myanmar 10 Manis javanica Sunda pangolin CR Prefers primary and secondary woodland habitats Out – no suitable as forms den in old tree hollows. habitat in AoA 11 Pristis pristis Largetooth sawfish CR IUCN status - Uncertain distribution in Myanmar - In - Included on coastal species living in estuaries. precautionary basis as

ID Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Notes In/Out category distribution is uncertain 12 Pristis zijsron Green sawfish CR IUCN status - Uncertain distribution in Myanmar - In - Included on coastal species living in estuaries. precautionary basis as distribution is uncertain 13 Sarcogyps calvus Red-headed vulture CR Probably extinct in Myanmar - Species of open Out areas away from human habitation 14 Sonneratia griffithii ______CR IUCN distribution includes project area - a plant of In dynamic mudbanks and wetlands 15 Acropora rudis ______EN Shallow reef species of coral Out - no corals affected by project 16 Aetomylaeus maculatus Mottled eagle ray EN Marine species - on intercontinental shelf Out - no corals affected by project 17 Anoxypristis cuspidata Narrow sawfish EN Ranges from pelagic to estuarine, IUCN range In - Included on includes Gulk of Mottama and River Sittaung precautionary basis as presence is uncertain 18 Aquila nipalensis Steppe eagle EN Present in steppes and rocky areas Out – no suitable habitat and would be part of large home range of this species 19 Asarcornis scutulata White-winged duck EN Inhabits stagnant or slow-flowing natural and Out – no suitable artificial wetlands, within or adjacent to evergreen, habitat deciduous or swamp forests, on which it depends for roosting and nesting, usually in tree-holes.

ID Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Notes In/Out category 20 Axis porcinus Hog deer EN Considered to be extinct in Myanmar - prefers tall Out wet grassland 21 Balaenoptera musculus Blue whale EN More open water marine habitats Out 22 Bos javanicus Banteng EN IUCN mapping shows species present to north of Out – habitat project site. Prefers light forest habitat. requirements not met 23 Cuon alpinus Dhole EN IUCN mapping shows distribution lies to west of Out – habitat project area requirements not met 24 Enhydris vorisi ______EN Little is known about this species but IUCN states Out – habitat habitat of specimens recorded are freshwater requirements not swamp forest habitat met 25 Haliaeetus leucoryphus Pallas's fish-eagle EN Wide ranging species - mainly associated with Out – habitat wetlands requirements not met – AOI would only form small part of home range of this species 26 Heliopais personatus Masked finfoot EN Permanent wetlands, riverine forests - shy of Out – habitat human activity requirements not met 27 Heritiera fomes ______EN Marine intertidal in mangrove swamps Out – habitat requirements not met 28 Holothuria lessoni ______EN Marine species on sandy substrate in lagoons or Out – habitat between reef flats requirements not met 29 Holothuria scabra ______EN This species is distributed mainly in low energy Out – habitat environments behind fringing reefs or within requirements not protected bays and shores. Individuals prefer met

ID Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Notes In/Out category ordinary coastal areas to coral reefs, particularly intertidal seagrass beds close to mangroves, however they are also found along inner reef flats and lagoons. 30 Isurus oxyrinchus Shortfin mako EN Oceanic species Out – habitat requirements not met 31 Isurus paucus Longfin mako EN Oceanic species Out – habitat requirements not met 32 Lamiopsis temminckii Broadfin shark EN Inshore species which may move into freshwater In – based on areas. precautionary approach 33 Leptoptilos dubius Greater adjutant EN Likely extinct in Myanmar Out 34 Orcaella brevirostris Irrawaddy dolphin EN Not reported from the River Sittaung Out – no evidence that they occur on regular basis in River Sittaung 35 Panthera tigris Tiger EN Former range north of project area, now Out – habitat considered locally extirpitated requirements not met 36 Pavo muticus Green peafowl EN Contemporary records are mostly limited to dry Out – habitat deciduous forests, with the highest densities requirements not occurring near undisturbed rivers and wetland met 37 Rhincodon typus Whale shark EN Mainly marine open water species Out – habitat requirements not met 38 Sphyrna lewini Scalloped hammerhead EN Marine and coastal species Out – habitat requirements not met

ID Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Notes In/Out category 39 Sphyrna mokarran Great hammerhead EN Coastal - pelagic species wide ranging Out – habitat requirements not met 40 Sterna acuticauda Black-bellied tern EN Found on large rivers, IUCN mapping shows that In – Based on the Gulf of Mottama is the eastern extent of this precautionary species and as possible extant within Myanmar approach 41 Thelenota ananas ______EN Within reef habitats Out – habitat requirements not met 42 Trachypithecus phayrei Phayrei’s leaf-monkey EN Arboreal species found in forests and secondary Out – habitat woodland requirements not met 43 Urogymnus polylepis ______EN Estuarine and freshwater species - IUCN In – based on mapping includes River Sittaung precautionary approach 44 Viverra megaspila Large-spotted civet EN Species primarily of Forest habitat Out – habitat requirements not met

361. In addition, to CR and EN species, (IFC, 2018) also includes the requirement to consider Red List Vulnerable (VU) species which may be affected to an extent by loss of habitat that their status would be potentially moved to EN or CR. 362. In total IBAT searches indicated 105 VU species within the search area. These are shown in Table D-15. A review of the geographical distribution of these species shows that they generally have a wide range and as such there is no expected threat of significant shift from VU to EN or CR if they were a) present in the area of influence and b) if the habitat was to be significant affected. These species were therefore excluded from the CHA. Table D-15 - Vulnerable Species within AoA from IBAT ID No Scientific Name Common Name 45 Acropora aculeus ______46 Acropora acuminata ______47 Acropora aspera ______48 Acropora dendrum ______49 Acropora donei ______50 Acropora echinata ______51 Acropora hoeksemai ______52 Acropora horrida ______53 Acropora listeri ______54 Acropora lovelli ______55 Acropora multiacuta ______56 Acropora palmerae ______57 Acropora turaki ______58 Acropora vaughani ______59 Acropora verweyi ______60 Actinopyga echinites ______61 Actinopyga miliaris ______62 Aetobatus ocellatus Spotted eagle ray 63 Aetomylaeus nichofii Banded eagle ray 64 Alopias pelagicus Pelagic thresher 65 Alopias vulpinus Common thresher shark 66 Alveopora allingi ______67 Antigone antigone Sarus crane 68 Aonyx cinereus Asian small-clawed otter 69 Arctictis binturong Binturong 70 Arctonyx collaris Greater hog badger 71 Astreopora moretonensis ______72 Bos gaurus Gaur 73 Buceros bicornis Great hornbill 74 Carcharhinus longimanus Oceanic whitetip shark 75 Carcharias taurus Sand tiger shark

112

ID No Scientific Name Common Name 76 Carcharodon carcharias White shark 77 Chrysomma altirostre Jerdon's babbler 78 Ciconia episcopus Asian woollyneck 79 Clanga clanga Greater spotted eagle 80 Clanga hastata Indian spotted eagle 81 Columba punicea Pale-capped pigeon 82 Dermochelys coriacea Leatherback 83 Dugong dugon Dugong 84 Euphyllia ancora ______85 Galaxea astreata ______86 Gallinago nemoricola Wood snipe 87 Glaucostegus granulatus Sharpnose guitarfish 88 Glaucostegus obtusus Widenose guitarfish 89 Glaucostegus typus Giant shovelnose ray 90 Goniopora burgosi ______91 Goniopora planulata ______92 Halophila beccarii Ocean turf grass 93 Helarctos malayanus Sun bear 94 Heliopora coerulea ______95 Hemigaleus microstoma Sickelfin weasel shark 96 Hemipristis elongata Snaggletooth shark 97 Himantura uarnak Reticulate whipray 98 Hippocampus histrix Thorny seahorse 99 Hippocampus kelloggi Great seahorse 100 Hippocampus spinosissimus Hedgehog seahorse 101 Hippocampus trimaculatus Three-spot seahorse 102 Holothuria fuscogilva ______103 Isopora cuneata ______104 Lepidochelys olivacea Olive ridley 105 Leptastrea aequalis ______106 Leptoptilos javanicus Lesser adjutant 107 Lutrogale perspicillata Smooth-coated otter 108 Macaca leonina Northern pig-tailed macaque 109 Maculabatis gerrardi Whitespotted whipray 110 Mobula birostris Giant manta ray 111 Mola mola Ocean sunfish 112 Montipora angulata ______113 Mulleripicus pulverulentus Great slaty woodpecker

113

ID No Scientific Name Common Name 114 Neofelis nebulosa ______115 Neophocaena hocaenoides Indo-pacific finless porpoise 116 Nycticebus bengalensis Bengal slow loris 117 Omobranchus smithi ______118 Ophiophagus hannah King cobra 119 Pachyseris rugosa ______120 Panthera pardus Leopard 121 Pateobatis jenkinsii Jenkins' whipray 122 Pateobatis uarnacoides Bleeker's whipray 123 Pavona cactus ______124 Pavona decussata ______125 Pavona venosa ______126 Pectinia alcicornis ______127 Pectinia lactuca ______128 Physogyra lichtensteini ______129 Pocillopora ankeli ______130 Porites aranetai ______131 Porites nigrescens ______132 Python bivittatus Burmese python 133 Python kyaiktiyo ______134 Rhina ancylostoma Bowmouth guitarfish 135 Rhinoptera javanica Javanese cownose ray 136 Rhyticeros subruficollis Plain-pouched hornbill 137 Rhyticeros undulatus Wreathed hornbill 138 Rusa unicolor Sambar 139 Rynchops albicollis Indian skimmer 140 Sousa chinensis Indo-pacific humpback dolphin 141 Stichopus herrmanni ______142 Symphyllia hassi ______143 Taeniurops meyeni Blotched fantail ray 144 Turbinaria mesenterina ______145 Turbinaria peltata ______146 Turbinaria reniformis ______147 Turbinaria stellulata ______148 Urogymnus asperrimus Porcupine ray 149 Ursus thibetanus Asiatic black bear

D.10.7.4. Critical Habitat Analysis

114

363. The IFC approach to CHA was amended in November 2018. The current assessment has utilized the latest version of IFC PS No. 6 Guidance Notes on CHA. The IFC Approach uses five criterion in determining if an area constitutes CH or not. These are: (i) Criterion 1: Critically Endangered (CR) and/or Endangered (EN) species; (ii) Criterion 2: Endemic or restricted-range species; (iii) Criterion 3: Migratory or congregatory species; (iv) Criterion 4: Highly threatened and/or unique ecosystems; and (v) Criterion 5: Key evolutionary processes. 364. The first four criterion are based on numerical assessment while the final one is based on a qualitative assessment. The following text provides an overview of the criteria and quantitative thresholds for Criteria 1 – 4 as set out in the IFC Guidance. Criterion 5 does not use a quantitative threshold and is based on expertise and professional judgement.

Criterion 1 – Threated Species 365. Criterion 1 relates to the presence of CR and/or EN species. It also includes consideration of VU species which would become CR or EN if the population under consideration was lost. Thresholds for Criterion 1 are: (i) Areas that support globally-important concentrations of an IUCN Red-listed EN or CR species (≥ 0.5% of the global population AND ≥ 5 reproductive units of a CR or EN species); (ii) Areas that support globally-important concentrations of an IUCN Red-listed VU species, the loss of which would result in the change of the IUCN Red List status to EN or CR. (iii) As appropriate, areas containing nationally/regionally-important concentrations of an IUCN Red-listed EN or CR species.

Criterion 2 – Endemic or Range Restricted Species 366. Criterion 2 relates to species which are considered to be endemic or range restricted as defined by the IFC. The threshold for Criterion 2 is: (i) areas that regularly hold ≥10% of the global population size AND ≥10 reproductive units of a species.

Criterion 3 Migratory or Congregatory Species 367. The IFC definition of Migratory is: “Migratory species are defined as any species of which a significant proportion of its members cyclically and predictably move from one geographical area to another (including within the same ecosystem).” 368. Congregatory species are defined: “as species whose individuals gather in large groups on a cyclical or otherwise regular and/or predictable basis.” 369. Examples provided are: (i) Species that form colonies. (ii) Species that form colonies for breeding purposes and/or where large numbers of individuals of a species gather at the same time for non- breeding purposes (e.g., foraging, roosting).

115

(iii) Species that move through bottleneck sites where significant numbers of individuals of a species pass over a concentrated period of time (e.g., during migration). (iv) Species with large but clumped distributions where a large number of individuals may be concentrated in a single or a few sites while the rest of the species is largely dispersed (e.g., wildebeest distributions). (v) Source populations where certain sites hold populations of species that make an inordinate contribution to recruitment of the species elsewhere (especially important for marine species). 370. Thresholds for Criterion 3 are: (i) Areas known to sustain, on a cyclical or otherwise regular basis, ≥ 1 percent of the global population of a migratory or congregatory species at any point of the species’ lifecycle. (ii) Areas that predictably support ≥10 percent of the global population of a species during periods of environmental stress.

Criterion 4 Highly Threatened or Unique Ecosystems 371. The thresholds for this criterion are: (i) Areas representing ≥5% of the global extent of an ecosystem type meeting the criteria for IUCN status of CR or EN. (ii) Other areas, not yet assessed by IUCN, but determined to be of high priority for conservation by regional or national systematic conservation planning.

Criterion 5 Key Evolutionary Processes 372. Processes referred to under Criterion 5 are those which lead to speciation driven by fundamental features of the site, such as isolation, landscape heterogeneity and areas where ecotypes meet, referred to as ecotones. 373. Evidence of such processes can be seen through high levels of endemics within the biodiversity.

D.10.7.5. Assessment by Species 374. The following sections of text provide a species by species review - using the criterion thresholds - to determine if a species qualifies the AoA as Critical Habitat. The ten species screened into the CHA are included in the assessment. 375. It should be noted that if a species reaches the qualifying thresholds set out in Criterion 1 – 4, it does not mean that the whole of the AoA is Classed as Critical Habitat for this species. Where a species is considered to qualify a habitat as Critical, the assessment defines the area of CH based on the habitat needs and likely presence of the species. Baer’s Pochard (Aythya baeri) 376. This is a significantly threatened species which is stated to have Global population estimates in the range of 150 – 700 adult individuals (BirdLife International, 2019). This species has been previously recorded near to the AoA being listed as present in the original Ramsar citation for the Moeyungyi Wetland Wildlife Sanctuary which lies to the north of the AoA. 377. A literature review suggests a conflicting view of the species distribution within Myanmar. At one time authorities were noting that the species had not been recorded in the

116

country since 2001, but more recent survey work indicates that low numbers are present overwintering in central Myanmar. No evidence of use of the areas within the AoA has been identified although habitat within the rice fields may be suitable for overwintering birds of this species. 378. It is considered that this species, based on available data, does not qualify any part of the AoA as Critical Habitat. Spoon-billed Sandpiper (Calidris pygmaea) 379. This is a winter migrant to Myanmar and surrounding countries, breeding mainly in Russia. It is a species with a significant decline in population and is considered to be critically endangered. The IUCN Red List provides an estimate of 240-456 individuals globally. Clark and his co-authors suggested a slightly higher value based on modelling results (Clark, et al. 2016). 380. The Ramsar citation states that up to 50% of the global population may winter in the Gulf of Mottama. The northern part of the Gulf of Mottama and the Gulf of Mottama Important Bird Area (IBA) lies within the Study Area and both citations note the importance of this site for Calidris pygmaea. 381. Based on Criterion 3, it is considered that this species qualifies parts of the AoA as Critical Habitat. 382. Calidris pygmaea, as noted is a winter migrant to the Study Area where it utilizes mudflats, principally within the Gulf of Mottama, for feeding and roosting. Based on data reviewed Calidris pygmaea appears to prefer the more estuarine areas of the Study Area. On this basis the areas considered to represent Critical Habitat as qualified by this species have been defined as the current Ramsar boundary plus a buffer of 1 km around the Ramsar boundary. This is shown in Figure D-31.

117

Figure D-31 – Critical Habitat Area as Defined by Calidris pygmaea

Yellow-breasted bunting (Emberiza aureola) 383. The Yellow-breasted bunting (Emberiza aureola) is a native non-breeding bird species of Myanmar. A species with a once wide geographical range, it is now Critically Endangered with estimates of a ten year decline of up to 80% in Europe. 384. The reasons of the decline are considered to relate to hunting during the migration and winter period, habitat degradation and changes in agricultural practices, in particular at the wintering grounds. 385. The wintering distribution within Myanmar, as shown by IUCN and Birdlife International (Birdlife International, 2019), includes large tracts of the AoA. 386. A literature review indicates that historical records of this species existing within the AoA and the IUCN distribution map includes parts of the AoA. It is, however, doubtful if this species is present in numbers which fulfill any of the criteria thresholds. This species is considered not to qualify any parts of the AoA as Critical Habitat. Largetooth sawfish (Pristis pristis) 387. Current population data for this Critically Endangered species is unknown. The species has declined across all areas of presence and based on catch records is now extremely rare. The IUCN mapping shows the species formerly present within the AoA. However, no recent records have been identified and the species is not listed in the Gulf of Mottama Ramsar citation. An IUCN 2014 report on shark conservation (Harrison & Dulvy, 2014) suggests that this species is either locally extinct or has an uncertain presence in the AoA. This species is not considered to qualify any parts of the AoA as Critical Habitat.

118

Green sawfish (Pristis zijsron) 388. Harrison and Dulvy (Ibid) suggest that this species also has an uncertain presence within the AoA. This classification is based on known historical areas of presence but lack of recent records suggesting the species may be locally absent. It is considered unlikely that this species is present in the AoA and so no parts of the AoA are qualified as Critical Habitat by the species. Sonneratia griffithii 389. This is a species of plant which is known to have a historical distribution which include parts of the AoA. The species is one of wet areas with flowing water courses and is reported to favour dynamic system with new mudflats which it colonizes. The ecology of S. griffithii is not fully known. Studies from India suggest it is most commonly observed on banks with a mid-estuarine position with soft mud substratum. The species is generally found with other species in mixed mangrove stands. The local area reported within the IUCN Red List mapping includes wetland which has subsequently been infilled and is no longer suitable for this species. 390. The banks and mudflats formed by the River Sittaung do provide potentially suitable habitat. Ecological surveys conducted for the ADB funded highway and the River Sittaung crossing funded by JICA did not report this species as present and did not identify presence of mudflats in the vicinity of the proposed bridge location (Figure D-32). Nevertheless, it is considered possible that within the AoA this species is present. The species has been recorded as present within other marine protected areas of Myanmar to the West and East of the Gulf of Mottama. On a precautionary basis this species is considered to qualify parts of the AoA as Critical Habitat.

Figure D-32 – Mudflat Distribution in KBA/IBA and Ramsar Site

Source: Draft EIA for Sittaung Bridge, January 2019 391. The habitats considered to represent Critical Habitat as qualified by S. griffithii will be areas of mud flats with mangrove stands or which may be colonized by mangrove, including this Critically Endangered species. Figure D-32 provides an estimated area of CH based on this species. Mudflat monitoring during and after construction is included in the monitoring plan of the EIA for the Sittaung Bridge.

119

Figure D-33 – Critical Habitat Area as Defined by Sonneratia griffithii

Narrow sawfish (Anoxypristis cuspidata) 392. This species is listed in the IUCN mapping and CITES description as present within Myanmar. The species is amphidromous and so may move across the AoA. Population numbers are uncertain across its global range which is wide. The species would not be considered a range restricted and without global or local population numbers it is not possible to determine if the threshold for Criterion 1 is met. 393. However, the habitat requirements for the species match some of those present within the River Sittaung part of the AoA (inshore and estuarine waters are considered critical habitats for juveniles and pupping females by the IUCN) and therefore on a precautionary principle basis this species is considered to qualify parts of the AoA as Critical Habitat. 394. The extent of suitable habitat for this species which would qualify as Critical is considered to more or less coincide with that of Sonneratia griffithii as shown in Figure D-32. Broadfin shark (Lamiopsis temminckii) 395. This is a species of coastal waters, including estuaries and whilst recent information on the distribution within Myanmar is limited, the IUCN mapping shows the species to be extant within the AoA. Therefore, on a precautionary principle basis this species is considered to qualify parts of the AoA as Critical Habitat. 396. The extent of suitable habitat for this species which would qualify as Critical is considered to more or less coincide with that of Sonneratia griffithii as shown in Figure D-32.

120

Black-bellied tern (Sterna acuticauda) 397. A species of large rivers and estuaries. Birdlife International report this as possibly extant within the AoA. WCS Myanmar reports that this species was only found in limited locations in Myanmar and considers that it is likely locally extinct throughout much of the country as of 2014. 398. The Ramsar citation does not mention this species and specific surveys conducted within the Gulf of Mottama do not highlight the species as present. It is considered that this species does not qualify any part of the AoA as Critical Habitat. Urogymnus polylepis 399. This stingray is considered to be an obligate freshwater species and historically found in larger rivers and catchments of Myanmar. No recent records for the AoA have been found and the IUCN reports that the species in this area is ‘Possibly extant’. It is not considered that this species qualifies any part of the AoA as Critical Habitat. Nordmann’s redshank/Spotted Redshank (Tringa guttifer) 400. In addition to the species established in the IBAT research, there are some species which should be considered which IBAT did not list. 401. The IUCN mapping does not show this species present within Myanmar, but surveys within the Gulf of Mottama indicate that the area may be an important wintering ground for the species (Zockler, Naing, Moses, Soe, & Hla, 2014). This paper suggests that over 1% of the population of this species which is classed as Endangered (EN) by the IUCN, winters on the Myanmar Coast. 402. It is likely that less than 1% of the global population are within the AoA but the area can be considered to be important for this migratory species but does not reach the threshold set for Criterion 3 of over 1% of the global population. Therefore, this species does not qualify any parts of the AoA as Critical Habitat. Endemic Species 403. The biodiversity survey for the ADB funded highway indicated that 2 species are considered endemic to Myanmar. These included the White-throated babbler (Chatarrhaea gularis) and Burmese-eyed turtle (Morenia ocellate). 404. The White-throated babbler is classed as Least Concern by the IUCN and not considered to be under threat. This species therefore does not qualify any parts the AoA as Critical Habitat. 405. The Burmese-eyed turtle is classed by the IUCN as Vulnerable. Little is known of its demographics but it is considered to be declining in population due to hunting and habitat loss. It is not considered that the presence of this species within the AoA qualifies any part of the AoA as Critical Habitat.

D.10.7.6. Protected Areas 406. ADB SPS includes formally protected areas as Critical Habitat. Critical habitats include those areas either legally protected or officially proposed for protection, such as areas that meet the criteria of the World Conservation Union classification, the Ramsar List of Wetlands of International Importance, and the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization’s world natural heritage sites.

121

Gulf of Mottama Ramsar Site 407. In 2017 part of the Gulf of Mottama (GoM) was designated as a Wetland of International Importance under the Ramsar Convention. The designated area is shown in Figure D-33. Figure D-34 - Gulf of Mottama Ramsar Designation Boundary

Source: https://rsis.ramsar.org/ris/2299

408. Designation of additional areas of the GoM are planned in two further phases as shown in Figure D-34.

122

Figure D-35 - Proposed Future Ramsar Designations within Gulf of Mottama

Source: IUCN Gulf of Mottama Management Plan (2017)

409. In addition, to the designation boundary, the Map from the official Ramsar site shows a Possible Management Area. The boundary of this extends north of the actual designated boundary. Figure D-33 shows an enlargement of this section of the Ramsar site map. This is shown as the purple boundary on the map. Figure D-36 - Enlargement of Ramsar Map Showing Possible Management Area

Source: https://rsis.ramsar.org/ris/2299

123

Gulf of Mottama Important Bird Area (IBA) 410. Part of the GoM has a non-statutory designation as an Important Bird Area (IBA). The boundary of the IBA is shown in Figure D-34. It can be seen that the IBA extends northwards beyond the boundary of the Ramsar site. Figure D-37 - Gulf of Mottama IBA Boundary

Source: Birdlife International

411. Based on the ADB SPS, it is considered that the areas of the AoA which lie within the Gulf of Mottama Ramsar Site shall be considered as Critical Habitat. Furthermore, ADB’s SPS considers that areas which are officially proposed for designation as Ramsar, UNESCO etc. should be considered as Critical Habitat. 412. At present the formal proposal of the Ramsar extension is unclear, whilst it is discussed on the IUCN website, there is no reference to the application on the official Ramsar Convention website. For this reason only the existing designated site is considered to qualify part of the AoA as Critical Habitat, the boundary of which will be the same as shown in Figure D-31, for Spoon-billed sandpiper. The project should be aware that at some point in the future this CH area may increase to include the whole of the Gulf of Mottama as shown in Figure D-34. 413. ADB SPS does not mention lesser designations such as IBA’s so for the purposes of this assessment the IBA designation is not considered to qualify the AoA as Critical Habitat. Although note that some of the species criteria for which the IBA was designated already qualify parts of the AoA as Critical Habitat.

124

D.10.7.7. Summary of the Critical Habitat Assessment 414. It is considered that the identified Area of Assessment (AoA) contains critical habitat as defined by the ADB SPS. The assessment process has adopted an IFC approach which fulfils the requirements of ADB SPS in determining the presence of Critical Habitat. 415. The qualification as Critical Habitat is based on the presence of a designated Ramsar site within which part of the AoA is located and the species shown below. (i) Spoon-billed Sandpiper (Calidris pygmaea) (suitable habitats: GoM) (ii) Sonneratia griffithii (suitable habitats: mudflats along River Sittaung, GoM) (iii) Narrow sawfish (Anoxypristis cuspidata) (suitable habitats: River Sittaung, GoM) (iv) Broadfin shark (Lamiopsis temminckii) (suitable habitats: River Sittaung, GoM)

D.10.7.8. Critical Habitat and the Sittaung Crossing 416. As previously noted the River Sittaung crossing is being funded by JICA but is considered to be an Associated facility of the ADB funded highway and therefore subject to the same level of impact assessment as the ADB funded Highway. In addition, as previously noted, CH identification and designation is not linked to the potential impacts of the project. 417. Therefore, it is considered, based on the above CHA, that the location of the River Sittaung Crossing qualifies as critical habitat due to the presence or potential presence of two aquatic animal species (Narrow sawfish and Broadfin shark), and one plant species (Sonneratia griffithii) if/where mudflats exist. 418. The remainder of the current assessment process takes account of this CH within the project area. A specific review of the project’s potential impacts and effects on the CH are provided in Section E.3.4.

D.10.8. Biodiversity Field Work 419. The following section gives a synopsis of the Biodiversity survey conducted under this EIA and its findings. A full description is given in Appendix E. Independently, ecological surveys were conducted in the framework of the EIA prepared for the Sittaung Bridge.

D.10.8.1. Background 420. The proposed new road lies between near Bago area and Kyaikto area, starting at Yangon-Bago road and runs to near Kyaikto area. The proposed road crosses Bago river, Sittaung Canal and Sittaung River before it reaches to nearby Kyaikto area. The proposed road lies between Moeyingyi Wildlife Sanctuary, a Ramsar wetland, and Mottama Ramsar site. Moeyingyi wetland is located 13 kilometres north of the proposed road and Mottama Ramsar site is located 3 kilometres west of the proposed road. The Kyaikhtiyoe Wildlife Sanctuary is located 11 kilometres east of the proposed road.

D.10.8.2. Survey Methodology 421. The proposed new road from Bago to Kyaikto crosses the Bago-Sittaung river basin area and some areas are flooded in monsoon season. Most part of the area is observed as rice field and a small part is covered with orchards around Kyaikto section. The Bago River arises in the hill of Bago county and flows for 331 kilometres towards Yangon with a catchment area of 5,348 km2, through the city of Bago. The width of Bago River differs from 150m upstream to 2200m downstream. The Sittaung river rises northeast of Yamethin on the edge of the Shan Plateau and flowing south with a catchment area of 48,100 km2 for 420 km to empty into the Gulf of Martabin of the Andaman Sea. The Sittaung river is navigable for 40 km

125

year-round and for 90 km during monsoon season. Its lower course is linked by a canal to Bago River, which makes the basin during the wet season very interrelated. 422. The biodiversity along the proposed new road is composed of cropland ecological conditions such as rice field habitat with common animal species in the area. Aquatic habitat and related flora and fauna are noted at the Bago river and Sittaung river and their connected wetland areas. The proposed new road passes some small patches of orchards of cashew nut and rubber and oil palm plantation areas. 423. A survey team conducted a field survey on the biodiversity of the proposed Bago- Kyaikto road. Twenty-seven specific locations were selected for detail descriptions. The Visual Encounter Survey (VES) methodology was used to document the presence of species encountered. In each area visited by the survey team, interviews were conducted with the villagers who live adjacent to the proposed road for the presence and abundance of animals, fish, flora and fauna in the area. Data from local wet markets (fish and vegetables) were included. The proposed new road from Bago to Kyaikto crosses the Bago-Sittaung river basin area and some areas are flooded in monsoon season including Bago and Sittaung Rivers. Figure D-35 shows the survey area.

Figure D-38 Map showing the surveying route along the proposed alignment 424. The survey documented the biodiversity values of some of the area of the right of way of the proposed Bago to Kyaikto Road. The survey was conducted in 12 June 2018 to 18 June 2018, focusing on mammals, birds, reptiles, amphibians and fish. The plant and animal species of the project area were identified and noted. Levels of disturbance to the natural areas were recorded. 425. In order to ensure that the surveys include a representative selection of habitat types, precise sample sites were selected on the basis of elevation and vegetation type using a combination of 1:50000 maps, satellite images, a review of available literature and consultation with local residents.

D.10.8.3. Directional Walks 426. “Directional walks” were used to count animals, animal dung and tracks. These were conducted by 8 persons in 4 teams of two, the principal researcher and one research assistant.

126

Using a compass and GPS, these were undertaken each day starting at about 7-7.30 am (or immediately after dawn). The walks followed the proposed road alignment where possible and followed straight lines as much as the terrain and vegetation allowed. Data was recorded in notebooks and then transcribed onto a data-sheet after each walk. 427. The start and the end time and GPS position of each walk was recorded, together with straight distance walked. Although the direction is “straight” following the proposed alignment of the road the surveyors meandered in order to capture all available data. This was shown in GPS tracks. Average speed is about 2km/h. This allowed for the calculation of a gross encounter rate (number of species per km walked and per sampling time) that in turn gives a proxy of relative abundance. For each sighting data was recorded on the time of encounter, species, number of individuals, group size estimation, habitat and locality notes.

D.10.8.4. Interviews with Villagers 428. In each area visited by the survey team, interviews were conducted with the villagers who live adjacent to the proposed road for the presence and abundance of animals, fish, flora and fauna in the area. Data from local wet markets (fish and vegetables) were included. A representative group of the people were interviewed for presence and abundance of medium to large mammals and sites of higher abundance. Field guides and photographs of key species were used to facilitate identification. A preliminary list could then be compiled.

D.10.8.5. Biodiversity Findings 429. The areas between Bago and Sittaung Rivers are flat and some parts were flooded during the survey period. The area was covered with croplands particularly with rice field. The proposed road passes some areas of rubber and oil palm plantation and cashew nut orchard at the Kyaikto segment. Aquatic habitats were observed in Bago and Sittaung Rivers and related water bodies. Large area of the proposed road was situated in cropland habitat and the proposed road passed small patches of plantation and orchard habitats.

D.10.8.6. Flora 430. A total of 129 plant species were recorded along the proposed road. Most of the plant species were common to the region and a small number of tree species were observed at Kyaikto segment. Almost all of the area between Bago and Sittaung river was covered with rice field, and the area included grass, herb and small plant species. The grass species were Andrapogan brevifolius (L.), Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers., Cyperus rotundus (L.), Echinochloa crus-galli (L.) P. Beauv., Echinochola colona (L.) Link., Eleusine indica (L.), Eragrostella bifaria Wt., and Virgaatus sp. Stapf. The common herb species noted along the proposed road were Abutilon indicum (L.) Sweet., Alocasia sp., Centella asiatica (L.) Urb., Chromolaena odorata (L.) R.M. King & H Robinson, Cleome burmanii Wight & Arn, Eclipta alba (L.) Hassk., Euphorbia hypericfolia (L.), Heliotropium indicum (L.), Hyptis suaveolens (L. ) Poit., Indigofera atropurpurea Bucb-Ham., Physalis minima (L.), Physalis minima (L.), Tridax procumbens (L.), and Triumfetta bartramia (L.). The common shrub specie included Clerodendrum indicum (L.) Kuntze, and Ricinus communis (L.). The tree species recorded were only a small number; most of the plant species were grass, herb and shrub species which were found as large cover of the vegetation areas. The plant species recorded in plantation areas were Hevea braziliensis and Elaeis guineensis Jacq. The orchard plant species recorded was Anacardium occidentale L. Two plantation tree species of Hevea braziliensis and Elaeis guineensis Jacq, and one orchard tree species of Anacardium occidentale (L.) were noted at Kyaikto segment.

D.10.8.7. Birds 431. A total of 47 bird species were recorded along the proposed road. Most of the bird species recorded were common to the region and threatened species were not observed during the survey period. One endemic species, Chatarrhaea gularis, was observed at some segments of the proposed new road. Two near-threatened species of Anhinga melanogaster

127

(Oo pan) and Ploceus hypoxanthus (Sar war) were observed at some segments of the proposed road.

D.10.8.8. Mammals 432. A total of five mammal species were recorded during the survey period. The species Mus cervicolor, Bandicota indica, Bandicota bengalensis, Rhizomy spruinosus were noted to occur at the crop land area and the species Callosciurus phayrei was observed at the orchard and plantation areas. Threatened mammal species were not observed in the proposed project area.

D.10.8.9. Amphibian 433. A total of five amphibian species, Rana limnocharis, Occidozyga lima, Bufo melanostictus, Kaloula pulchra. and Rhacophorus sp., were recorded during the survey period. No threatened species was noted in the area.

D.10.8.10. Reptiles 434. A total of nine reptile species were noted during the survey period. Among the recorded reptile species, the species Morenia ocellata is an endemic turtle species of Myanmar, this species is listed by the IUCN as Vulnerable. This species occurs at the aquatic areas of the Bago-Sittaung river basin. The common species listed during the survey period were Calotes versicolor, Gekko gecko and Lygosoma bowringii.

D.10.8.11. Fish 435. The fish were recorded by observation, interview surveys and market surveys. The data were also obtained from secondary data available from universities. A total of 49 fish species were noted for Bago River and 39 fish species for Sittaung River. The fish species recorded in some flood plains connected to the Bago river and Sittaung river were same species of the rivers. No threatened fish species was recorded in the present study. Among the recorded fish species, some commercial species like Notopterus chitala, Catla catla, Cirrhinus mrigala, Sperata acicularis, Wallago attu, Silonia silondia, Pangasius pangasius are noted.

D.10.9. Biodiversity Index

D.10.9.1. Abundance 436. The results presented in Figure D-36 show the abundance of certain taxa over others. The alignment contains a high variety of plants doubtless due to the fertile soils. This is followed by birds which is not surprising as the area is known to be an Important Bird Area. Fish are also prevalent in many species in both the major rivers, being the Bago and Sittaung. Reptiles and amphibians are not dominant and very few mammals were present.

128

SPECIES ABUNDANCE

Fish , 49 Reptiles , 9

Amphibians , 5 Plants , 129

Mammals , 5 Birds , 47

Source: Environmental Myanmar Cooperative, 2018 Figure D-39 Species Abundance

D.10.9.2. Dominance 437. Ecological dominance is the degree to which a taxon is more numerous than its competitors in an ecological community or makes up more of the biomass. Most ecological communities are defined by their dominant species. The Simpson’s reciprocal index is a dominance index because it gives more weight to common or dominant species.

438. D is a measure of diversity, so as D increases, diversity (in the sense of evenness) decreases. Simpson’s index is usually reported as its complement 1-D. Since D takes on values between zero and one and approaches one in the limit of a monoculture, (1-D) provides an intuitive proportional measure of diversity that is much less sensitive to species richness. In this case the reciprocal of the Simpson Index, which is D-1, is 0.641. This shows the dominance of plants in the area over other species.

D.10.9.3. Diversity 439. A diversity index is a mathematical measure of species diversity in a given community. It is based on the species richness which is the number of species present and species abundance which is the number of individuals per species Consequently the more species present the more diverse is the area and the higher the species diversity index. The equations for the Shannon (also known as Shannon Weaver) Index is being used here.

440. In the Shannon index, p is the proportion (n/N) of individuals of one particular species found (n) divided by the total number of individual s found (N), ln is the natural log, Σ is the sum of the calculations, and s is the number of species.

129

441. Typical values are generally between 1 and 3.5 in most ecological studies, and the index is rarely greater than 4. If it is a maximum, then all species occur in similar number of individuals and is lowest when the sample contain one species. In this case the Shannon Weaver Index is 1.258 showing the area is not particularly high in terms of diversity of species.

D.10.10. Biodiversity Baseline Survey around Sittaung Bridge (JICA EIA) 442. A separate biodiversity survey was conducted in the framework of the EIA prepared for the Sittaung Bridge, covering mammals, birds, amphibians, reptiles, Insects, fish, phytoplankton, zooplankton, benthos and flora. The survey area and dates are presented in the table below. Key findings are presented below. Full results are documented in the JICA EIA for the Sittaung Bridge. The bird survey was conducted during migratory season. Table D-16 Survey Items and Date on Fauna and Flora Survey Area Remarks Item Date Time (Survey Range) (Season)

East Bank 3rd – 4th of Feb. 2018 06:00-17:00 Dry Season 1 Mammal West Bank 5th of Feb. 2018 06:00-17:00 Dry Season 07:00-10:00 Dry Season East Bank (app.1km) 3rd – 4th of Feb. 2018 15:00-18:00 (migration season) 2 Birds 07:00-10:00 Dry Season West Bank (app.1km) 5th of Feb. 2018 15:00-18:00 (migration season) East Bank 3rd – 4th of Feb. 2018 19:00-23:00 Dry Season 3 Amphibians West Bank 5th of Feb. 2018 19:00-23:00 Dry Season East Bank 3rd – 4th of Feb. 2018 19:00-23:00 Dry Season 4 Reptile West Bank 5th of Feb. 2018 19:00-23:00 Dry Season

Insects East Bank 3rd – 4th of Feb. 2018 06:00-17:00 Dry Season 5 (Dragonfly and West Bank 5th of Feb. 2018 06:00-17:00 Dry Season Butterfly) West Bank (Guidebank) 23rd of May, 2018 09:00-13:00 Rainy Season East Bank 3rd – 4th of Feb. 2018 06:00-17:00 Dry Season West Bank 5th of Feb. 2018 06:00-17:00 Dry Season

Sittaung River 22nd of May, 2018 10:00-13:30 Rainy Season 6 Flora (Embankment) Shangai Creek and Sittaung River 23rd of May, 2018 09:00-13:00 Rainy Season (Guidebank) Terrestrial Survey Sittaung River 4th of Feb. 2018 07:00-17:00 Dry Season Sittaung River 22nd of May, 2018 10:00-13:30 Rainy Season (Embankment) 7 Fish Shangai Creek and Sittaung River 23rd of May, 2018 09:00-13:00 Rainy Season

(Guidebank) 8 Phytoplankton Sittaung River 2nd of Feb. 2018 08:00-11:00 Dry Season 9 Zooplankton Sittaung River 2nd of Feb. 2018 14:00-17:00 Dry Season 10 Benthos Sittaung River 3rd of Feb. 2018 08:00-11:00 Dry Season Aquatic Survey Source: Draft EIA for Sittaung Bridge, January 2019

130

Bago New Sittaung Bridge, Guidebank and Mon State Region Revetment (including ROW)

Legend Sittaung Important Birds Baseline Survey Point Area (IBA)/ Key

Biodiversity Area (KBA) ▲ Terrestrial Survey Aquatic Survey ★ ■ Guidebank-Revetment Survey

Figure D-40 Fauna and Flora Survey Areas and Points (Source: Draft EIA for Sittaung Bridge, January 2019)

443. Birds. A total of (27) families representing (51) species were identified in the survey. All observed species are categorized as Least Concern (LC) on the Red List of International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN). No EN, VU and NT were observed. 15 species are resident and 36 species are migratory species. Resident and migratory species are feeding in the open land, forests and swampy part of the river, and roosting and nesting in the nearest forests and grass area. 444. Amphibian and Reptile. A total of (10) families representing (14) species were identified in the survey area. All observed species are categorized as Least Concern (LC) or Not Evaluated (NE) on the Red List of International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN). 445. Insects. A total of Dragonfly & Butterfly of (10) families representing (28) species were identified in the survey area. All observed species are categorized as Least Concern (LC) or Not Evaluated (NE) on the Red List of International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN). 446. Fish. 30 species were identified during the site survey and 12 species have been listed based on interviews with fishermen. Most of the species are categorized as NE, LC and DD except Wallago attu, a catfish categorized NT (Near Threatened). According to information on the IUCN website, this species are common food fish in South Asia such as India, thus population is decreasing due to this overexploitation. 447. Phytoplankton. According to the result of the present survey, species composition of phytoplankton was low (35 species) due to the effect of high turbidity of the Sittaung River.

D.11. Socio-economic Conditions

D.11.1. Baseline Socioeconomic Survey 448. A socio-economic survey (SES) of the 600 affected households was conducted in the villages near the highway alignment. SES data will constitute the reference point for

131

assessment of how land acquisition and resettlement caused by the Project may affect socioeconomic conditions of the affected households. 449. This work was done with first a desk review of data from secondary sources, including Government and non-government organization (NGO) records. Then surveys were done with focus group discussions with different target groups of interest; and key informant interviews. 450. Key-Informant Interviews (KIIs) include KII with Village tract administrator (including existing statistical data on Village Tract and villages), KII with Health centre staff, KII with Ethnic minority group leader/elder (when relevant, in Village Tracts with significant minority ethnic group populations), and KII with local women’s organization/female leaders. See Table D-17 for summary of interviews conducted.

Table D-17 Key Informant Interviews and Focus Group Discussions

Key Informant Interviews Focus Group Discussions Village Tract Health Ethnic Local Female Male Local Young Administrator Centre Minority Women’s Farmers Farmers Entrepreneurs People Staff Group Leader Leader Source: The Consultants, 2018 451. The Focus Group Discussions (FGDs) included FGD with female farmers, FGD with male farmers, FGD with local entrepreneurs (50/50 women and men when possible), and FGD with young people/students 16–18 years old (50/50 male and female).

D.11.2. Results of Socio-economic Survey 452. The Project will be constructed in the areas of 29 villages of 25 village tracts of Bago, Thanatpin, Waw and Kyaikto townships. 453. The Inventory of Losses (IOL) identified Affected Households (AHs), Severely Affected Households (SAHs) and Vulnerable Affected Households (VAHs). A socio-economic household survey (SES) was conducted in July - August 2018. The households to be surveyed were randomly selected from the IOL. The SES covered 979 persons in 26 villages accounting for 182 AHs or 40.9% of the total AHs. 454. Of these, 179 households are SAHs and 89 households are VAHs. It is noted that 86 surveyed households are both SAHs and VAHs. 455. The SES was also supplemented with 30 in-depth interviews with key-informants from village tract and village administrations and 45 FGDs with groups of relocation households, groups of affected women, and groups of marginally AHs. In addition to the questionnaire survey, secondary data of the project villages was also collected from Township level Departments and village tract offices. 456. The total population of the affected villages is 61,597 (11,522 households), of which females account for 52.2%. The average size of households is 5.3 persons. 457. Most of the households in the villages (48.1%) are living in houses on stilts. The percentage of households who are using one-storey houses is 18.8%. Other households use two or three-houses and temporary houses with the percentages of 15.0% and 18.0%, respectively. 458. Most of the surveyed household heads (52.5%) are in the age group from 41-60 years old. With regard to the surveyed household members, they are mostly in the age group from 18 to 45 years-old (47.4%).

132

459. Regarding education levels of heads of the surveyed households, 68.7% are primary school graduates; 17.0% are secondary school graduates; 11.0% are high school graduates and only 3.3% have college or university level of education. No household heads are illiterate. 460. Some 618 out of 979 surveyed Displaced Person (DPs) in the project villages are in the working age group, accounting for 63.1%. The results show that 471 out of 618 persons in the working age group are employed. Percentage of female and male HH members in the working age group employed is distributed unevenly with 266 male members, accounting for 56.5% and 205 female members, representing 43.5%. 461. Most of the surveyed AH members are engaged in farming, accounting for 42.8% of total surveyed household members. Running a business is the main occupation of 5.2% of surveyed household members. The percentage of government employees is very small, only 2.9%. Additionally, there are 5.2% and 10.8% whose main occupations are daily hired labor and factory worker, respectively. 462. The most common main household income was farming with 42.3%, followed by salary from working as an employee (20.9%), earnings from doing business (14.3%), and wage from daily hired labor (12.6%). A few households (6.0%) depend on remittances from relatives (6.0%). 463. The average income of the surveyed households is $438/household/month. Most of the surveyed households (48.4%) have an average monthly income in the range of $198 – $460 while 19.2% of the surveyed households reported earning an average monthly income which is in the range of $461 to $724. The number of households whose monthly income varies from $725 to $1,119 and those with monthly income over $1,119 are equal at 6.6%. 464. The average monthly expenditures of the surveyed households is about $338 per household, of which 51% is expenses of daily activities such as food, water, power, etc., 19.3% is expenses of production, 13.4% is spent on education, 8.2% is for health examination and treatment and 8.3% is for other activities. 465. Although the SES result shows that the average monthly household income is a bit less than the average monthly household expenditures, only 25 households reported that they have savings while other 138 households responded that they have debt with the debt amount ranging $658 – $2,633. They borrowed money from agriculture banks and private lenders to invest their farming and spending for health examination and treatment. Household assets include motorbikes, smart-phones and televisions owned by 54.9%, 77.5% and 59.3% of the households, respectively. 466. The surveyed AHs use water equally from three sources which are dug wells, drilled wells and rainwater/water from ponds. Regarding energy source for cooking, wood/coal is the most popular in the project area, 73.6% of the surveyed households are using this energy while electricity is used by 24.2% of the surveyed households. They also complained that the electricity supplies are very low in voltage and power outages occur quite often. 467. The majority of surveyed households (81.3%) use pit latrines while 9.4% use other types of latrines such as latrines with septic tanks, one-compartment latrines and two- compartment latrines. A small percentage, 9.3%, still has no toilet and these households use their backyard gardens for defecation and urination. 468. Kindergarten, primary school, medical service unit, and pharmacy facilities are available in the commune while hospital, centre market as well as high schools are located in the district centre. The respondents reported that most of the village roads were constructed by their own budgets. The roads are narrow gravel roads and they become worse during the rainy season. As a result, it takes them a lot of time for travelling, and their travelling is not safe. In the project area, both men and women are actively engaged in various activities in the family.

133

469. Most of household decision-making was reported by surveyed households to be shared between husbands and wives. However, where one or the other is the main decision maker, it tended to be the husband. For complete details please refer to the full Socio- Economic Report.

D.11.3. Poverty and Social Assessment (PSA) 470. Myanmar, a lower-middle income economy with a gross national income (GNI) per capita of $1,455 in 2017, is one of the fastest growing economies in the East Asia and Pacific region and globally. The gross domestic product (GDP) growth rate for 2016-17 was 6.4% and is expected to remain the same in 2017-18, growing to 6.7% in 2018-19 and 7% in 2019-2020, mainly driven by services, industry and agriculture. 471. Growth may be hampered by challenges including the ongoing and incomplete peace process with multiple ethnic armed organizations and the crisis in Rakhine State. The country must continue to improve its investment climate, banking sector and strengthen its implementation capacity on major reform programs. 472. Poverty in Myanmar has declined from 44.5% in 2004 to 37.5% in 2009-10 and 26.1% in 2015, according to the recent Myanmar-World Bank joint poverty analysis. However, poverty remains substantial, especially in rural areas where people rely on agricultural and casual employment for their livelihoods. Those who live near the poverty line are susceptible to economic shocks. 473. Among ASEAN countries, Myanmar has the lowest life expectancy and the second- highest rate of infant and child mortality. Out of every 100 children, 6.2 die before their first birthday and 7.2 before their fifth (Population and Housing Census, 2014). In terms of nutrition, 29% of children under 5 are moderately stunted and 8% are severely stunted (Demographic and Health Survey, 2015). The school dropout rate is high, especially in rural areas where 6 out of 10 children who start grade one dropout before the end of middle school; among the poorest families, this figure is 7 in 10. 474. Access to basic infrastructure and services remains a challenge in both rural and urban areas. Only one-third of the population has access to the national electricity grid, while road density remains low at 219.8 kilometres per 1,000 square kilometres of land area. However, with the recent liberalization of the telecommunications sector, mobile and internet penetration has increased significantly from less than 20% and 10% in 2014, to 60% and 25% respectively in 2016. Myanmar is one of the world’s most disaster-prone countries exposed to multiple hazards, including floods, cyclones, earthquakes, landslides, and droughts, ranking 2nd out of 187 countries in the 2016 Global Climate Risk Index and 9th out of 191 countries in the INFORM Index for Risk Management.

D.11.4. Ecotourism, cultural resources 475. Myanmar has 21 designated Ecotourism sites (Figure D-38). Kyaitko is a well-known tourist area with many historical and cultural artefacts. This main ecotourism area lies well to the north of the alignment.

134

Source: Ministry of Environmental Conservation and Forestry; Ministry of Hotels and Tourism 2015 Figure D-41 Ecotourism sites 476. No registered cultural heritage site is located within the road’s footprint. A well-known ancient city named Kyaik Ka Thar is located approximately 4.5km away from the bridge location. This city is not registered as designated cultural heritage, however, the city is well known in Mon state.

Project Area (New Sittaung Bridge) (App. 2.3km (bridge with approach bridge and road, guidebank and revetment))

Figure D-42 Major Cultural Heritage Site (Kyaik Ka Thar)

135

D.12. Identification of Valued Environmental Receptors (VER) 477. The impact assessment process utilised in this report is based around the identification of Valued Environmental Receptors (VERs). Overall VER’s for the project impact assessment are listed in Section E. However, within the generic VER’s are individual locations considered to be sensitive to change. These are discussed in the following sections where sensitive receptors are houses, hospitals, schools, etc. 478. As will be seen in Section E.1 a key aspect of the impact assessment process is the identification of those environmental (including social) receptors within the projects area of influence. In this EIA such receptors are referred to as Valued Environmental Receptors (VERs). Based on baseline data collection as set out in this section and in the associated appendices, a number of VER’s for the project have been established. These are discussed below. 479. A total of forty-three Valued Environmental Receptors (VER) were identified and used during the assessment process. A full listing of these and their ascribed value or sensitivity to change is presented in Table D-18. Table D-18 Valued Environmental Receptors (VER) VER Description of VER Value/Sensitivity Comments on VER No. 1 National Ambient Air National/High Myanmar Air Quality Standards are Quality Standards based directly on IFC/WHO guidance and so are fully applicable to the current project 2 Ground water quality National/High Myanmar has established ground standards water quality standards analogous with IFC requirements, where limits for pollutants are not within the national standards, relevant international standards have been used, for example WHO, IFC, and European Union 3 Agricultural production Regional/Moderate Agricultural production is a processes predominant land use across the proposed route alignment 4 Fishponds Local/Low Provide local sources of protein and income from fresh water fish production 5 Agricultural access Local/Low Ability of land owners, workers and others to move across agricultural land is important in accessing fields, production areas and agricultural infrastructure features such as irrigation and drainage control 6 Agricultural Local/Low Physical aspects of the agricultural infrastructure, e.g. wells, production system irrigation systems, ditches

136

VER Description of VER Value/Sensitivity Comments on VER No. 7 Stupa and Pagoda National/High ______8 Residential clusters/ National/High Occupants sensitive to noise, air units and occupants quality, traffic impacts etc. 9 River Sittaung National/High Dynamics of river banks, sediment etc 10 Local residents National/High People living within area of influence of the project 11 General local air quality Regional/Moderate ______along route alignment 12 Views from tourism Regional/Moderate ______areas 13 Workers National/High ______14 Unknown Artefacts International/Extre Risk based - set as me international/extreme on basis of precautionary approach 15 UN Convention on International/Extre ______Biological Diversity me 16 Protected Area - Gulf of International/Extre ______Mottama Ramsar Site me 17 Protected Sites - Gulf of International/Extre ______Mottama Important Bird me Area 18 Moyungyi Wetland International/Extre Ramsar site Wildlife Sanctuary - me Ramsar 19 Kelatha Wildlife National/High National Designated Site Sanctuary 20 Kyaikhtiyoe Wildlife National/High Nationally designated site Sanctuary 21 Forest reserves - Belin, Regional/Moderate ______Wut Wun Taung, The Phyu Chaung 22 Spoon-billed sandpiper International/Extre IUCN Critically endangered - reported (Calidris pygmaea) me that over 50 % of the global population winters in Gulf of Mottama areas 23 Yellow-breasted bunting International/Extre Critically endangered species known (Emberiza aureola) me to have traditionally overwintered in area of project 24 Sonneratia griffithii National/High Critically Endangered Species 25 White-throated babbler Regional/Moderate Regional endemic species - IUCN (Chatarrhaea gularis) Least Concern

137

VER Description of VER Value/Sensitivity Comments on VER No. 26 Morenia ocellata Regional/Moderate Endemic species with IUCN Vulnerable classification 27 Gravel and soils Regional/Moderate Sources of gravel and soils from local quarries 28 Schools Local/Low ______29 Monasteries Regional/Moderate ______30 Residential properties Local/Low Sensitivity to vibration etc 31 Traffic flows on existing Local/Low ______routes 32 Existing waste Regional/Moderate Capacity of landfill sites and recycling management resource facilities capacity in local area 33 Soils as a resource Regional/Moderate Soil structure, chemical status and value as a resource in its own right 34 Soil chemical status National/High Utilises international standards in standards absence of National acceptable levels 35 Movement of vessels Regional/Moderate ______along rivers and canal 36 River Sittaung - water International/Extre International sensitivity based on quality me designation for biodiversity 37 All other water courses, Regional/Moderate Sensitivity to change from pollution canals, ditches etc etc 38 General common Local/Low ______ecological resources - species and habitat 39 Income from Agricultural Regional/Moderate ______activities 40 Graves and burial areas Regional/Moderate ______41 General Local/Low ______community/institutional Facilities 42 Critical habitats International/Extre Includes habitats and those species me for which CH has been designated 43 Landscape Character Regional/Moderate ______and Public Views

D.13. Sensitive Receptors 480. A specific survey identified 36 temples and monasteries, 16 schools, two nursing homes, one hospital and one orphanage / school. Identification of sensitive receptors within the three corridors of impacts is given in Table D-19, Table D-20 and Table D-21.

138

Table D-19 Culturally Sensitive Receptors

Culturally Sensitive Receptors

Towns Chainage / Distance from edge of 70m ROW / Name Pagoda / stupa Monastery School Sta. Distance Name Sta. Distance Name Sta. Distance Name Nyanug Bago 0+000 700 In Ban Nar Bago 0+100 200 Gon Ban Nar Bago 0+200 200 Gon Bago Bago 2+700 1200 College Phaya Phaya Bago 3+000 1000 Thone Su 3+000 1000 Thone Su Zay Bago Nyaung 4+100 750 Pin Bago 4+500 550 Auk Si Di 4+500 550 Auk Si Di Zay Zay Bago Nyaung Nyaung 6+100 515 Pin 6+100 515 Pin Bago 7+400 1850 Saing Di 7+400 1850 Saing Di Mok Ka Bago 8+100 500 La Bago 12+300 2425 Thanatpin 12+300 2425 Thanatpin Thanatpin 14+400 780 Pa Ye Waw 15+200 830 Sun Pi Kyaik min Kyaik min Waw 19+100 400 ga law 19+100 400 ga law Min Ywa Waw 21+300 1700 Taung zu Min Ywa Waw kyaung 21+700 1070 zu Nyaung Waw 24+900 1270 thon gwa Waw 27+600 1420 Mo net Waw 29+800 620 Daw wa Nyaung Waw 32+200 750 Gaing Waw 34+600 815 Ka Dut Sup pa Kyaik Hto 51+900 2140 nu Kyaik Hto 54+600 1555 Ka Lun Kyaik Ka Kyaik Hto 57+700 4900 tha Kyaik Hto 57+900 4700 Kaw san Ma Law Kyaik Hto 61+100 4420 gyaing Ma Law Kyaik Hto 61+300 3580 gyaing Kyaik Hto 63+500 350 Baik Ka Mok Ka Kyaik Hto 63+900 3540 Mu Kyaik Hto 65+000 3185 Bo ya gy Kyaik Hto 65+000 1650 Win Pyan Total 12 16 9 Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant 2019

139

Table D-20 Sensitive location identified by Resettlement Team in the 70m ROW

Sensitive location identified by Resettlement Team in the 70m ROW SN Chainage Name 1 Km 00 to Km 02 Fish ponds which are not in the ROW 2 Km 12 Fish ponds which are not in the ROW 3 Km 14+500 Graves / cemetery area 4 Km 25+300 Stupa 5 Km 54 to Km 55 Prison Farm 6 Km 58+000, 64+000 and 73+000 Gas Pipelines 7 Km 61+100 Shrine belonging to Sein Ka Lae village : 10sqm

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant 2019

Table D-21 Sensitive locations identified from Drone Surveys within 500m of ROW

Sensitive location identified from Drone Surveys within 500m of ROW SN Chainage Name 1 0+800 Temporary dwellings, food and shops, near start point to be avoided during construction 2 1+000 Farm buildings to be avoided during construction 3 1+200 Hotels and gardens 4 1+200 Hotel buildings to be avoided during construction 5 1+300 Fish ponds to be avoided 6 12+100 Fish ponds to be avoided 7 14+500 Graves 10 metres outside the ROW 8 25+300 Stupa 50 m outside the ROW 9 41+100 Residential properties at 130m from edge of ROW 10 51+600 Residential dwellings at 185m from ROW 11 54+900 Prison Farm 12 61+100 Shrine belonging to Sein Ka Lae village: 10sqm 13 63+700 New buildings 69 m and 164 m from alignment

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant 2019

D.14. Climate Change

D.14.1. NAPA Report 481. The NAPA Report (Myanmar’s National Adaptation Programme of Action (NAPA) to Climate Change, 2012) includes the following climate change projections for Myanmar: (i) “an increase in the temperature across the whole country, particularly from December to May with the Central and Northern regions experiencing the greatest increases; (ii) “an increase in clear sky days exacerbating drought periods; (iii) “an increase in rainfall variability during the rainy season including an increase across the whole country from March to November (particularly in Northern Myanmar), and decrease between December and February;

140

(iv) “an increase in the risk of flooding resulting from a late onset and early withdrawal of monsoon events; (v) “an increase in the occurrence and intensity of extreme weather events, including cyclones/strong winds, flood/storm surge, intense rains, extreme high temperatures and drought.” 482. For the climate change scenarios, the period of interest is mid-21st century (2041- 2060). Uncertainty associated with future climate change projections is accounted for by considering outputs from different climate models and emissions scenarios, referred to as Representative Concentration Pathways (RCPs) for the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change’s (IPCC’s) Fifth Assessment Report (AR5).

D.14.2. Climate Risk 483. Myanmar ranked second out of 183 countries most affected by extreme weather events between 1995 and 2014 in the Global Climate Risk Index. This ranking was mainly due to the damage and loss of life caused by Cyclone Nargis in 2008.

D.14.3. Uncertainty in Projecting Climate Change 484. There is a degree of uncertainty associated with predicting future climate conditions as they have yet to occur (Horton et al., 2015b), but this uncertainty should not be a reason for inaction or for not using projections to inform decision-making. 485. Climate projections are a range of possible outcomes, rather than a single number for a time period. Projections are presented as ranges which are estimates based on the outcomes of the 21 global climate models under two greenhouse gas emissions scenarios. The low estimate is the 25th percentile of the 21 global climate models under the RCP 4.5 emissions scenario and the high estimate is the 75th percentile of the 21 global climate models under the RCP 8.5 emissions scenario.

D.14.4. Present Climate 486. Currently, Myanmar experiences a tropical-monsoon climate with three dominant seasons: The March to May hot season, the June to October wet season and the November to February cool season. 487. Myanmar consists of eight major physiographic regions: The Ayeyarwaddy Delta, Central Dry Zone, Northern Hilly Region, Rakhine Coastal Region, Eastern Hilly Region, Southern Coastal Region, Yangon Deltaic Region, and Southern Interior Region (Figure D- 34). 488. There are pronounced regional differences in climate. The Central Dry Zone is a large inland swath of the country that is prone to extreme heat events and drought. The rainy coasts, such as the Rakhine, Southern Coastal and Yangon Deltaic areas, are slightly cooler in annual average temperature but are prone to flooding. Further inland are the cooler Northern and Eastern Hilly regions, which experience heat waves, droughts and floods which can lead to landslides. 489. The Yangon Deltaic Region has the highest mean temperature. Because of its higher elevation, the Northern Hilly Region has the lowest mean and maximum annual temperature. This pattern remains consistent for seasonal temperature, such that the Yangon Deltaic has the highest mean and maximum annual temperatures for the hot, cool and wet seasons. The pattern for the Northern Hilly Region is similar, with the lowest mean and maximum annual temperature for the hot and cool seasons, with only one exception that the wet season has the same mean annual temperature as the Eastern Hilly Region. The Physiographic Regions of Myanmar are shown in Figure D-40.

141

Figure D-43 Physiographic regions of Myanmar 490. Myanmar receives most of its rainfall during the wet monsoon season. The hot and cool seasons bring little rainfall, with the cool season especially yielding very little rainfall for all regions. In the hot and cool seasons, the Southern Coastal Region receives the most rainfall, with the second-highest rainfall observed in the Northern Hilly Region (hot season) and Ayeyarwaddy Delta (cool season). The highest annual precipitation is observed in the Rakhine Coastal Region, followed by the Ayeyarwaddy Delta, with the same pattern being observed in the wet season.

D.14.5. Historical Trends 491. The lowest annual precipitation is observed in the Eastern Hilly Region, followed by the Northern Hilly Region. These regions also receive the lowest wet-season precipitation, with the Eastern Hilly Region receiving the lowest, followed by the Northern Hilly Region. The same pattern is observed during the wet season. In the hot season, the lowest precipitation is observed in the Eastern Hilly Region, followed by the Southern Interior Region. In the cool season, the Southern Interior Region receives the least rainfall, followed by the Yangon Deltaic Region. 492. National average daily temperatures based on 19 weather stations across Myanmar increased by about 0.25°C per decade during the period 1981-2010, and daily maximum temperatures have risen at a slightly faster rate of 0.4°C per decade over the same period. These rates are similar to global averages for the same time period (IPCC 2014). 493. The coastal regions experience much greater amounts of annual rainfall than inland areas. Coastal areas have experienced an increase of 157mm (4.5%) per decade in annual total rainfall, driven by gains in rainfall during the November-to-May dry season (85mm per decade or 17% per decade) compared to gains during June-to-October monsoon months (72mm per decade or 2.5% per decade).

142

494. Compared to coastal areas, increases in inland annual precipitation have been more moderate at 37mm (2.5%) per decade. Globally, increased monsoonal rains are attributed largely to the increase in atmospheric moisture content (Christensen et al., 2014) Since 1981- 2010 annual precipitation totals have increased, implying that rainfall events have become more intense.

D.14.6. Average Temperature Projections 495. The average annual temperature in Myanmar is expected to rise over the coming century as a result of climate change, though the magnitude of warming varies by region and season. 496. During the 2011-2040 period, national annual average temperatures are projected to rise by 0.7-1.1°C compared with the 1980-2005 base period, while warming trends may accelerate beyond 2040, raising average temperatures by 1.3-2.7°C. These changes are mean temperatures so that some areas will experience more warming than the average. 497. While the cool (November-February) and hot seasons (March-May) are most likely to warm at a similar rate to the annual average, wet season temperature changes are projected to be smaller. By 2041-2070, wet season (June to October) mean temperatures are projected to increase by 1.1oC to 2-4°C, which is 0.3-0.5°C less than the projected warming during the remainder of the year.

D.14.7. Average Precipitation Projections 498. Precipitation patterns across Myanmar are projected to change over the coming century. The IPCC Fifth Assessment Report emphasizes the high uncertainty and spatial variation in projected precipitation shifts. Uncertainty in precipitation change is higher than temperature. 499. Current wet season months (June to October) are projected to have more rainfall. Cool season (November to February) and hot season (March to May) precipitation may increase or decrease. The modelling is uncertain.

D.14.8. Average Sea Level Rise Projections 500. Sea level rise projections have been developed for the Myanmar coastline. Local land subsidence is negligible along much of the coast. 501. Median sea level rise estimates for 2020-2029 time period are 50mm to 130mm above the baseline level. By the 2050-2059 time period, sea level may rise 200mm to 410mm above the baseline. In the 2080-2089 time period, the middle range of projections estimate sea level to be between 370mm to 830mm above the baseline. Global estimates for this time period are 500mm or 0.5m. 502. Myanmar is highly vulnerable to coastal flooding. Increased sea level would carry flooding further inland in the future. It has been estimated by MONREC that a 0.5-meter rise in sea levels could lead to a retreat of the coastline by approximately 10 kilometres in Myanmar's lowest lying areas.

D.14.9. Extreme Events 503. Two extreme events in Myanmar are tropical cyclones and monsoons. A tropical cyclone is a strong, cyclonic-scale disturbance that originates over tropical oceans, which is distinguished from weaker systems by exceeding a threshold wind speed of 32 ms-1 or higher. Conditions that induce cyclone formation include high sea surface temperatures above 28°C, a thermodynamically unstable atmosphere, and low vertical wind shear. 504. Monsoons are a seasonal phenomenon that generally produce the majority of wet season rainfall within the tropics. A monsoon is defined as a tropical and subtropical seasonal

143

reversal in both the surface winds and associated precipitation, caused by differential heating between a continental-scale land mass and the adjacent ocean.

D.14.10. Tropical Cyclones 505. Tropical cyclones arrive in Myanmar via the Bay of Bengal. An average of 10 tropical cyclones form in the Bay of Bengal each year and historical records show that 6% have landfall in Myanmar. There are two peaks in tropical cyclone activity in the region each year. The first occurs just prior to the onset of the monsoon season from April to May, and the second occurs in the post-monsoon season from October to November. 506. Since 1990, the total number of tropical cyclones reaching Myanmar has increased. There are more cyclone events occurring just before the monsoon season, while after the monsoon season the number has decreased. Since 1980, cyclones generated in the Bay of Bengal have been more likely to develop into hurricane-force storms, meaning that they reach 119km/hour or greater sustained wind speeds. 507. A devastating extreme event in Myanmar was Cyclone Nargis which hit Myanmar’s Delta Region on 2 May 2008, and ranks among the deadliest cyclones ever to make landfall. 508. Cyclone Nargis was unprecedented in Myanmar. Cyclones in the region typically track to the northwest and hit Bangladesh, usually avoiding the southern coast of Myanmar. This one changed track abruptly to the northeast and made landfall across the Ayeyarwaddy River Delta where no known cyclones have impacted previously. The storm surge is estimated to have been 3-4 meters high and reached 50 kilometres upstream from the mouth of the Yangon River. It was a Category 4 storm with sustained wind speeds of 217km/hour and killed over 140,000 people.

D.14.11. Monsoons 509. Myanmar is influenced by both the South Asian and East Asian monsoons from which it receives most of its annual rainfall. The summer monsoon accounts for between 75-90% of Myanmar’s total annual rainfall. The monsoon reaches southern Myanmar around the third week of May and withdraws at the beginning of October and is generally considered to be June to September. In an average year, 1790mm of rainfall occurs nationwide. August is the wettest month, followed by July. 510. The monsoon season length is shortening due to its late onset and early withdrawal. The annual rainfall, monsoon rainfall and monsoon strength have decreased, while the number of drought years have also declined. Extreme rainfall in Myanmar has also declined. Northern and central Myanmar have experienced the earliest withdrawal of the monsoon, followed by the Delta region and southern Myanmar. Annual precipitation has increased implying that rainfall events have become more intense. 511. Globally, future monsoon onset dates are likely to be either early or remain unchanged, while monsoon retreat dates are likely to be delayed, resulting in the lengthening of the monsoon. However, the opposite is being observed to date in Myanmar, where the monsoon season is shortening due to the late onset and early withdrawal. 512. Climate models project a 5-15 percent increase in global monsoon rainfall. Projections show that precipitation gains are most likely to occur during the monsoon season but it is uncertain whether rainfall will change during the cool and hot seasons.

D.14.12. Downscaled Climate Projections Yangon Delta 513. Temperature and precipitation projections are based on the NASA Earth Exchange Global Daily Downscaled Projections (NEX-GDDP) dataset released in 2015 (NASA, 2015). It comprises downscaled climate scenarios derived from the General Circulation Model (GCM) runs conducted under the Coupled Model Intercomparison Project Phase 5 (CMIP5) for two greenhouse gas emissions scenarios RCP 4.5 and RCP 8.5.

144

514. These simulations were developed in IPCC AR5. The spatial resolution of the dataset is 0.25 degrees or approximately 25 km x 25 km. For Myanmar the two time windows represent 30-year averages of 2011-2040 and 2041-2070. All change factors are relative to the averaged 1980-2005 base period. The low estimate is the 25th percentile under RCP4.5 and the high estimate is the 75th percentile for RCP8.5. Projected changes in temperature and rainfall are presented in Table D-22 and Table D-23 respectively.

Table D-22 Mean temperature °C projected change compared to baseline 1980-2005 average

Yangon Delta Hot Season March to Wet Season June to Cool Season Region Annual May October November to February °C change on 1980-2005 Low High Low High Low High Low High average Estimate Estimate Estimate Estimate Estimate Estimate Estimate Estimate 2011-2040 0.6°C 1.0°C 0.7°C 1.1°C 0.6°C 1.0°C 0.6°C 1.1°C 2041-2070 1.2°C 2.4°C 1.2°C 2.7°C 1.1°C 2.2°C 1.2°C 2.7°C

Source data: NASA NEX-GDDP (2015)

Table D-23 Mean precipitation projected (%) change compared with baseline 1980-2005 average

Yangon Delta Hot Season Wet Season Cool Season Region Annual February to May June to October November to January % Change on 1980-2005 Low High Low High Low High Low High average Estimate Estimate Estimate Estimate Estimate Estimate Estimate Estimate 2011-2040 0% 12% -12% 19% 1% 11% -29% 14% 2041-2070 5% 24% -4% 17% 5% 26% -5% 15%

Note: Low estimate is 25th percentile of model outcomes for RCP4.5 High estimate is 75th percentile of model outcomes for RCP 8.5 Source data: NASA NEX-GDDP (2015)

515. Myanmar’s 1,930 kms coastline will experience rising seas and increasingly frequent and extreme hazards, with the low-lying Delta region likely to be most affected. Sea level rise alone will cause larger areas to be inundated during storm surges and coastal floods, even if the intensity of cyclones and coastal storms remain the same. The projections for Myanmar indicate a rise of 20-41cm by the 2050s and 37-83cm by the 2080s, with the highest projected sea level rise for this period almost 1.2 meters. 516. A well-designed road should offer some resistance to the problems associated with climate change but there are limits to how much good design practice can cover. The potential impacts of Climate Change on road projects is presented in Table D-24.

145

Table D-24 Potential Impacts of Climate Change to Road Projects3 Impacts on Road Transport Potential Climate Change Possible Solutions Infrastructure Deterioration of pavement integrity, such as softening, traffic-related Produce Marshall Mix Design with rutting, and migration of liquid asphalt increased voids. No direct cost Increases in very hot days due to increase in temperature. and heat waves Careful design of expansion joints. Thermal expansion of bridge Use high quality Expansion Joints expansion joints and paved surfaces +5% of Bridge Costs Increases in very hot days Corrosion of steel reinforcements in Use correct cover of reinforcing and heat waves and concrete structures due increase in steel. Good design practice. No decreased precipitation surface salt levels in some locations direct cost Damage to highways, roads, underground tunnels, and bridges Use protection works where due to flooding, inundation in coastal appropriate areas, and coastal erosion Damage to infrastructure from Iand Use good design practice. No subsidence and landslides direct cost

Sea level rise and storm More frequent flooding of surges underground tunnels and low-lying Increase embankment height infrastructure Erosion of road base and bridge Use good design practice. No supports direct cost Reduced clearance under bridges Increase clearance Decreased expected lifetime of Use good design practice. No highways exposed to storm surges direct cost Damage to roads, subterranean Increase drainage facilities in both tunnels, and drainage systems due to number and size flooding Increase in scouring of roads, Use protection works where bridges, and support structures appropriate Increase in intense Damage to road infrastructure due to Use good design practice. No precipitation events Landslides direct cost Increase drainage facilities in both Overloading of drainage systems number and size Deterioration of structural integrity of Use good design practice. No roads, bridges, and tunnels due to direct cost increase in soil moisture levels Damage to road infrastructure and Use protection works where increased probability of infrastructure appropriate failures Increase of storm intensity Increased threat to stability of bridge Increase clearance decks Increased damage to signs, lighting Use good design practice. No fixtures, and supports direct cost Suspension bridges, signs, and tall Use good design practice. No Increase in wind speed structures at risk from increasing wind direct cost speeds

Source: The Consultants, 2018

3 Guidelines for Climate Proofing Investment in the Transport Sector Road Infrastructure Projects, August 2011, Asian Development Bank, ISBN 978-92-9092-388-6, Publication Stock No. TIM113627

146

D.14.1. Recommendation for Rainfall Increase 517. Based on the analysis given an increase of 15% should be applied to all extreme rainfall figures used in the hydrologic assessment.

D.14.2. Cost to make Bago-Kyaikto Expressway Climate Resilient 518. The quantities that must be increased are shown in Table D-25 The full CRVA is given in Appendix F. Table D-25 Quantities of Items for Climate Resilience

Increase in # Items Measure Taken % Cost 1 Preliminaries Will increase by per-cent $211,640 0.82% 02.7.1 Embankment Increase road height by 0.40 m $2,377,969 7.16% 05.1.3 Box Culverts 1.5m x 1.5m Increase size and number $183,901 15.00% 05.1.4 Box Culverts 2.0m x 2.0m Increase size and number $273,173 15.00% 05.1.5 Box Culverts 3.0m x 3.0m Increase size and number $605,224 15.00% 05.1.6 Box Culverts 6.0m x 4.5m Increase size and number $1,109,695 15.00% 05.2.2 River Bridge Increase clearance $3,123,782 12.00% 06.1.1 Pipe Culverts 0.9m complete with HW Increase size and number $98,786 15.00% 06.1.2 Pipe Culverts 1.2m complete with HW Increase size and number $185,207 15.00% 06.2.4 Grouted Riprap, Class A Increase amount $90,551 15.00% 06.2.12 Grouted Riprap Ditch Lining Increase amount $246,959 15.00% 06.2.16 River Training & Protection, Gabions Increase amount $62,442 15.00% 08.1.2 Interchange 'Embankment Increase road height by 0.40 m $375,535 7.20% Reduction in contingencies and Taxes $1,780,028 1.57% Total Increase in Cost due to Climate Change Measures $10,724,893 2.55%

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant, 2019 519. The total incremental costs to make the road climate resilient are $10,724,900 or 2.6% of the total construction costs of the project.

147

E. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

E.1. Assessment Methodology

E.1.1. Preamble 520. The current Environmental Impact Assessment has used a standardized scoring approach to determine the severity of an impact and identification of Valued Environmental Receptors (VER) as set out in Section D-3. No scoring system is perfect, but this approach allows a rationalized standardization based on objective attributes of an impact. 521. First the potential impacts on selected VER’s are evaluated without specific mitigation measures. Then a final assessment based on the accepted mitigation measures is conducted and reported. 522. The following sections of text set out the approach to identification of impacts, determination of their severity and assessment of the significance of effect on the valued environmental receptor.

E.1.2. General Approach 523. ADB SPS approach to Environmental Impact Assessment emphasizes the interaction between the project design and the Impact Assessment process in order to allow the impact assessment to influence the design. In terms of the hierarchy of mitigation, this would represent avoidance of impacts, risks and effects through alteration of the design proposals. 524. The adherence to this general approach for the current EIA has been adopted, as set out in the following sections of text.

E.1.3. EIA as a Process 525. A fundamental aspect of the approach to the EIA is understanding that EIA is a process. It is a process which should start from the earliest concept of a project and continue through to decommissioning of a project. This process, when applied correctly assists the project to ‘design out’ potential impacts, effectively reduce those impacts which cannot be removed and provide suitable mitigation measures to ensure minimisation of effects. This ties in with the Hierarchy of Mitigation approach.

E.1.4. Environmental Design Approach 526. The environmental design approach is intended to be used across all aspects of the project and seeks to identify potential impacts or risk at an early stage and remove or minimise the impacts or risks through modification of the design. This is an iterative process, Figure E-1 provides an overview of this process. An explanation of the process is provided below the figure.

148

Figure E-1 Environmental Design Approach to EIA

Source: The ADB Environmental Consultant 2019

149

527. Any project will give rise to a number of potential impacts and risks to humans and the environment. Through the iterative process of identification of these potential impacts and risks and refinement of the design it can be seen that a number of the potential impacts and risks can be removed or ‘designed out’ of the project. This process can be referred to as ‘design or inherent mitigation’, which means the design has taken on board the possible impact or risk and mitigated it out of the Project. 528. The iterative process should take place through all stages of the design process, including site selection, project processes, alternative layouts etc. This is part of the application of the Hierarchy of Mitigation.

E.1.5. Process of determining effects 529. A standardised approach is based around standard terminology for the determination of impacts and determination of effects, their significance and mitigation or offsetting. The following sections provides an overview of proposed process of impact assessment to be used for the current projects. This section provides the conceptual model to be used for determining effects. 530. The proposed approach for impact identification and assessment of effects relating to air, land and water will be based on the Source – Pathway – Receptor – Consequence Model (SPRC). Such an approach is commonly used in contamination studies but is highly applicable for many of the elements considered in an EIA process. The model is shown diagrammatically below in Figure E-2.

Figure E-2 SPRC Model as Applied to EIA 531. The model shows that to have an effect on a receptor all elements of the chain need to be present. Therefore, an effect can only occur if there is a source (of change), a receptor upon which that change acts and a pathway between the source and receptor. 532. The SPRC conceptual model is less effective on intangible elements of the environment. These include potential exceedances of legislative standards and topics such where human perceptions and constructs are considered, for example landscape and visual impacts where individual perceptions of beauty, scenic value are important.

150

533. The SPRC model brings out some important aspects of terminology for the EIA process. The first is that the terms impact and effect are not synonymous and cannot be used interchangeably. As can be seen, the IMPACT is the change in environmental variable. The size of change can be determined objectively in cases where change can be measured or predicted, for example increases in emissions to air. 534. This IMPACT acting on the VALUED ENVIRONMENTAL RECEPTOR (VER) creates a consequence or EFFECT on that VER. 535. In order to determine the level or importance of the effects two key aspects need to be determined. These are: · Characterisation of the magnitude and nature of the impact; and · Identification of valued Environmental Receptors and their level of importance and/or sensitivity to change. 536. The following sections show how determination of VER’s and ascribing value/sensitivity was conducted for the EIA.

E.1.6. Identifying Valued Environmental Receptors (VER) 537. Based on the SPRC model it is necessary to identify receptors which will be subject to the change in environmental variable. The Valued Environmental Receptors (VER) and its sensitivity to change may not be the same for each discipline. Thus, each discipline needs to determine its own set of VER’s and ascribe values to each of them. 538. Valued Environmental Receptors can be defined as: · Elements of the environment that are of value to the functioning of natural or human systems (i.e. areas or elements of ecological, landscape or heritage value, soil and sediment, air and water bodies); and · Human receptors, such as people (i.e. users of dwellings, places of recreation, places of employment and community facilities), and human systems (e.g. employment market). 539. In addition, receptors will include legislative and policy standards and values. For example, air quality limits, noise standards and planning policy requirements. 540. The VERs are described in terms of their spatial importance and/or the sensitivity of that receptor to change due to potential impacts. The environmental value (or sensitivity) of the receptors identified will be defined using the criteria in Table E-1. Table E-1 Value and Sensitivity of Receptors used in the EIA Value / Sensitivity Description of Value

International/ Extremely High importance and rarity, international scale and limited Sensitive potential for substitution (e.g. school or hospital receptor) Extremely sensitive to change National/ Highly sensitive High importance and rarity, national scale, and limited potential for substitution (e.g. residential receptor) – very sensitive to change Regional/ Moderately High or medium importance and rarity, regional scale, limited sensitive potential for substitution (e.g. commercial or recreational receptor) and moderately sensitive to change Local/ Low sensitivity Low importance and rarity, local scale and insensitive to change

151

541. Establishing the VER’s for the project is a fundamental building block of the EIA process. Only VER’s are referred to in the determination of significance of effect. VER identification and evaluation is the first step in the assessment process.

E.2. Characterising Impacts

E.2.1. Preamble 542. The current EIA utilises a systematic scoring system to characterise the impacts and provide a standardised approach across all topics scoped into the impact assessment. There are no standard regulatory approaches to the assessment of impacts, for example IFC PS No 1 does not make any reference to the approach to determining and measuring severity and significance of effects. The following approach has been utilised by the authors on projects globally and is considered to enable standardisation of determination of significance across environmental topics and across projects. There will always be interpretation and professional opinion about a scoring system. However, the approach used here has been shown to be effective over a number of years, types of projects and previously undergone reviews by statutory authorities. 543. As noted, the approach is used to standardise terminology, scoring and determination of significance across environmental disciplines. In this manner a High Significance value for ecology is comparative to a High Significance value for Noise for example.

E.2.2. Size of Impact 544. As noted above, the impact is the change of state of the environment which is caused by a project activity. In general, this change can be measured or estimated in some manner. For example, a change in sound level of 2 dBA, or an increase in ground concentration of an air pollutant of 20 mg/m3. For some topics the measure may be an area of land to be affected or number of trees to be lost etc. Wherever possible the size of the impact will be ascribed a physical measurement. 545. While the size of the impact will be enumerated wherever possible, for the purposes of determining scores for the overall impact severity, the Size of the Impact, namely the relative change in value is described semantically and then assigned a score for the purposes of overall determination of severity. The semantic descriptions and scores are: · High 8 · Medium 5 · Low 3 · Negligible 1 546. Note for impacts with a size of change which is negligible the model defaults to setting the significance to the effect to Non-Significant. Other aspects of the impact caused by the activity are similarly scored, these are set out in the following sections.

E.2.3. Other Aspects of an Impact 547. While the size of the change in environmental parameter is an important aspect of an impact, there are other aspects which will determine the severity of the impact when it acts on the receptor. For this EIA the following aspects are taken into consideration, in addition to the Size of Impact as set out above: · Extent of impact; · Duration of Impact; · Frequency of Impact;

152

· Probability of Impact Occurring; and · Reversibility of Impact. 548. The assessment process used in the EIA process uses a bespoke scoring system to enable a systematic and transparent process to be undertaken to determine the impact magnitudes identified. The following sections provide the scoring system to be adopted and its rationale.

E.2.4. Extent of Impact or Area of Influence 549. This relates to the physical extent over which the impact will happen. A larger extent would tend to lead to increased risk of significant effects occurring than a highly localised area of influence. The classification of this variable and the ascribed scores is shown in Table E-2. Table E-2 Classification of Extent of Impact and Assigned Scores

Classification Description Example/s Score

The area of influence is highly Minor increases in noise limited, likely to take place only levels during construction Very Local at the point of impact and not 1 not extending from the influencing receptors outside of work site this immediate area. The area of influence is Loss of local and common Local contained within the project site habitat within the site 2 or immediate surrounding area. during clearance works Changes in property or The area of influence extends land prices within a region to a regional scale, affecting Regional due to the development. 3 areas outside the project site Air emissions which affect and into the wider environment wide area. Creation of special wastes The area of influence extends which cannot be handled National 5 to national scale within the nations existing capacity/capability Production of Greenhouse The area of influence will be International Gases which affect global 7 cross boundary climate

E.2.5. Duration of Impact Effect 550. An impact’s magnitude will be increased as its duration increases. It is important to note that the impact duration is not synonymous with the duration of the event causing the impact. The duration is defined as how long the impact will last. For example, a loss of containment event resulting in a chemical spill may last only 5 minutes but the impacts of the chemical entering the environment will last much longer depending upon the type of chemical, location and nature of spill and any remediation efforts. The classification of this variable and the ascribed scores is shown in Table E-3.

153

Table E-3 Classification of Duration of Impact and Assigned Scores

Classification Description Example/s Score

Delivery of single large Transient Less than 1 day item of equipment affecting 1 local road network Very Short Temporary closure of road 1 – 30 days 2 Term or other access Dust emissions from site Short term 1 – 12 months 3 clearance Construction traffic effects Medium 1 – 5 years 5 on large project Changes to air quality due Long Term Greater than 5 years 7 to emissions from process Clearance of natural Permanent Permanent vegetation which cannot be 10 recreated

E.2.6. Frequency 551. An event, such as blasting during site preparation works, may be short term in nature but if the event is repeated many times during the course of the project then the magnitude of the impact would be considered to be increased. The classification of this variable and the ascribed scores is shown in Table E-4. Table E-4 Classification of Frequency of Impact and Assigned Scores

Classification Description Example/s Score

The event causing the impact Clearance of soils and One off occurs only once in the lifetime habitats at the start of the 1/5* of the project project Increased noise or air A rare event in the lifetime of Rare emissions due to emergency 2 the project situations An event which is expected to Increased emissions from a Infrequent occur but not commonly as part plant during regular 3 of the normal project conditions maintenance and shutdown Daily noise from blown down An event is will occur regularly of steam drums. throughout a phase of the Frequent Delivery of raw materials 5 project or the lifetime of the and export of products from project a facility on daily basis An event which by the nature of Noise emissions from Continuous 7 the project is continuous operational plant *For one off events, a score of 1 is ascribed if the event does not lead to a permanent non-reversible impact. If the impact is permanent, a score of 5 is used.

154

E.2.7. Probability 552. Impact assessment for some issues is based on risk assessment. Not all predicted impacts will occur but should be considered in the assessment process. In order to account for this, a three-point probability scale and scores has been used as follows: · Certain 5 · High 3 · Low 2

E.2.8. Reversibility 553. If an impact can be readily reversed, then its overall magnitude would be considered less if it cannot be rectified. For example, the loss of natural habitats can never be fully reversed but the visual impact of a wind turbine will be reversed at the end of life when the turbine is dismantled and removed. For this EIA process a simple Yes or No scale is used with associated scores of 1 and 5 respectively.

E.2.9. Overall Impact Magnitude Scoring Model 554. The scoring model for the described variables results in scores across a range of 9 – 42. The impact assessment uses a four-point terminology to describe impact magnitude. This is presented in Table E-5. The model ascribes the outcomes of the scoring of the variables as follows. · 9 – 16 Negligible · 17 – 25 Minor · 26 – 34 Moderate · 35 – 42 Major

Table E-5 Criteria for Magnitude of Impacts used in the EIA Description of Adverse Magnitude Description of Beneficial Consequence Consequence Loss of resource and/or quality Large scale or major improvement of and integrity, severe damage to resource quality; extensive restoration or Major key characteristics, features or enhancement; major improvement of elements attribute quality Significant impact on the resource, but not adversely Benefit to, or addition of, key Moderate affecting the integrity, partial loss characteristics, features or elements; of/damage to key characteristics, improvement of attribute quality features or elements Some measurable change in Minor benefit to, or addition of, one attributes quality or vulnerability, (maybe more) key characteristic, feature Minor minor loss of, or alteration to, one or element; some beneficial impact on (maybe more) key characteristic, attribute or a reduced risk of negative feature or element impact occurring No loss, or very minor loss or Very minor benefit to or positive addition detrimental alteration to one or Negligible of one or more characteristics, features or more characteristic, feature or elements element

155

E.2.10. Assessment of Significance 555. A significant effect may be broadly defined as one which should be brought to the attention of those involved in the decision-making process. The determination of significance of an effect uses a two-dimensional matrix based on the above parameters of Impact magnitude and Value/sensitivity of the receptor. 556. The proposed assessment uses a matrix for determining the significance of an effect as presented in Table E-6. Significance is therefore a function of the value or sensitivity of the receptor being considered and the consequence of impacts. Table E-6 Matrix for Determining the Significance of Environmental Impacts International/ National/ Regional/ Local/Low Extreme High Moderate

Major HIGH HIGH MEDIUM LOW

Moderate HIGH MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW

Minor MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW NS

Negligible NS NS NS NS

557. The EIA utilises the following semantic definitions of the significance terms High, Moderate and Low. They are based on the terminology used in international principles and guidance and on the geographical context of the effect: · High – An environmental effect that has importance at international or national level and is irreversible or unprecedented; · Medium – An environmental effect that has importance at a regional scale and/or one that can be readily reversed with intervention and is limited to the site boundary and immediate surrounding area; · Low - An environmental effect that is only important in a local context, which is readily mitigated, and it occurs only within the boundary of the project; and · NS – An environmental effect that is considered non-significant. 558. Significant adverse effects occur where valuable or sensitive receptors, or numerous receptors, are subject to impacts of considerable magnitude and duration. Some effects will be temporary, others are permanent in nature and these will be stated in the assessment.

E.2.11. Hierarchy of Mitigation 559. One of the aims of the EIA process is to design out or otherwise remove significant effects from the project. Those which cannot be removed completely should be minimised, and finally those which remain significant and cannot be reduced further have to be accepted. For significant residual effects it may be necessary to provide compensation or offsetting. This is where some other aspect of the environment is developed or managed in a manner which offsets unavoidable significant effect. 560. Offsetting is often used in managing biodiversity effects. As an example, loss of a wooded area can be offset; given time, by replanting similar species within the area, or by providing improved management and protection of other areas of similar habitat within the region of the project.

156

561. Figure E-3 shows the Hierarchy of Mitigation. It is noted that the final part of the hierarchy as set out is offset/compensation and is not strictly mitigation but the current EIA process adopts the terminology in common use in good practice EIA guidance. Figure E-3 Hierarchy of Mitigation

562. The above hierarchy is implicit within the approach to EIA used for the current project. In theory mitigation would only be required for those effects which had been determined to be significant in an objective manner. However, within EIA there is also a need to deal with human perceptions and emotions and so mitigation may be developed for reasons other than pure objective ones. 563. Defining appropriate mitigation is important in the process, but perhaps more important is recognising that any mitigation measures must be project commitments. Within the current EIA process a register of commitments has been developed, these are all approved by the project. The register has been used to develop the requirements of the Framework Environmental and Social Management Plan.

E.3. Impact Assessment

E.3.1. Preamble 564. The following sections of text set out the identified significant effects of the project. The results are based in terms of phase of the project development, namely Design and Project Land take, Construction and Operations. The results are presented mainly in tabular format with supporting text where required. 565. Table E-7, Table E-10 and Table E-14 provide the results of the assessment. In each table the impact is provided with a unique identifier number, a short description of the anticipated impact, an embedded table in each row showing the scores attributed to the impact and the final determined severity level, this is followed by the VER no, and description and then the VER value/sensitivity to change. Based on the matrix used as shown in Table E-6, a level of significance is ascribed – this is without specific mitigation applied. The accepted mitigation measures to reduce the severity of the impact or manage risk are listed. Finally, and based on the assumption that all of the mitigation measures will be implemented fully, a final prediction of the significance of the effect or risk is set out.

157

E.3.2. Impacts and Mitigation for Design and Land Take Requirements 566. Table E-7 presents the results of the impact assessment for the design stage and land take requirements of the project. Unsurprisingly, these impacts are focused around the issues of loss of land to agriculture as the project passes mainly through productive agricultural land, and the issues of displacement of people and communities. 567. Utilising the hierarchy of mitigation, the design has sought to minimize land take and the direct effects of the project on settlements and urban areas. This was mainly achieved through the early feasibility study design stage conducted by JICA which selected a route which minimized impacts on urban areas and clusters of properties. However, land take for the project will inevitably lead to loss of agricultural land, severance and fragmentation of farm units as well as the need to resettle affected people within the project Right of Way. The offsetting or compensation for this significant residual impact will be managed through a resettlement action plan and livelihood restoration plan in conformance with the requirements of ADB SPS (2009). 568. Other design mitigation required to manage risk of impacts and effects include highway drainage arrangements where diffuse or point source pollution may enter the environment affecting ground water and soils which in turn may affect agricultural production processes, human health and ecological receptors. The mitigation measures set out shall be adopted and further refined during the detailed design stages of the project.

158

Table E-7 Impacts and Mitigation – Design and Land Take Requirements Impact ID Description Impact Magnitude Receptor No and Description Receptor Value/ Significance Approved Mitigation Measures Significance Sensitivity before after mitigation Mitigation AF002 Loss of productive land for direct footprint of Im C S 3. Agricultural production Regional/Moderate Medium Design minimisation of RoW; land Low expressway and link roads - Among the S Med 5 processes acquisition and resettlement plan area of affected lands of households, E Lo 2 4,291,410 m2 is agricultural land of 397 D Per 10 households (2,227 persons), 55,114 m2 is fish ponds of 32 households (198 persons), F One 1 16,328 m2 is residential land of 27 P Cer 5 households (118 persons), and 20,234 Rev N 5 m2 is production land of 01 household (5 Moderate 33 persons).

AF004 Loss or damage to agricultural features Im C S 6. Agricultural infrastructure, e.g. Local/Low NS Contractor to conduct pre- NS such as wells, drainage ditches, irrigation S Lo 3 wells, irrigation systems, ditches construction survey for such features channels and access roads E Reg 3 and ensure they are protected or D Med 5 reinstated. F Fre 5 P Hi 3 Rev Y 1 Minor 20

AF005 Direct loss of fish ponds used for food Im C S 4. Fishponds Local/Low Low Avoidance of effect due to road NS production due to project footprint S Lo 3 realignment during design stage. E Lo 2 D Per 10 F One 1 P Cer 5 Rev N 5 Moderate 31

AF007 Loss of productive trees - a total of 124,252 Im C S 3. Agricultural production Regional/Moderate Medium Compensation for trees lost through Low trees cut down of which 119,550 belong to S Lo 3 processes ADB requirements for income private households and 4,702 belong to the E Lo 2 restoration government. The large number of private D Per 10 Minimisation of land take as part of trees are mainly in plantations or orchards F One 1 design, narrowing of RoW (i.e. ROW See Section E.3.3 P Cer 5 has been reduced from 100m to 5 Rev N 70m). Moderate 31 Replanting of similar number or more trees by compensated persons. Myanmar law only requires replanting of trees for mining or hydro schemes. Roads are exempt although compensation for cut trees must still be paid for.

159

Impact ID Description Impact Magnitude Receptor No and Description Receptor Value/ Significance Approved Mitigation Measures Significance Sensitivity before after mitigation Mitigation HG001 Increased flood risk due to prescence of Im C S 8. Residential clusters/ units and National/High Medium All bridges and culverts to be NS embankment and exacerbated by climate S Lo 3 occupants designed at a capacity of not less than change issues. E Lo 2 their current capacity. Allow 15% D Per 10 increase in short term rainfall intensity F Fre 5 for climate change., P Hi 3 Provision of regular culverts and 1 Rev Y bridges along route to ensure no Minor 24 impoundment of water at embankment LV001 Visual impact of new structures and Im C S 43. Landscape Character and Regional/Moderate Medium Design project to fit into landscape, Low alignment within agricultural landscape S Med 5 Public Views minimise height of embankment to as E Lo 2 low as possible commensurate with D Per 10 safety and avoidance of flood risk, F Con 7 Structures such as bridges and P Cer 5 culverts to blend with local landscape 5 Rev N - see UK Design Manual for Roads Moderate 34 and Bridges Vol 11 for guidance

LV002 Detracting views from public locations in Im C S 20. Kyaikhtiyoe Wildlife National/High Medium Design road to fit within landscape Low National Parks and Monasteries. Kyaikto S Lo 3 Sanctuary and minimise height of structures and Wildlife sanctuary used as VER as closest E Lo 2 embankments, national park and is focused around shrine D Per 10 Use project landscaping to assist F Con 7 blending road into landscape but P Hi 3 avoid drawing attention to alignment 5 Rev N through linear planting of trees Moderate 30

MR001 Direct impact and requirement for rerouting Im C S 41. General Local/Low NS Avoidance through realignment of NS of pipelines due to project footprint S Lo 3 community/institutional Facilities route during design stage E VL 1 D ST 3 F One 1 P Cer 5 Rev N 5 Minor 18

AR001 Direct loss of cemetery area due to road Im C S 40. Graves and burial areas Regional/Moderate Medium Avoidance of Impact by realignment - NS alignment and land take S Lo 3 Approved E Lo 2 D Per 10 F One 1 P Cer 5 Rev N 5 Moderate 31

160

Impact ID Description Impact Magnitude Receptor No and Description Receptor Value/ Significance Approved Mitigation Measures Significance Sensitivity before after mitigation Mitigation AR002 Loss of Stupa due to land take for project Im C S 7. Stupa and Pagoda National/High Medium Avoidance through realignment of NS footprint S Lo 3 route E VL 1 D Per 10 F One 1 P Cer 5 Rev N 5 Moderate 30

AR004 Impact on setting of resource due to Im C S 29. Monasteries Regional/Moderate Low Planting of screening vegetation to NS presence of the road S Lo 3 reduce visual impacts of road from E Lo 2 resources D Per 10 F Ra 2 P Hi 3 Rev N 5 Minor 25

PG003 Proposed project crosses an area which is Im C S 42. Critical habitats International/Extreme High See Section E.3.4 NS. See considered to be Critical Habitat as defined S Lo 3 Section E.3.4 in ADB SPS (2009) E Nat 5 for explanation D Per 10 See Section E.3.4 for additional Information F One 1 P Cer 5 Rev N 5 Moderate 34

SE001 Loss of income due to land take, Im C S 39. Income from Agricultural Regional/Moderate Medium Covered in resettlement action plan NS interruption of agricultural activities and S Med 5 activities and livelihood restoration increased travel time to fields E Lo 2 D Per 10 F One 1 P Cer 5 Rev Y 1 Moderate 29

SE002 Direct loss of land used by Prison as farm Im C S 41. General Local/Low Low Avoidance through realignment of NS and food production area S Lo 3 community/institutional Facilities road during design stages E Lo 2 D Per 10 F One 1 P Cer 5 Rev N 5 Moderate 31

161

Impact ID Description Impact Magnitude Receptor No and Description Receptor Value/ Significance Approved Mitigation Measures Significance Sensitivity before after mitigation Mitigation SE003 Direct loss of shrine due to land take for Im C S 41. General Local/Low Low Compensatory measure including Low project foot print S Lo 3 community/institutional Facilities new piece of land of 10m2 and E VL 1 financial payment to villagers D Per 10 F One 1 P Cer 5 Rev N 5 Moderate 30

SE004 Project requires 5,116,110 m2 of land Im C S 10. Local residents National/High High Reduction of magnitude of impact Medium consisting of 4,383,086 m2 of lands owned S Hi 8 through design minimisation of by 424 households (2,345 persons) and E Reg 3 footprint. Project RoW was narrowed 733,024 m2 of lands which is managed by D Per 10 to minimum required for construction, State/Regional Administrations and F One 1 operation and safety. communities. P Cer 5 Resettlement Action Plan under ADB 5 Rev N SPS requirements and compensation Among the area of affected lands of Major 37 in line with ADB requirements and households, 4,291,410 m2 is agricultural national determined land and land of 397 households (2,227 persons), property values 55,114 m2 is fish ponds of 32 households (198 persons), 16,328 m2 is residential land of 27 households (118 persons), and 20,234 m2 is production land of 01 household (5 persons).

The affected land which is managed by State/Regional Administrations consists of 165,919 m2 of agricultural land managed by Ministry of Agriculture, Livestock and Irrigation; 9,512 m2 of land managed by Ministry of Construction; 557,583 m2 of unused land managed by the State/Regional Administrations, and 10 m2 for shrine of the community in Sein Ka Lae village. SE005 Direct loss of residential properties - 55 Im C S 10. Local residents National/High Medium Cannot be further mitigated - SPS Medium properties to be relocated S Lo 3 requirements for resettlement and E Lo 2 possible loss of income payments will D Per 10 be arranged through the F One 1 Resettlement Action Plan P Cer 5 Rev N 5 Moderate 31

162

Impact ID Description Impact Magnitude Receptor No and Description Receptor Value/ Significance Approved Mitigation Measures Significance Sensitivity before after mitigation Mitigation TE003 Direct or indirect effects on possible Im C S 24. Sonneratia griffithii National/High Medium Conduct specific survey for NS location of Critically Endangered species S Lo 3 Sonneratia griffithii within corridor of previously recorded in area, especially E Lo 2 route alignment - 500 m either side of around River Sittaung and former tributary D Per 10 centre line and any other areas to be F One 1 directly affected where suitable P Lo 2 habitat may be present. 5 Rev N If recorded, conduct assessment of Moderate 28 risk to areas with this species,

develop and implement species management plan. TE008 Impact of Invasive Species on local flora Im C S 38. General common ecological Local/Low Minor See also Section E.3.5 NS and fauna S Lo 3 resources - species and habitat No non native species to be used in See also Section E.3.5 E Lo 2 bank stabilisation planting. D Per 10 Preference for native species shall F One 1 be given to any landscaping P Lo 2 requirements. The proposed use of 1 Rev Y any non-native species shall be the Moderate 24 subject of an appropriate risk

assessment process. Im = Impact Severity, C = Class, S = Score – see Section E.2 for Scoring system – Impact Abbreviations – S = Size of impact – Low, Medium or High. E = Extent – Very Local, Local, Regional, National, International D = Duration – Tr = Transient, St = Short term, Med = medium term, LT = Long term, Per = permanent. F = Frequency – Ra = rare, Inf = Infrequent, Fre = Frequent, Con = Continuous, One = One off P = Probability – Hi – High, Cer = Certain, Lo = Low Rev = Reversibility - Y = Yes, N = No

163

E.3.3. Impact on Productive Trees (see AF007) 569. Construction of the new road sections will require cutting of various types of trees. According to the IOL results, a total of 124,252 various kinds of trees will be cut down. The Resettlement survey has carried out an inventory of losses and their assessment is given in table E-10 which is summarised in Table E-8. Table E-8 Trees Belonging to Households and State Quantity of affected trees Types of trees On Public or state Belonging to Households Land - Rubber 17,782 - Bamboo 11,179 4,235 - Rain tree 21 216 - Livistona 35 207 - Teak tree 80 - Acacia manglum 2,569 - Other timber trees 104 44 - Piper betel 82,610 - Mango 621 - Betel nut tree 188 - Pomelo 1,852 - Banana 1,670 - Palm oil tree 39 - Durian and rambutan 226 - Other fruit trees 575 Total 119,550 4,702

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultant, 2018 570. There will be a total of 124,252 trees cut down of which 119,550 belong to private households and 4,702 belong to the government. The large number of private trees are mainly in plantations or orchards. 571. As shown in Table E-7 the mitigation measures for this impact include reduction in the right of way width and compensation in the form of payment for commercial trees. Replacement planting of trees lost to highways is not required within the Myanmar system, but proposed mitigation incudes replacement of the trees lost at a least a ratio of 1:1.

E.3.4. Impact on Critical Habitat (see PG003) 572. ADB’s SPS requires demonstration that the project will not adversely affect the identified Critical Habitat (see Section D.10.7). ADB SPS states that projects should not be developed within Critical Habitat areas unless all of the below criterion are met: (i) There are no measurable adverse impacts, or likelihood of such, on the critical habitat which could impair its high biodiversity value or the ability to function.

164

(ii) The project is not anticipated to lead to a reduction in the population of any recognized endangered or critically endangered species or a loss in area of the habitat concerned such that the persistence of a viable and representative host ecosystem be compromised. (iii) Any lesser impacts are mitigated. 573. An assessment of potential impacts on the Critical Habitat and qualifying species and protected area is provided in Table E-9. This assessment includes the bridge crossing of the River Sittaung as it is considered this is an Associated Facility and therefore addressed in the current EIA process. 574. The table provides potential impacts, proposed mitigation and a review of Criterion 1 and 2 from above. For Criterion 3, it is considered that all lesser impacts have been mitigated so that effects or risks are an at acceptable, non -significant level. 575. From the table it can be seen that provided suitable design mitigation is included in both the highway and the bridge development, and that the construction and operational phases are effectively managed that no adverse impacts on the identified Critical Habitat or the qualifying species will occur. No additional compensatory or offsetting measures are considered necessary. An ecology monitoring plan is included in the EIA for the Sittaung River Crossing to confirm no significant impact on biodiversity. 576. A review of the River Sittaung Crossing EIA prepared on behalf of JICA indicates that there is a recognition of the potential effects of the project on the Sittaung River and the downstream Ramsar site, and for the most part mitigation measures are proposed within the River Sittaung Crossing EIA which align with the measures set out in Table E-9. One area where clarity and perhaps additional measures are required for the bridge is the management of storm water run-off from the bridge and sections of approach road, and ability to control spills onto the road in event of a major incident to ensure that contaminants do not reach the waters of the River Sittaung and hence flow into the Gulf of Mottama Ramsar site. 577. Providing assurances regarding mitigation of the risks of road run-off reaching the River Sittaung in an uncontrolled manner are met, it is considered that ADB’s SPS requirements for development within an area containing Critical Habitat are met.

165

Table E-9 Impact and mitigation measures on CH and CH-defining species (Biodiversity Action Plan) Receptor Potential Impacts Mitigation Criterion 1 - Criterion 2 – no Monitoring/Comment no reduction in the measurable population of CR and adverse EN impacts on CH Spoon-billed Catastrophic loss of Design: Road and bridge N/A No direct effects on Monitoring: migratory Sandpiper (Calidris containment and/or diffuse design to include drainage areas of over-wintering bird surveys during pygmaea) pollution from road run-off system that manages road of this species. The migratory and non- affecting water quality within run off, including oil current records suggest migratory season as (habitat: GoM) catchment area, River interceptors, sediment traps that individuals stay per biodiversity Sittaung and Gulf of Mottama. and first flush run off storage south of the area of the monitoring plan defined areas. bridge alignment (i.e. in Table 8.2.3 of Indirect disturbance of within Ramsar site) Sittaung Bridge EIA) wintering birds Construction: CEMP to include measures to prevent Comment: Opportunity construction waste (solids for project to assist and liquid) entering research into this catchment area and river significantly declining Sittaung species – e.g. engagement of local stakeholders to identify and report species if observed. Sonneratia griffithii Loss of specimens due to Design: Bridge design to N/A No direct effects Monitoring: Due to the disturbance of mud flats, ensure that abutments and anticipated for this dynamic nature of the (habitat: mudflats of changes in river dynamics piers do not adversely affect species – current mudbanks and this River Sittaung and sedimentation patterns of population levels, if species being a GoM) River Sittaung present, are not colonizer, pre- anticipated to change construction survey for due to the highway and the presence of bridge development mudflats in range 2km and operation upstream and 7km downstream of bridge location shall be undertaken, and repeated during

166

Receptor Potential Impacts Mitigation Criterion 1 - Criterion 2 – no Monitoring/Comment no reduction in the measurable population of CR and adverse EN impacts on CH construction and post- construction (see biodiversity monitoring plan in Table 8.2.3 of Sittaung Bridge EIA) Narrow sawfish Permanent use of river area Design: Road and bridge N/A On basis of mitigation Monitoring: Fish (Anoxypristis (for bridge piers, less than 1 design to include drainage implementation surveys to be cuspidate) ha). system that manages road protecting water quality conducted twice a year run off, including oil it is considered that at four points in (habitat: River Catastrophic loss of interceptors, sediment traps there is no risk of the accordance with Sittaung, GoM) containment and/or diffuse and first flush run off storage project causing biodiversity monitoring pollution from road run-off areas. reduction of population plan in Table 8.2.3 of affecting water quality within numbers of this species the Sittaung Bridge catchment area, River Construction: Bridge EIA) Sittaung and Gulf of Mottama. construction method to ensure no restriction of fish Comment: Workers to Restriction of movement movements up and be given training by upstream of river downstream. qualified specialist on Illegal fishing by workers species (how to During construction period, during construction. recognize, where to workers will not be permitted report siting) to fish within the River Sittaung from the banks or project vessels. All project vessels to be Marpol compliant with respect to waste management and anti-fouling paint Broadfin shark Permanent use of river area Design: Road and bridge N/A On basis of mitigation Monitoring: Fish (Lamiopsis (for bridge piers, less than 1 design to include drainage implementation surveys to be temminckii) ha). system that manages road protecting water quality conducted twice a year run off, including oil it is considered that at four points in

167

Receptor Potential Impacts Mitigation Criterion 1 - Criterion 2 – no Monitoring/Comment no reduction in the measurable population of CR and adverse EN impacts on CH (habitat: River Catastrophic loss of interceptors, sediment traps there is no risk of the accordance with Sittaung, GoM) containment and/or diffuse and first flush run off storage project causing biodiversity monitoring pollution from road run-off areas. reduction of population plan in Table 8.2.3 of affecting water quality within numbers of this species the Sittaung Bridge Construction: Workers will not catchment area, River EIA). be permitted to fish within the Sittaung and Gulf of Mottama. River Sittaung from the banks Comment: Workers to Restriction of movement or project vessels. be given training by upstream of river. qualified specialist on Bridge construction method species (how to Illegal fishing by workers to ensure no restriction of fish recognize, where to during construction. movements up and report siting) downstream. All project vessels to be Marpol compliant with respect to waste management and anti-fouling paint Gulf of Mottama Indirect impacts due to Design: Road and bridge On basis of N/A Monitoring: Water Ramsar Site changes in water quality design to include drainage implementation quality monitoring through contamination of system that manages road of mitigation upstream and River Sittaung and drainage run off, including oil measures downstream of bridge basin. interceptors, sediment traps there are no crossing during and first flush run off storage predicted construction process Introduction of invasive areas. adverse and monthly for first species through construction impacts that twelve months after equipment. Construction: All vessels would affect commencement of used in the construction of the qualifying operation (see bridge within the river will be features or biodiversity monitoring thoroughly cleaned prior to ecosystem plan in Table 8.2.3 of deployment to the site. functioning of the Sittaung Bridge Any vessels, tanks or the Ramsar EIA) containers which will be used site

168

Receptor Potential Impacts Mitigation Criterion 1 - Criterion 2 – no Monitoring/Comment no reduction in the measurable population of CR and adverse EN impacts on CH in the river and originating from a third country will be steam cleaned prior to deployment to the site, all tanks, cooling systems, etc., will be emptied prior to deployment; No ballast materials shall be discharged into the River Sittaung; The contractor will allow no plant material to enter the water course from vessels, including food products, seeds etc.

169

E.3.5. Invasive Species 578. ADB SPS of 2009 requires that no Invasive Alien Species be introduced to the receiving environment due to the project. The risk of introduction of non-native invasive species to the project area is influenced by two main aspects of the project development. Firstly, the deliberate introduction of invasive plant species which form part of the proposed landscaping or slope stabilization planting. Secondly, through accidental introduction of invasive species. The accidental introduction of such species may apply to both plants and animals and can be caused by: (i) Import of materials from outside project area which contains seed sources, plant material capable of propagating and animals (in form of adults, larval stages, eggs etc. (ii) Soils on equipment which has been previously used in other locations; (iii) Within workers luggage, supplies, etc. 579. The following approaches will be taken to ensure that the risk of invasive non-native species is minimized to an acceptable level. 580. Landscaping and Stabilization of Slopes. The project will revegetate the new formed embankments to prevent water and wind erosion of the soils. This revegetation will utilize native grass species only. Where more formal landscaping will be required, perhaps around toll booth etc, only low shrubs will be utilized and again will be based on a native species planting palette. Should any future proposals include species which are non-native a full risk assessment on the invasiveness of these species shall be undertaken. No species considered to have a risk of escape into the wild will be permitted to be used on the project. 581. Accidental Introductions. The project will implement a comprehensive biosecurity action plan to manage the risk of accidental introduction of species which may become invasive within the project area. The biosecurity plan will be developed by the contractor and will as a minimum include: (i) All equipment, machinery etc. to be thoroughly cleaned prior to deployment to site; (ii) Any containers, equipment or storage units which will be brought to the project area from outside of Myanmar shall be certified as pest free (rats, mice, insects etc.) prior to leaving the country of origin; (iii) The contractor shall maintain all work sites and camps, if used, pest free and adopt a proactive approach to the control of all pests including native and non-native species; (iv) Workers shall be made aware of the risks of accidental introductions and the requirements to manage risk. 582. For the River Sittaung crossing project under the auspices of JICA the same approach will be required. However, additional steps will be required to ensure marine and freshwater invasive species are not introduced to the project area. These steps will include: (i) All vessels used in the construction of the bridge within the river will be thoroughly cleaned prior to deployment to the site. (ii) Any vessels, tanks or containers which will be used in the river and originating from a third country will be steam cleaned prior to deployment to the site, all tanks, cooling systems, etc., will be emptied prior to deployment; (iii) No ballast materials shall be discharged into the River Sittaung;

170

(iv) The contractor will allow no plant material to enter the water course from vessels, including food products, seeds etc. 583. Based on the implementation of the above measures for bio-security it is considered that there will be no significant risk to the Critical Habitat, qualifying species, or other biodiversity and ecosystem functioning from the project construction and operational phases.

E.3.6. Impacts and Mitigation for Construction Phase 584. Table E-10 presents the results of the impact assessment for the construction stage of the project. Impact identification for construction at this stage of the project development are by necessity somewhat generic as detailed design has not been completed and a contractor has not been appointed. The impacts presented are based on an analysis of the receiving environment and the likely activities involved in construction a highway in this geography. Additional review of potential impacts shall be conducted at the detailed design stage of the project. 585. In terms of mitigation of impacts during the construction phase of the project, the central plank of management of risk and impacts is through development and effective delivery of a Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP). The basis of the measures to be applied during the construction process are the mitigation measures set out in the current EIA. The process for development of the CEMP/s is set out below. Approval of the contractor CEMP is a prerequisite to contractor mobilization to site and commencement of project activities on the ground.

171

Table E-10 Impacts and Mitigation – Construction Impact ID Description Impact Magnitude Receptor No and Description Receptor Value/ Significance Approved Mitigation Measures Significance Sensitivity before after mitigation Mitigation AF001 Risk of contamination of water channels and Im C S 3. Agricultural production Regional/Moderate Low See measures for Impact TE002 NS fields from loss of containment from fuel S Lo 3 processes tanks, equipment and machinery E Lo 2 D Med 5 F Ra 2 P Lo 2 Rev N 5 Minor 19

AQ001 Emissions to atmosphere from construction Im C S 11. General local air quality Regional/Moderate Low Any equipment or vehicles issuing black NS mobile equipment S Lo 3 along route alignment smoke during normal operating conditions E Lo 2 shall be removed from work site and undergo D Med 5 maintenance F Fre 5 Maintain all exhaust systems in good working P Cer 5 order; undertake regular equipment 1 Rev Y maintenance, reduce vehicle speeds around Minor 21 sensitive receptors including temples and

schools, No equipment to be left idling for more than 15 minutes except in emergency situation AQ002 Emissions of criteria pollutants to ambient air Im C S 11. General local air quality Regional/Moderate Low Maintain and operate all stationary equipment NS from stationary equipment such as S Lo 3 along route alignment within manufacturers specification generators E VL 1 Site workers accommodation, laydown areas, D Med 5 site offices etc away from sensitive receptors, F Con 7 P Hi 3 Where possible connect construction sites Rev Y 1 and facilities to main grid to avoid use of local generators Minor 20

172

Impact ID Description Impact Magnitude Receptor No and Description Receptor Value/ Significance Approved Mitigation Measures Significance Sensitivity before after mitigation Mitigation AQ004 Fugitive emissions of dust causing soiling of Im C S 7. Stupa and Pagoda National/High Medium All soil and friable material stores shall be NS receptors - note Stupa used as typical S Med 5 stabilised or covered to prevent wind blow receptor as highest value/sensitivity VER E Lo 2 All trucks with waste and friable materials will D Med 5 have loads sheeted to prevent dust egress F Fre 5 P Hi 3 All work areas with dust present shall be Rev Y 1 damped down to reduce fugitive dust emissions Minor 21 All work sites shall be hard surfaced where cost effective and maintained clean from dust and mud Representatives from the religious sites, schools and village leaders will be consulted on the timing of construction so significant events may be impacted upon as little as possible, Vehicle speed limits on unsurfaced construction roads will be limited to 5 km/h AQ005 Dust blow from storage and batching Im C S 8. Residential clusters/ units National/High Medium Ensure all stock piles at batching areas are NS activities S Lo 3 and occupants covered or protected from wind blow E Lo 2 Ensure all yard areas within batching plant are D Med 5 maintain clear of dust accumulation and F Fre 5 damped down if required, P Hi 3 Rev N 5 Ensure that batching plants are a minimum of 500 m from nearest residential, community Minor 23 and institutional receptors

173

Impact ID Description Impact Magnitude Receptor No and Description Receptor Value/ Significance Approved Mitigation Measures Significance Sensitivity before after mitigation Mitigation AQ006 Impact of dust and gaseous emissions from Im C S 8. Residential clusters/ units National/High Medium Arrange the wheel wash tank for vehicles NS batching activities S Lo 3 and occupants entering and leaving the mixing plant to limit E Lo 2 the sludge in the mixing area to the road. D Med 5 Batching plants shall not be in any legally F Fre 5 protected area, near sensitive areas by a P Hi 3 distance less than 2km, near residential areas 1 Rev Y by less than 500m Minor 19 Construction material storage areas should be covered or watered to minimize the spread of dust. Do not grind material in mixing area Regularly spray water to the area inside the asphalt concrete mixing plant to minimize the spread of dust on hot days. Use asphalt concrete mixing plant with dust treatment system such as filter cloth bag or cyclone to prevent dust spread. Use asphalt mixing plant with gas treatment system by wet or dry treatment to prevent the spread of toxic gases., Use of conveyor belts to limit dust generation.

174

Impact ID Description Impact Magnitude Receptor No and Description Receptor Value/ Significance Approved Mitigation Measures Significance Sensitivity before after mitigation Mitigation CP001 Changes to present erosion patterns of river Im C S 16. Protected Area - Gulf of International/Extreme Medium The minor rivers crossing the Bago flood plain NS and dynamic nature of the system which S Med 5 Mottama Ramsar Site have been the subject of conceptual design forms mud banks etc which are an important E Reg 3 based on known hydrology. The rivers are aspect of the biodiversity interest of the D LT 7 shallow and have low flows so erosion is Ramsar site and Important Bird Area F Con 7 unlikely to occur. The one exception is the P Lo 2 Bago river which can carry considerable flow Rev Y 1 velocities when in flood. Appropriate measures to avoid erosion, such as Minor 25 strengthened pillars, will be carried out in DED. The major river is the Sittaung which has mudflats upstream of the proposed bridge location but not in the immediate vicinity of the bridge supports. The region upstream is known to be subject to erosion particularly on the outside bend of the stream. JICA consultants propose monitoring the ongoing erosion of this bend during construction of the bridge by the use of tell tales and other monitoring devices, and if significant erosion is shown to be occurring then protective measures such as concrete or rock rip rap will be used to strengthen the embankment. These structures will be designed to minimise changes to river flows, sedimentation patterns. CS001 Risk of incidents at work sites due to Im C S 10. Local residents National/High Medium Contractor shall develop and implement an NS encroachment of public into work/storage S Hi 8 awareness program that work sites are not areas etc E Lo 2 play areas and are dangerous. This should D Med 5 include suitable campaigns, school visits and F Inf 3 any other culturally suitable engagement P Lo 2 processes. The awareness campaign shall Rev N 5 be aimed principally at children and young adults., Minor 25

Contractor will ensure all work and storage sites are secure and that deep excavations, hazardous areas are fenced off and clearly marked in local language/s of the risk.

175

Impact ID Description Impact Magnitude Receptor No and Description Receptor Value/ Significance Approved Mitigation Measures Significance Sensitivity before after mitigation Mitigation CS002 Risk of accident with local traffic, cyclists and Im C S 10. Local residents National/High Medium As part of CEMP develop and implement NS pedestrians S Hi 8 traffic management plan. E Lo 2 Develop and implement traffic safety D Med 5 awareness campaign for local residents and F Ra 2 project workers. P Hi 3 Rev N 5 Ensure all construction vehicles used on public roads are roadworthy and meet Minor 25 minimum standards of safety Ensure all drivers of project associated traffic are qualified and licenced to drive. Ensure traffic management and awareness, licencing and vehicle safety requirements are met by all sub-contractors, material suppliers throughout the supply chain Implement and enforce speed limits for construction traffic provide adequate signage at junctions and roads to be used by construction traffic and public users, Where feasible provide physical separation of construction traffic and public road users

176

CS004 Influx of workers into area, possibly Im C S 10. Local residents National/High Medium All workers to be screened for infectious NS international workers, presenting risk of S Med 5 diseases prior to commencing work on project disease and conflict with local people E Lo 2 Contractor to develop awareness program for D Med 5 workers on cultural sensitivities etc, F Inf 3 P Lo 2 Contractor to provide adequate facilities in Rev Y 1 workers accommodation areas to minimise need for workers to access local services Minor 18 Implement a strict and zero-tolerance policy to regulate gambling, prostitution, theft, wildlife poaching and forest product collection. Properly set up work camps in close consultation with local authorities. Control and maintain work camps, and strictly manage workers. Worker camps will be located at pre-defined locations and/or as agreed with local communities and MOC. Contractors shall provide shelter, water and electricity facilities that ensure workers living in camps at the site receive sanitary and human living conditions. Separate toilets shall be provided for male and female workers. No construction camps are to be near forest areas. Workers shall be prohibited from cutting trees for firewood. The contractors will not permit the use of wood as a fuel for cooking and water heating in all camps and living accommodations. The Contractors shall not buy or use wood from illegal sources that come from the illegal logging. Workers must not hunt wild animals for food nor buy them from illegal sources such as poaching. Use of guns and hunting equipment by workers will be banned and workers dismissed if taking or using forest timber or hunting or in possession of wildlife. Camp sites will be cleaned up to the satisfaction of local authorities after use. Land used for campsites shall be restored to the original condition after it is vacated and cleaned. Measures to prevent the outbreak of diseases shall be implemented e.g., provision of insecticide treated mosquito nets to workers, installation of proper drainage to avoid formation of stagnant water, etc. (vi) Standing water will not be allowed to accumulate in the temporary drainage

177

Impact ID Description Impact Magnitude Receptor No and Description Receptor Value/ Significance Approved Mitigation Measures Significance Sensitivity before after mitigation Mitigation facilities or along the roadside, to prevent proliferation of mosquitoes. MR002 Use of material resources such as gravel Im C S 27. Gravel and soils Regional/Moderate Low The contractor will ensure that construction NS and rocks exceed existing local capacity to S Lo 3 materials such as sand, gravel, aggregates, supply such materials, causing others E Reg 3 will only be obtained from sources that have difficulty to obtain resource or affecting price D Med 5 the required government environmental of resource. Creation of induced impacts F Fre 5 approvals. The list of 20 possible quarries is through need to develop additional resource P Hi 3 given in Table C-12. The contractor is free to supply or transportation of materials from Rev Y 1 choose whichever quarry it wants but an further afield environmental permit must be obtained from Minor 20 ECD prior to concluding any terms with the quarry. A copy of the ECD permits must be submitted to the CSC. PG002 Possible sourcing of materials from Im C S 18. Moyungyi Wetland Wildlife International/Extreme Medium Ensure that contractor is made aware of all NS protected areas, accidental encroachment S Med 5 Sanctuary - Ramsar protected areas within project area and into areas. E Lo 2 prohibit sourcing of any materials from these D Med 5 areas. Applied to all protected areas but highest F Inf 3 With respect to material sourcing, all rock level Ramsar site used as VER value P Lo 2 quarries will be checked for business licenses 5 Rev N and ECD permits. Sand will only be accepted Minor 22 from sources having approved EIAs. Public

consultations will continue throughout the life of the construction project. During these consultations use and sources of materials will be disclosed to ensure no illegal activities are taking place particularly if materials are being taken without permission of the local residents.

178

Impact ID Description Impact Magnitude Receptor No and Description Receptor Value/ Significance Approved Mitigation Measures Significance Sensitivity before after mitigation Mitigation NO001 Excessive noise exceeding limits, causing Im C S 8. Residential clusters/ units National/High Medium All equipment to be meet noise standards for NS nuisance and sleep disturbance S Med 5 and occupants noise emissions, all equipment to be properly E Lo 2 maintains, including noise covers, and D Med 5 properly used F Fre 5 All works must be conducted during the hours P Hi 3 of 07h00 to 19h00 unless in emergency, Night 1 Rev Y time work, or working on public holidays or Minor 21 Sundays is generally prohibited unless a

special permit is secured from the Project Owner and local authorities Contractors to limit the number of machines operating simultaneously to reduce cumulative noise. Noise generating activities near sensitive receptors such as schools and temples to be planned in coordination with relevant authorities to avoid sensitive times - such as school exam periods, Noisy activities near sensitive receptors to use portable noise screens at work site if extended activities are required. NO002 Potential vibration damage and human Im C S 8. Residential clusters/ units National/High Medium Conduct vibration calculation from pavement NS perception of vibration during compaction S Lo 3 and occupants compaction activities - ensure limits of activities. E Lo 2 vibration for cosmetic damage are not See Section E.3.9 D Med 5 exceeded, keep levels below 3mm/ sec PPV F Fre 5 (Peak Particle Velocity). P Lo 2 Use low / no vibration equipment near to 1 Rev Y sensitive receptors, consider different Minor 18 construction techniques or materials

Do not start up vibratory rollers near to sensitive receptors WH001 Risk of unsanitary conditions, poor living Im C S 13. Workers National/High Medium All workers accommodation to be regularly NS conditions and accident in workers S Lo 3 audited accommodation area/s E Lo 2 Contractor to develop and implement a D Med 5 worker Grievance Redress Mechanism to F Con 7 deal with complaints regarding P Hi 3 accommodation, Rev Y 1 Project to ensure that all workers Minor 21 accommodation meets good international standards in terms of provision of sleeping areas, hygiene and sanitation and food safety - reference should be made to IFC/EBRD Workers Accommodation Benchmark document

179

Impact ID Description Impact Magnitude Receptor No and Description Receptor Value/ Significance Approved Mitigation Measures Significance Sensitivity before after mitigation Mitigation SE008 Temporary disturbance of power, water etc Im C S 10. Local residents National/High Medium Consultation and information dissemination. NS from diversion of utility corridors S Lo 3 The affected people will be consulted during E VL 1 project implementation and will make the D Med 5 project contractors aware of any significant F Inf 3 P Cer 5 issues resulting from loss of electricity. People will be informed in advance of any Rev Y 1 power cuts and the duration of the cut will be Minor 18 made clear in order that they can plan around the lack of power.

180

SG004 Diffuse pollution and point source entering Im C S 37. All other water courses, Regional/Moderate Low Construction wastes and materials (e.g. fuel) NS water courses, ditches etc from spills and S Lo 3 canals, ditches etc shall be properly contained during run off from work sites E Lo 2 construction and fuel tanks will be located in a D LT 7 bunded area which has a capacity of 110% of F Fre 5 the fuel tank. Wastes are to be stored in a P Hi 3 hard standing area which is protected from Rev N 5 rain and wind and waste removed from site and taken to approved disposal facilities (as Minor 25 specified in the Waste Management Plan in pre-construction actions) Consultation with residents to identify wells or water sources within 50 m of the project road. Effective septic treatment and disposal systems shall be installed at construction camps or arrangements for adequate off-site disposal made Enclosed drainage around chemical storage areas on construction sites and storage shall be on hard standing. Fuel storage, maintenance shop and vehicle cleaning areas must be placed at least 300 m away from the nearest water body and will include enclosed drainage to ensure contaminated water does not cause pollution and storage, maintenance and cleaning activities will be on hard standing. If possible, all vehicles should be refueled at commercial gas stations in Bago, Waw or Kyaikhto to avoid storage of fuel on site. Sensitive water receptors which may be accidentally damaged during construction including wells shall be identified in advance of construction at each site and demarcated to ensure machinery does not encroach on them. Temporary drainage provision shall be provided during construction to ensure that any storm water running off construction areas will be controlled around water bodies. This shall ensure that potentially contaminated water does not impact on sensitive receptors. Contaminated water shall be removed off-site for disposal in the facilities identified in the Construction Camp Management Plan To limit the risk of spill of materials into water bodies during bridge construction, no materials will be stored within 100 m of a water course, including soil, spoil, aggregates, chemicals or other materials used during construction., Water collection basins and sediment traps are to be installed in all areas where construction equipment is washed. Contaminated water will be removed off-site

181

Impact ID Description Impact Magnitude Receptor No and Description Receptor Value/ Significance Approved Mitigation Measures Significance Sensitivity before after mitigation Mitigation for disposal in the facilities identified in the Construction Camp Management Plan WH002 Risk of worker accident or health impacts Im C S 13. Workers National/High Medium Contractor shall develop and implement Low S Hi 8 following MoC/ADB approval a E Lo 2 comprehensive Health and Safety Plan for D Med 5 workers. F Fre 5 Plan will include risk assessment of activities, P Hi 3 risk management measures through Rev N 5 avoidance of activities, engineering controls, training and use of appropriate safety Moderate 28 equipment including PPE Contractor to develop and implement working at height procedures Contractor to develop procedures for working near or over water, including required rescue equipment deployment Contractor to employ qualified specialist health and safety supervisor/s for all work activities. Contractor to maintain near miss and accident records, Health and Safety to be an agenda item for weekly progress meetings and reported to client WH003 Ground water from wells has been shown to Im C S 13. Workers National/High Medium Contractor will not source water to be used in NS be polluted with coliforms. - short term S Lo 3 camps for drinking water supply from wells impacts on worker’s health if the ground E Lo 2 east of the River Sittaung water used for project accommodation D LT 7 drinking water F Fre 5 P Lo 2 Rev N 5 Minor 24

AR003 Possibility of encountering unknown below Im C S 14. Unknown Artefacts International/Extreme Medium Contractors to develop a Chance Finds NS ground artefacts S Med 5 Protocol for the project as part of the CEMP. E Reg 3 This shall advice the contractor staff what to D Med 5 look for and what to do if they encounter F Ra 2 artefacts P Lo 2 Rev N 5 Minor 22

182

Impact ID Description Impact Magnitude Receptor No and Description Receptor Value/ Significance Approved Mitigation Measures Significance Sensitivity before after mitigation Mitigation SE006 Conflict between workers and local people – Im C S 10. Local residents National/High Medium To the extent possible, hire local female and NS general impacts of influx of workers S Lo 3 male workers. For some jobs requiring re- E Lo 2 training, the contractor will select among the D Med 5 employees hired locally to train them for new F Fre 5 skills so they can do the job well P Hi 3 Collaborate with local authorities to publish 1 Rev Y information on the project, including Minor 19 construction items, environmental and social

issues related to the project, introduce construction personnel from other places to the community. Organize regular exchanges between workers and local people; All workers shall be properly registered. Child labour is strictly prohibited. Children playing on site must be discouraged. Conduct regular orientations and awareness raising of workers on how to prevent infectious diseases such as HIV/AIDS (to be conducted through the implementation of the Gender Action Plan) Implement a strict and zero-tolerance policy to regulate gambling, prostitution, theft, wildlife poaching and forest product collection. SE007 Local services such as health care over Im C S 10. Local residents National/High Medium Contractors to ensure that workers have NS stretched due to presence of workers using S Lo 3 adequate services within camp areas or facilities and preventing local people E Lo 2 establish additional services to meet demand accessing services D Med 5 F Fre 5 P Hi 3 Rev Y 1 Minor 19

SG001 Compaction of soils and loss of soil physical, Im C S 33. Soils as a resource Regional/Moderate Low All work sites to be fenced off to prevent NS chemical and biological structure S Lo 3 accidental encroachment off machinery and E Lo 2 workers D Med 5 Soil storage areas will be protected from F Fre 5 contamination by hydrocarbons and P Hi 3 chemicals, Rev N 5 Soils to be stored during construction shall not Minor 23 stored in mounds higher then 3 m. Soil storage areas should be covered or stabilised through sowing with short term vegetation cover. Soil stores should not be tracked across by people or equipment.

183

Impact ID Description Impact Magnitude Receptor No and Description Receptor Value/ Significance Approved Mitigation Measures Significance Sensitivity before after mitigation Mitigation TE001 Impacts on potential wintering habitat of Im C S 23. Yellow-breasted bunting International/Extreme Medium Conduct pre-construction winter survey for NS Yellow-breasted bunting S Lo 3 (Emberiza aureola) Yellow-breasted bunting along alignment of E Lo 2 route plus 500 m either side of the highway D LT 7 centre line. F Con 7 If species is present or reported to have been P Lo 2 present in recent history then project shall 1 Rev Y develop a management plan for this species Minor 22 to protect and increase suitable wintering

habitat along the route as part of offsetting measures TE002 Catastrophic loss of containment of Im C S 42. Critical habitats International/Extreme High All areas where hydrocarbons and chemicals NS hydrocarbons and other chemicals entering S Hi 8 are stored shall have adequate spill water course/ground water and reaching E Reg 3 containment and clean up kits available areas of Critical Habitat D LT 7 All chemical stores shall be on an F Ra 2 impermeable surface within a locked structure P Lo 2 with restricted access. 5 Rev N Full inventory of chemicals stored shall be Moderate 27 maintained along with relevant Material

Safety Data Sheets Fuel tanks for construction period shall be placed on impermeable layer with sealed bund with a containment capacity of 110% of tank capacity.

Bunds shall be kept free of water and debris. Tanks shall be protected from vehicle collision and other accidental damage.

Double wall tanks are preferred, No refuelling of vehicles and/or equipment shall be conducted in unauthorised areas - if carried out on permeable surfaces a drip tray shall be used. TE004 Impacts on regionally endemic species Im C S 25. White-throated babbler Regional/Moderate Medium Conduct pre-construction survey for this NS (Chatarrhaea gularis) White-throated S Med 5 (Chatarrhaea gularis) species and establish location of activity, babbler at arable areas of route - loss of E Lo 2 breeding, feeding and roosting. habitat, severance and fragmentation D Per 10 F One 1 If within area of influence of project, develop P Hi 3 and implement a species protection plan Rev N 5 Moderate 31

184

Impact ID Description Impact Magnitude Receptor No and Description Receptor Value/ Significance Approved Mitigation Measures Significance Sensitivity before after mitigation Mitigation TE008 Impact of Invasive Species on local flora Im C S 38. General common Local/Low Minor See also Section E.3.5 NS and fauna S Lo 3 ecological resources - species (i) All equipment, machinery etc. to be See also Section E.3.5 E Lo 2 and habitat thoroughly cleaned prior to deployment to D Per 10 site; F One 1 P Lo 2 (ii) Any containers, equipment or storage Rev Y 1 units which will be brought to the project area from outside of Myanmar shall be certified as Moderate 24 pest free (rats, mice, insects etc.) prior to leaving the country of origin; (iii) The contractor shall maintain all work sites and camps, if used, pest free and adopt a proactive approach to the control of all pests including native and non-native species; (iv) Workers shall be made aware of the risks of accidental introductions and the requirements to manage risk. (v) All vessels used in the construction of the bridge within the river will be thoroughly cleaned prior to deployment to the site. (vi) Any vessels, tanks or containers which will be used in the river and originating from a third country will be steam cleaned prior to deployment to the site, all tanks, cooling systems, etc., will be emptied prior to deployment; (vii) No ballast materials shall be discharged into the River Sittaung; (viii) The contractor will allow no plant material to enter the water course from vessels, including food products, seeds etc. WM001 Generation of waste which will exceed local Im C S 32. Existing waste Regional/Moderate Low Project contractor shall develop an effective NS capacity to treat and dispose of in S Med 5 management recourse waste management plan as part of the CEMP accordance with good international practices E Reg 3 capacity in local area requirements. Plan will include waste D Med 5 minimisation approaches, waste reuse and F Fre 5 waste recycling procedures. Any required P Hi 3 treatment or disposal shall utilise nationally Rev Y 1 licenced facilities where available or other facilities acceptable to ADB Minor 22

185

Impact ID Description Impact Magnitude Receptor No and Description Receptor Value/ Significance Approved Mitigation Measures Significance Sensitivity before after mitigation Mitigation WM002 Improper disposal of excavation spoil and Im C S 37. All other water courses, Regional/Moderate Low Before commencement of excavation works NS waste pavement - water courses used as S Med 5 canals, ditches etc obtain the CSC’s approval of the disposal surrogate receptor - will apply to ground E Lo 2 sites. Such sites will meet the following D Med 5 criteria: contamination as well F Inf 3 P Hi 3 a. Located at least 50 m from 1 Rev Y watercourses Minor 19

b. Will not cause sedimentation or obstruction of the flow in watercourses

c. Will not cause damage to productive areas

These must be selected in consultation with ECD offices on Bago and Kyaitko Im = Impact Severity, C = Class, S = Score – see Section E.2 for Scoring system – Impact Abbreviations – S = Size of impact – Low, Medium or High. E = Extent – Very Local, Local, Regional, National, International D = Duration – Tr = Transient, St = Short term, Med = medium term, LT = Long term, Per = permanent. F = Frequency – Ra = rare, Inf = Infrequent, Fre -= Frequent, Con = Continuous, On = One off P = Probability – Hi – High, Cer = Certain, Lo = Low Rev = Reversibility - Y = Yes, N = No

186

E.3.7. Preparation of Construction Environment Management Plans 586. Following contract award but before site works commence, each works contractor must produce a construction environment management plan (CEMP). Upon contract signing, the MOC shall hold a short course to orient contractors on EIA and EMP requirements, CEMP preparation requirements, any additional mitigation measures that may be required during construction phase. 587. The CEMP shall define (i) project description and implementation schedule; (ii) the contractor’s environmental management system, including institutional arrangements for environment, health and safety management; inspection and monitoring arrangements for Emergency Health Services; emergency response procedures; environment training commitments; communication and grievance redress mechanism; and reporting arrangements; (iii) environmental mitigation and control plan, including risk screening; identification of sensitive receptors (environmental constraints maps); identification of risk mitigation measures; and (v) all risk management sub-plans, method statements, which shall include, but not necessarily be limited to: · Materials Management Plan (MMP), giving arrangements for supply of construction materials to avoid unnecessary stockpiling outside project site. · Spoil Disposal Plan (SDP), for handling and disposal excavation spoils so that contractors dispose overburden in sites approved by local authorities. · Waste Management Plan (WMP), for handling, transport, storage and disposal of solid and liquid wastes and hazardous materials at sites approved by local authorities. · Drainage Management Plan (DMP), to ensure that construction works will not cause ponding or flooding at construction camps, borrow/quarry areas, other areas used for project-related activities and adjacent areas. · Silt Control Plan (SCP), to ensure that construction works will not cause excessive runoff and siltation of adjacent waterways within the Project site. · Temporary Traffic Management Plan (TTMP), to control safe interaction of vehicular traffic and pedestrians during construction. · Utilities Plan (UP), to avoid interruption to power, water supply telecoms and irrigation systems. · Noise and Dust Control Plan (NDCP), to minimize impacts to sensitive receptors (residential areas, schools, hospitals, etc.) due to construction works, sourcing and transport of construction materials, and other project-related activities. · Health and Safety Plan (H&SP), to ensure worker and community safety, and prevent accidents during construction works. 588. The CEMPs shall be submitted to the MOC Emergency Service Unit for review and clearance prior to construction works.

E.3.8. Construction Noise (See NO001) 589. During pre-construction (house demolishing) and construction, there will be several noise pollution sources due to operations of a variety of types of machines and vehicles. Noise levels will vary depending on the type of machines and other factors such as condition of equipment, proximity.

187

590. Noise levels from a point source such as a piece of construction equipment will attenuate six dB(A) per doubling of distance over hard surfaces. Over a “soft” or vegetated surfaces, noise levels can attenuate at nine dB(A) per doubling of distance. 591. Table E-11 provides a summary of likely level of noise generated by sources likely to be used in the current project. Table E-11 Noise levels generated by machinery Noise level at distance of Noise level at Noise level at Transport vehicles 1m from the source distance of distance of No. and construction 20m from the 50m from the machinery Range Average source source 01 Bulldozer 93.0 67.0 59.0

02 Roller 72.0 - 74.0 73.0 47.0 39.0

03 Excavator 72.0 - 84.0 78.0 52.0 44.0

05 Grader 80.0 - 93.0 86.5 60.5 52.5

06 Road paver 87.0 - 88.5 87.7 61.7 53.7

07 Truck 82.0 - 94.0 88.0 62.0 54.0

08 Concrete mixer 75.0 - 88.0 81.5 55.5 47.5

09 Mobile crane 76.0 - 87.0 81.5 55.5 47.5 Myanmar and IFC Guideline (2007) applying to daytime level in residential, institutional

and educational facilities is 70dB(A) Occupational Health standards require noise at the production area to be less than 85 dB(A) for 8 hours of noise exposure. If noise levels are higher than workers must use hearing protection.

Source: FHWA Highway Construction Noise Handbook (the Handbook)

592. From the above table it can be seen that for single machines or equipment operating under normal conditions that the Myanmar and IFC Daytime standard which is an averaged value should readily be met at 20 m. 593. However, use of a single piece of equipment in isolation would not be a normal approach on an active work site. Determination of construction noise levels through modelling and predictive means would require a lot of detail of the operating patterns and proximity of multiple equipment and vehicles. This could only be developed by the contractor so at this stage the EIA has developed mitigation and monitoring requirements for the construction period to ensure that noise standards are met. These are presented in NO001 in Table E-11.

E.3.9. Vibration (NO002) 594. The potential effects of vibration during construction come mainly from operating machinery near to properties, and in particular vibratory rollers which operate by using vibrations to help consolidate ground. Under normal circumstances passing traffic, even heavy lorries on good quality road surfaces will not generate vibration levels which would be damaging to a building or perceived adversely by humans. 595. The impact of vibration may be nuisance value as humans perceive vibrations readily or damage to a structure. The latter is normally divided into cosmetic damage, for example minor cracks in plaster, and structural damage which may affect the building integrity.

188

596. In addition to the likely levels of vibration created by construction activities, a vital aspect of an assessment is the fragility of the structure. European guidance is frequently quoted for safe levels of vibration and reflect buildings of good quality, built within struct building codes and regulation. This may not be the case in less developed countries and the current project includes buildings that may be susceptible to damage from vibration at lower levels. 597. The project should therefore identify significance thresholds for vibration based on local building types and materials. Table E-12 presents a range of values used internationally for building effects. Table E-12 Building Vibration Damage Assessment Criteria Building Building Description Cosmetic Source Assumed Vibration Damage Reference for Building Damage Threshold Criteria Coupling Risk Level ppv (mm/s) Loss

Extremely fragile historic buildings, ruins, ancient monuments 2 Caltrans/BART n/a Fragile buildings of clay construction with shallow High Risk A (<1m) rubble footings 3 Caltrans 1 Fragile buildings of clay construction with concrete High Risk B foundations/footings 3 Caltrans 0.5 Residential brick built on concrete foundations/footings BS 7385/DIN Medium Risk and light commercial 10 4150 0.5 Heavy commercial, industrial BS 7385/DIN Low Risk and framed buildings 25 4150 0.5

Source: BS 785/DIN 4150 & Caltrans

598. For the current assessment it is considered that a conservative limit value for cosmetic damage is PPV of 3 mm/s. 599. The CalTrans advice on roads and vibration provides details of a screening approach for estimating the vibration amplitudes, in terms of peak particle velocity (PPV), for a variety of construction equipment and soil types. Figure E-4 provides a plot of distance versus threshold limits which can be used in screening. These are based on CalTrans standard values for soil (hard rock = worst case) and a standard vibratory roller.

189

Figure E-4 Plot of Distance (m) v Vibration Threshold (mm/s)

600. It can be seen that for a standard vibratory roller that the set threshold limit of 3 mm/s is achieved at a distance of approximately 12 m. This indicates that for the current project impacts due to vibration are considered as a low risk. 601. However, as with construction noise issues, it is necessary to consider how equipment and machinery may be operated during construction activities which may cause increased vibration levels. On this basis mitigation measures are set out to manage the risk of vibration impacts as shown in NO002. 602. There are no existing buildings likely to be affected by vibration. There will be no blasting using explosives. No impact piling is envisaged. Lorries carrying heavy loads of construction materials will be routed away from any vibration sensitive locations that will be identified in the Traffic Management Plan which the contractor must submit as part of the CEMP.

E.3.10. Social / Community Safety (see Impact SR006) 603. Social problems relating to labour force are often involved in road projects due to the large number of workers hired. Social strife can arise between workers hired from different areas and residents or even between workers. Project implementation will give increased employment opportunities for local communities. This has the potential to lead to child labour on the jobsite if contractors fail to properly control the age of the workers. Additionally, such a large number of workers can bring social issues such as drug abuse, petty crime, gambling and prostitution. 604. Mitigation measures to manage the impacts and risk are provided at Impact SE006, Table E-10.

E.3.11. Development of Workers Accommodation Camps 605. The project has not determined if new workers accommodation facilities will be required for the project or if existing facilities will be available. 606. If new facilities are required their location and development should be coordinated with the Ministry of Construction. Crucial to reduction of potential effects is the location of camps and risk of impacts on local population (See Impact CS004 and associated mitigation). At detailed design if an update of the EIA is required all camps and related facilities shall be included in the assessment.

190

E.3.12. Surface water pollution (TE002, WM002) 607. Turbid water may be generated by earth works and excavation in the river where bridges, guide banks and revetment are planned. Additionally, polluted water may be discharged from workers camp. Impacts during construction and forecasted data by source are shown below. This is especially relevant at the new Sittaung Bridge. A more detailed assessment was conducted for that purpose in the framework of the separate EIA for the Sittaung Bridge, as summarized below. Table E-13 Forecasted Impacts regarding Water Quality during Construction

Parameter Forecast Condition Forecasted Impacts Impacts

Current SS : 296 mg/l (rainy season) Impacts on Run off turbid water Unpaved area Max. 250,000 m2 Forecasted SS: 298 mg/l (rainy Earthwork and from unpaved area season) unpaved area only rainy season (all project area including (* 0.97% increase)

Steel Pipe Sheet Piles (SPSP) Turbid water does not come out from Impacts on Excavation at methodology is adopted as piling of excavated point covered with sheet excavation in the pillars in the river foundation works piles, thus negative impacts on turbid river (see discussion below) water is not caused. Season: Dry season (Nov-April) Number of Workers: 50 persons Current BOD: 14 mg/l (Dry season) Impacts on Discharge of Water consumption: 60 l/person organic polluted domestic organic Forecasted BOD: 14.04 mg/l (dry water from base- polluted water from Total discharge water volume: 3,000 season) camp base camp l/day (* 0.26% increase) Discharge BOD density*1: 30mg/l

Bago Sittaung Mon

b) Impacts on excavation in the river c) Impacts on organic polluted water from base-camp in Dry Season

Impact on Earthwork and unpaved area (run off turbid water in rainy season

Figure E-5 Expected Impacts on Water Quality during Construction Source: Draft REIA for the Sittaung Bridge (January 2019)

608. The EIA (and EMP) for the Siitaung Bridge requires adoption of steel pipe sheet piles (SPSP) methodology for bridge pier construction. SPSP can combine basic foundation pile

191

and temporary cofferdam, making it possible to design and construct economically. Additionally, since excavated soil is taken out and transported to a designated disposal area, turbid water is not anticipated to be generated in the river.

Figure E-6 Image of SPSP (Steel Pipe Sheet Piles) Methodology Source: Draft REIA for the Sittaung Bridge (January 2019) 609. During construction, turbid water is caused from construction area, however forecasted impact by the project is less than 1%. Appropriate methodology for pilling foundation work is adopted so as not to generate turbid water in the river. It is concluded that the residual impact will be negligible. Water quality monitoring upstream and downstream of the work area will confirm this assumption.

E.4. Impacts of Operations and Maintenance 610. The predicted impacts and mitigation measures for the operational and maintenance phases of the project are presented in Table E-14. 611. Potential impacts and risks during this phase of the project relate to two main areas of concern, these being emissions from vehicles and their release into the environment, and accident risk/severance caused by the flow of traffic along the route.

192

Table E-14 Impacts and Mitigation – Operation Phase Impact ID Description Impact Magnitude Receptor No and Description Receptor Value/ Significance Approved Mitigation Measures Significance Sensitivity before after mitigation Mitigation AF003 Severance of access and fragmentation of Im C S 5. Agricultural access Local/Low Low Project design includes high number of NS land holdings due to road S Med 5 crossing points (under passes) - aim to E Lo 2 ensure no users will need to walk more D Per 10 than 350 m to reach an under pass F One 1 P Cer 5 Rev Y 1 Moderate 29

AF006 Risk of death and injury to domesticated Im C S 3. Agricultural production Regional/Moderate Medium Installation of frequent underpasses to NS agricultural animals attempting to cross road S Lo 3 processes allow animals to cross below road. E Lo 2 Steep embankments will discourage D Per 10 large animals from crossing road F Inf 3 P Hi 3 Rev N 5 Moderate 26

AQ003 Elevated levels of air quality pollutants - see Im C S 10. Local residents National/High Medium Design to ensure free movement of Low section E.4.1.4 S Lo 3 traffic and no queuing at area near E Lo 2 residential/urban development. D LT 7 Myanmar government to facilitate and F Con 7 support introduction of hybrid and P Cer 5 electrical vehicles into transportation 1 Rev Y mix for country Minor 25

AQ007 Emissions of criteria pollutants from engines Im C S 8. Residential clusters/ units and National/High Medium Design to ensure traffic flows and no NS S Lo 3 occupants excessive queuing of traffic at E Lo 2 intersections and toll areas - ensure D Per 10 adequate toll booths and implement F Con 7 automated tolling P Cer 5 Rev Y 1 Moderate 28

193

Impact ID Description Impact Magnitude Receptor No and Description Receptor Value/ Significance Approved Mitigation Measures Significance Sensitivity before after mitigation Mitigation CS003 Risk of death and injury to pedestrians Im C S 10. Local residents National/High Medium Consider use of planting on edge of NS attempting to cross the expressway once S Hi 8 right of way to discourage crossing by operational E Lo 2 humans. D Per 10 Design has incorporated frequent F Inf 3 underpasses for pedestrians to reduce P Lo 2 need to cross over the road. Rev N 5 Develop and implement awareness Moderate 30 program for local residents on the dangers of crossing the expressway at grade. Provide adequate warning signs and signs indicating location of nearest underpass. PG001 Potential indirect impacts on national and Im C S 16. Protected Area - Gulf of International/Extreme Medium Drainage arrangements from highway NS international designations of Gulf of S Lo 3 Mottama Ramsar Site leading to bridge should include as a Mottama - Ramsar site and Important Bird E Lo 2 minimum, catchment pits, oil and Area - Deterioration of water quality through D LT 7 grease skimmers and diffuse pollution from road run off. F Inf 3 retention/diversion ponds. See Section E.4.4 P Hi 3 All vehicles should carry and display 1 Rev Y HAZCHEM signage. Minor 19 Vehicles should have speed restrictions and not be allowed to cross in high winds. First responders from the local emergency services should be made aware of the likelihood of a spill on the bridge and be required to carry spill containment materials. NO003 Impact of operational noise on residents and Im C S 8. Residential clusters/ units and National/High Medium During Detailed Design reconfirm Low users of the area See Section E.4.2 for S Med 5 occupants calculated noise levels for year of start, results of modelling setting out future noise E Lo 2 start plus ten years and design year on levels. D Per 10 updated traffic flow data. F Fre 5 On the basis of updated modelling P Cer 5 results include any required mitigation 1 Rev Y measures to ensure that noise at the Moderate 28 façade of all properties along the route

do not exceed Myanmar standards which are equivalent to IFC/WHO guidance Measures to mitigate noise are discussed in Section E.4.3

194

Impact ID Description Impact Magnitude Receptor No and Description Receptor Value/ Significance Approved Mitigation Measures Significance Sensitivity before after mitigation Mitigation SG002 Direct and indirect impacts on soil and Im C S 2. Ground water quality National/High Medium Ensure that design criteria for road run NS ground water resources through chemical or S Lo 3 standards off includes protection of local drainage biological pollution E Reg 3 systems, water ways and rivers. This D LT 7 should include settlement pits for first F Inf 3 flush water following storms, oil traps P Hi 3 and sustainable urban drainage Rev N 5 principles as appropriate Minor 24

TE005 Indirect impacts due to water quality, Im C S 22. Spoon-billed sandpiper International/Extreme High Impacts avoided by design location of NS disturbance and general deterioration of S Hi 8 (Calidris pygmaea) bridge outside of main known area of habitats of Critically Endangered species E Reg 3 Spoon-billed plover wintering grounds, D LT 7 Prevention of pollution - diffuse and F Con 7 catastrophic of River Sittaung and its P Lo 2 catchment area - see mitigation for 5 Rev N PG001 Moderate 32

TE006 Road mortality of the Burmese-eyed turtle Im C S 26. Morenia ocellata Regional/Moderate Low At areas of high activity install reptile NS (Morenia ocellata) a endemic species with S Med 5 fencing to guide turtles, and other IUCN Vulnerable status E Lo 2 species to safe crossing points D LT 7 At underpasses include a suitably F Inf 3 vegetated strip or ditch to allow P Lo 2 individuals to cross under the road in 5 Rev N natural conditions with no exposure to Minor 24 very dry conditions, high light intensity

or open land Discourage use of crossing at grade at areas where the species is known by ensuring the embankments at this place have a strip at the edge which is not vegetated - perhaps a 2 m wide concrete strip which is kept clear of over hanging vegetation. If monitoring shows this species is attempting to cross the road a species protection plan shall be developed and implemented, Provision of frequent crossing points will reduce likelihood of this species crossing the route at grade, steep embankment profile will also deter crossing

195

Impact ID Description Impact Magnitude Receptor No and Description Receptor Value/ Significance Approved Mitigation Measures Significance Sensitivity before after mitigation Mitigation TE007 Ecological severance and habitat Im C S 38. General common ecological Local/Low Low Installation of frequent underpasses will Low fragmentation due to expressway S Med 5 resources - species and habitat allow some species to cross E Reg 3 D Per 10 F Con 7 P Cer 5 Rev N 5 Major 35

Im = Impact Severity, C = Class, S = Score – see Section E.2 for Scoring system – Impact Abbreviations – S = Size of impact – Low, Medium or High. E = Extent – Very Local, Local, Regional, National, International D = Duration – Tr = Transient, St = Short term, Med = medium term, LT = Long term, Per = permanent. F = Frequency – Ra = rare, Inf = Infrequent, Fre -= Frequent, Con = Continuous, On = One off P = Probability – Hi – High, Cer = Certain, Lo = Low Rev = Reversibility - Y = Yes, N = No,

196

E.4.1. Impact on Air Quality

612. Air quality impact modelling was undertaken using CALINE4 which is the California Department of Transportation Line Source Dispersion Model used for road traffic analysis.

E.4.1.1. Air Pollutants

613. Road traffic generates dust and gaseous air pollutants. Dust is measured as PM10 and PM2.5 which are particulates below 10 and 2.5 microns respectively. Gaseous pollutants can include Total Hydrocarbon (HC), Carbon Monoxide (CO), Carbon Dioxide (CO2), Nitrous Oxide (NOx), Sulphur dioxide (SO2), and Lead (Pb). 614. Emissions from the project were estimated based on the traffic forecast, vehicle type, emission factors for typical vehicles and the road length.

E.4.1.2. Traffic Flows 615. The traffic forecast for 2035 is given below. The traffic flow is fairly uniform along the road as there are few interchanges. The maximum traffic is expected to occur on the new Sittaung Bridge so this level of traffic has been modelled. Table E-15 Forecast Traffic Volumes across new Sittaung Bridge in Vehicles 2-Axle 3-Axle 4-Axle Trailer Cars Bus Truck Truck Truck Truck Total Year Year Vehicles Vehicles Vehicles Vehicles Vehicles Vehicles Vehicles 2025 1 6,461 896 4,535 1,432 2,304 581 16,210 2035 11 17,664 1,753 13,149 3,908 6,674 1,289 44,437

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultants 2018

E.4.1.3. Emission Factors 616. The emission factors are standard factors taken from HDM4.

E.4.1.4. Air Quality Model Results

617. Standards for NOX and PM10 are given in the Myanmar standards and are similar to USEPA, IFC and WHO standards. Myanmar does not have a standard for CO so adopts the USEPA National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) which is similar to the Japanese standard. 618. The Myanmar approach is to take the ambient standard and then allow 25% of the “available air quality” based on this standard as the target level if the site is Not Degraded. If the site is degraded then only 10% of the “available air quality” is allowed. 619. The existing ambient levels were assessed by baseline monitoring and compared against the ambient standard for CO, NOx and PM10. Results are given in section D.5.1 None of the sites are currently degraded. 620. Air quality modelling was undertaken using CALINE4 which is the California Department of Transportation Line Source Dispersion Model used for road traffic analysis. It is software

197

endorsed by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA). It uses a mixture of metric and imperial units so emissions factors are input in grams per mile. All results are modelled under worst case scenarios, that is to say a 1-metre per second wind blowing directly from the road to a receiver and stable atmospheric stability conditions. Three parameters are modelled which are NOx, PM10 and CO. CALINE 4 does not model SOx. Predicted air quality was assessed against the Myanmar standards and is shown in Figure E-7.

Figure E-7 Air quality 2035 NOx 621. The results for NOx show the predicted levels for 2035 meet the ambient standard at all distances. For Year 2035 the 25% AAQ target is met at 55 metres from the carriageway edge.

Figure E-8 Air quality 2035 Particulates PM10

622. The results for PM10 (Figure E-8) show the predicted levels for 2035 meet the ambient standard at 30m and will meet the 25% target at 200m distance.

198

Figure E-9 Air quality 2035 CO 623. The results in Figure E-9 show that for CO the predicted levels for 2035 meet the ambient standard and the 25% level at all distances. 624. Given the rural nature of the area alongside the road, there are unlikely to be other significant sources of air pollution. Thus, at the operational stage of the project, increased vehicle traffic is not anticipated to degrade air quality significantly in the project area. 625. The project should not elevate dust levels due to re-entrainment of dust as roads will be sealed. It is concluded that the project will not have major significant effects on air quality near sensitive receptors such as residents and ecologically sensitive sites. 626. Strict access control for vehicles not complying with emission standards of Myanmar shall be enforced by the local traffic police. Project roads shall be regularly maintained to avoid accumulation of fine particles that could result in high dust levels. Regular air quality monitoring should be conducted by MONREC during the operation of the roads. 627. Air quality impact modelling was also conducted independently in the framework of the EIA prepared for the Sittaung Bridge. Two locations were chosen for air pollution predictions. One point is at boundary of ROW at 50m distance from road centre line and another point at a monastery and school at 340m from the centre line which is selected as a sensitive receptor for the prediction of air pollution.

199

Sittaung Mon River State

50 Forecast Point-1 (Boundary on ROW)

340 Forecast Point-2 Sensitive Receptor (Monastery and school) Figure E-10 Air and Noise & Vibration Forecast Locations (Sensitive Receptor in Supanu Village) 628. The Puff model, which is widely used in the analysis of air pollution in Japan, was adopted for quantitative analysis in this case. The result of quantitative forecasting is shown in the table below. Forecasted values on NO2, CO and SO2 satisfy the adopted standard level, however the value of PM10 is beyond Myanmar standard value because current monitored data is exceeding the standard value already. The increase rate is less than 0.1% in 2025, thus the project negative impacts are negligible. While impact assessment methodology and assumptions differ between the ADB EIA and the JICA EIA, both conclude that the impact of the project on air quality at nearest sensitive receptors will not be significant.

Table E-16 Result of Quantitative Forecast on Air Quality after Construction (with traffic) Forecast Point-2 Forecast Point-1 At Sensitive Receptor Standard Point ROW Boundary (Monastery/School) (adopted standard) (50m from centerline) (340m from centerline) Forecasted Forecasted Background Value with Background Value with Parameter Myanmar IFC Japanese (BG) BG (BG) BG (increase rate) (increase rate)

1 year 40 NO2 Average 68.098 66.021 65.631 65.631 200 1 hour 76.53 (mg/m3) for 24hrs (+3.76%) (+0.59%) 200 74.870 74.824 PM10 Average 74.820 (+0.07%) 74.820 (+0.01%) 50 50 SPM 100 (mg/m3) for 24hrs (exceeding) (exceeding)

CO Average 0.077 0.068 0.067 0.067 None None 10 (ppm) for 24hrs (+14.93%) (+1.49%)

200

SO2 Average 9.62 9.56 9.55 9.55 20 20 106.65 (mg/m3) for 24hrs (+0.73%) (+0.104%)

Source: Draft EIA for the Sittaung Bridge (January 2019)

E.4.2. Impact on Noise Levels

E.4.2.1. Assessment Technique 629. As part of the assessment of the corridor of impacts, drone over flights were conducted to give high resolution imagery of a 500m wide corridor 250m either side of the centreline of the alignment. These images are georeferenced and have been loaded into Global Mapper software with the alignment superimposed on top. (Figure E-11).

Figure E-11 Drone Imagery with Alignment and ROW

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultants & Suntech Technologies Drone Survey 2018

630. The 12 environmental monitoring points where ambient day and night noise levels were measured are also shown relevant to the alignment and affected dwellings. (Figure E-12)

201

Figure E-12 Alignment with Environmental Monitoring Stations 631. The drone imagery was examined and all dwellings within 250m either side of the centreline recorded. (Later noise calculations show that beyond 250m the predicted noise levels are below the ambient, so the width of this corridor is reasonable.)

E.4.2.2. Noise Predictions 632. The expressway is a closed road with controlled access. There is an entry point, exit point and 3 interchanges giving 5 control points. This gives four sections. Due to the controlled nature of the road, traffic flow does not vary significantly along its length. There are no significant gradients so similar noise levels should be generated at all locations. A future year of 2035 was taken and noise levels calculate using the U.S. Federal Highways Administration Traffic Noise Model Version 2.5 (FHWA TNM2.5) . Highest hourly traffic flows were taken for daytime and night- time. 633. Light vehicles were assigned a speed of 100km/hour and Heavy Vehicles a speed of 80km/hour. The pavement is on an embankment 10m above ground level so attenuation due to ground vegetative effects is low. Corrections were made for atmospheric absorption due to 30oC temperature and 90% R.H. No wind corrections were made.

634. Noise levels in LeqdB(A)-hourly were calculated with distance for night-time and daytime traffic flows and the results are presented as Figure E-13.

202

Noise Levels Peak Hour 90

60 Leq dB(A) 1 hr hr 1 dB(A) Leq 50

40 10 20 50 100 150 200 250 300 Distance from carriageway in metres

MYA Std Nite MYA Std Day Noise Level Nightime Noise Level Daytime

Figure E-13 Noise levels for Daily and Night time Traffic flows Hourly Leq for 2035

E.4.2.3. Impact on dwellings 635. The drone imagery was scrutinized and all potentially affected dwellings identified. Their chainage and offset to left or right of the centreline was recorded. (The road is deemed to run from Bago to Kyaikto so left is north of the road and right south). 636. The calculated noise level at each dwelling were compared with the measured ambient. In all cases the measured ambient was higher than the Myanmar standards. Results are given in Table E-18. 637. As some properties along the route are predicted to experience noise levels above the National Standards, the assessment has considered noise reduction measures for these properties. A number of measures were proposed to the design team who selected a preference for concrete noise barriers at the required locations. Details of such barriers and their proposed locations are set out below.

E.4.3. Noise Barriers

E.4.3.1. Barrier Calculation 638. The calculation tool used combines sound level reduction due to propagation over a distance, insertion of a barrier, ground effect and air absorption. It is based on ISO 9613- 1:1993 “Attenuation of sound during propagation outdoors - Sound Attenuation due to a Barrier.”

E.4.3.2. Air Absorption using ISO9613-1:1993. 639. As sound waves travel through the air a small portion of the energy is converted into heat depending upon the atmospheric temperature and humidity, however the amount is only significant with high frequencies and long distances.

E.4.3.3. Ground Effect (reflection and absorption) using ISO9613-2:1996 640. Sound waves will be reflected or absorbed by the ground depending upon the frequency of the sound wave and how porous the ground is (indicated by the "Ground Factor" value G).

203

Barrier insertion will take precedence over ground effect, the effect is not cumulative. As the embankment height increases the ground attenuation factor decreases. If a barrier is used the benefit from ground attenuation is negated.

E.4.3.4. Barrier Effect due to Path Difference 641. Sound waves are reduced by a barrier depending upon the frequency of the sound wave with lower frequencies less affected. The greater the path difference, the more effective the barrier is. A general rule is that a single barrier at eye level with a source and receiver will reduce the level by approximately 5dB. Barrier attenuation is limited to 20dB for a single barrier (and 25dB for two barriers.) 642. Two examples are given below

E.4.3.5. Example 1 - Assumptions The road is at grade so there is no embankment Source is 0.5m above ground Barrier is 3.5m horizontally from source Barrier is 1.5m in height Receptor is 10 m from source, 6.5 m from barrier Receptor is 1.5 m above GL 643. In this case barrier effectiveness is -9.1 dBs as shown in Figure E-14.

204

Figure E-14 Barrier Effectiveness No Embankment

Source: MAS Environmental, http://noisetools.net/noisecalculator2

E.4.3.6. Example 2 - Assumptions The road is at 5.0m above grade the embankment is +5m. Source is 0.5m above road so it is 5.5m above ground level Barrier is 3.5m horizontally from source Barrier is 1.5m in height so when this is added to embankment it is 6.5m above ground level Receptor is 53.5m from source, 50m from barrier Receptor is 1.5 m above GL 644. In this case barrier effectiveness is -12 dBs as shown in Figure E-15.

205

Figure E-15 Barrier Effectiveness 6m Embankment 645. The ground elevation varies along the route and so the embankment height varies along the road. This is shown in Figure E-16.

Alignment Elevations 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 -10 -20 0.0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 15.1 17.6 20.1 22.6 25.1 27.6 30.1 32.6 35.1 37.7 40.2 42.7 45.2 47.7 50.2 52.7 55.2 57.7 60.2 62.7

Existing Elevation Design Elevation Embankment

Figure E-16 Elevation along Alignment

206

646. Different barrier effectiveness has been calculated for different embankment heights. It should be noted that in some places the road is actually in cutting so in these locations the “embankment” (actually a “cut”) has a negative figure. Results are given below in Table E-17. Table E-17 Results of Noise Barrier Attenuation at Distance and Embankment Heights Noise Receptor Distance Offset from Carriage way edge Embank Source Receptor Barrier Barrier Attenuation ment Height Height Height Height 25 m 50 m 100 m 150 m 200 m 10.0 m 10.5 m 11.5 m 1.5 m -16.1 dB -13.7 dB -11.9 dB -11.0 dB -10.1 dB 9.0 m 9.5 m 10.5 m 1.5 m -15.6 dB -13.4 dB -11.7 dB -10.9 dB -10.0 dB 8.0 m 8.5 m 9.5 m 1.5 m -15.2 dB -13.1 dB -11.5 dB -10.7 dB -9.9 dB 7.0 m 7.5 m 8.5 m 1.5 m -14.7 dB -12.7 dB -11.3 dB -10.6 dB -9.8 dB 6.0 m 6.5 m 7.5 m 1.5 m -14.2 dB -12.4 dB -11.1 dB -10.4 dB -9.7 dB 5.0 m 5.5 m 6.5 m 1.5 m -13.5 dB -12.0 dB -10.9 dB -10.3 dB -9.6 dB 4.0 m 4.5 m 5.5 m 1.5 m -12.8 dB -11.6 dB -10.6 dB -10.1 dB -9.6 dB 3.0 m 3.5 m 4.5 m 1.5 m -12.1 dB -11.2 dB -10.4 dB -10.0 dB -9.5 dB 2.0 m 2.5 m 3.5 m 1.5 m -11.3 dB -10.7 dB -10.2 dB -9.8 dB -9.4 dB 1.0 m 1.5 m 2.5 m 1.5 m -10.6 dB -10.3 dB -9.9 dB -9.7 dB -9.4 dB 0.0 m 0.5 m 1.5 m 1.5 m -9.9 dB -9.9 dB -9.7 dB -9.5 dB -9.3 dB -1.0 m -0.5 m 0.5 m 1.5 m -9.2 dB -9.5 dB -9.5 dB -9.4 dB -9.2 dB -2.0 m -1.5 m -0.5 m 1.5 m -8.4 dB -9.1 dB -9.3 dB -9.2 dB -9.1 dB -3.0 m -2.5 m -1.5 m 1.5 m -7.7 dB -8.7 dB -9.2 dB -9.1 dB -9.0 dB -4.0 m -3.5 m -2.5 m 1.5 m -6.9 dB -8.3 dB -9.0 dB -9.0 dB -8.9 dB -5.0 m -4.5 m -3.5 m 1.5 m -6.2 dB -7.9 dB -8.8 dB -8.8 dB -8.8 dB -6.0 m -5.5 m -4.5 m 1.5 m -5.4 dB -7.5 dB -8.6 dB -8.7 dB -8.7 dB

647. The noise assessment has taken into account the vertical elevation of the road, the barrier and the receptor. Results are given below in Table E-18.

207

Table E-18 Noise Assessment with Barriers Offset Left or Total noise Noise Level Noise Level at Within 3 dB of from Myanmar Embank Noise increase Length Chain right Type of Nearest ET Ambient Traffic noise (Baseline + reduction with Receptor with Ambient or less than Land Use Carriage Guideline Limits ment (above baseline) of age of Dwelling ET# Traffic) no barrier barrier 1.5m barrier 1.5m Regulation way Height barrier road edge m. Day Night Day Night Day Night Day Night Day Night Day Night Day Night Day Night Industrial START Agricultural 125 m Right Hotel ET#01 78 dB 74 dB 70 dB 70 dB 65 dB 62 dB 0 m 78 dB 74 dB Guest 00+070 Agricultural 60 m Right ET#01 78 dB 74 dB 70 dB 70 dB 71 dB 68 dB 1 m 78 dB 74 dB House 00+200 Agricultural 70 m Right Houses ET#01 78 dB 74 dB 70 dB 70 dB 70 dB 67 dB 1 m 78 dB 74 dB 00+300 Agricultural 50 m Left Industrial ET#01 78 dB 74 dB 70 dB 70 dB 72 dB 69 dB 0 m 78 dB 74 dB 00+450 Agricultural 38 m Right House ET#01 78 dB 74 dB 70 dB 70 dB 73 dB 70 dB 2 m 78 dB 74 dB 01+300 Agricultural 200 m Left Hotel ET#01 78 dB 74 dB 70 dB 70 dB 61 dB 58 dB 4 m 78 dB 74 dB 01+600 Agricultural 210 m Left Farmhouse ET#02 67 dB 73 dB 70 dB 70 dB 60 dB 57 dB 4 m 67 dB 73 dB 01+630 Agricultural 160 m Left Farmhouse ET#02 67 dB 73 dB 70 dB 70 dB 63 dB 60 dB 4 m 67 dB 73 dB 01+770 Agricultural 95 m Right Farmhouse ET#02 67 dB 73 dB 70 dB 70 dB 67 dB 64 dB 7 m 68 dB 73 dB 06+530 Agricultural 110 m Right Farmhouse ET#02 67 dB 73 dB 55 dB 45 dB 67 dB 64 dB 9 m 68 dB 73 dB 06+820 Agricultural 200 m Left Farmhouse ET#02 67 dB 73 dB 55 dB 45 dB 45 dB 42 dB 7 m 67 dB 73 dB 10+000 Agricultural 120 m Left Farmhouse ET#03 72 dB 71 dB 55 dB 45 dB 66 dB 63 dB 5 m 72 dB 71 dB 10+530 Agricultural 160 m Right Farmhouse ET#03 72 dB 71 dB 55 dB 45 dB 63 dB 60 dB 7 m 72 dB 71 dB 10+700 Agricultural 60 m Left Farmhouse ET#03 72 dB 71 dB 55 dB 45 dB 72 dB 69 dB 5 m 72 dB 71 dB 10+710 Agricultural 65 m Right Farmhouse ET#03 72 dB 71 dB 55 dB 45 dB 72 dB 69 dB 5 m 72 dB 71 dB 16+920 Agricultural 210 m Right Farmhouse ET#03 72 dB 71 dB 55 dB 45 dB 60 dB 57 dB 4 m 72 dB 71 dB 18+760 Agricultural 35 m Left Farmhouse ET#03 72 dB 71 dB 55 dB 45 dB 74 dB 71 dB 6 m 74 dB 71 dB 2 dB 19+190 Agricultural 50 m Left Farmhouse ET#03 72 dB 71 dB 55 dB 45 dB 72 dB 69 dB 7 m 72 dB 71 dB 19+390 Agricultural 170 m Left Farmhouse ET#03 72 dB 71 dB 55 dB 45 dB 63 dB 60 dB 8 m 72 dB 71 dB 22+380 Agricultural 180 m Right Farmhouse ET#06 75 dB 64 dB 55 dB 45 dB 63 dB 60 dB 6 m 75 dB 64 dB 22+550 Agricultural 90 m Right Farmhouse ET#06 75 dB 64 dB 55 dB 45 dB 67 dB 64 dB 7 m 75 dB 64 dB 24+650 Agricultural 85 m Right Residential ET#06 75 dB 64 dB 55 dB 45 dB 67 dB 64 dB 6 m 75 dB 64 dB 24+820 Agricultural 110 m Left Farmhouse ET#06 75 dB 64 dB 55 dB 45 dB 62 dB 59 dB 8 m 75 dB 64 dB 25+300 Agricultural 60 m Left Stupa ET#06 75 dB 64 dB 55 dB 45 dB 71 dB 67 dB 4 m 75 dB 67 dB 3 dB 26+240 Agricultural 100 m Right Farmhouse ET#06 75 dB 64 dB 55 dB 45 dB 67 dB 64 dB 5 m 75 dB 64 dB 27+900 Agricultural 200 m Left Cluster ET#06 75 dB 64 dB 55 dB 45 dB 61 dB 58 dB 7 m 75 dB 64 dB 28+200 Agricultural 95 m Right Farmhouse ET#06 75 dB 64 dB 55 dB 45 dB 67 dB 64 dB 7 m 75 dB 64 dB 31+350 Agricultural 80 m Right Farmhouse ET#08 63 dB 60 dB 55 dB 45 dB 68 dB 65 dB 8 m 68 dB 65 dB 5 dB 5 dB -12 dB -12 dB 63 dB 60 dB OK OK 440 m 32+200 Agricultural 200 m Left Cluster ET#08 63 dB 60 dB 55 dB 45 dB 61 dB 58 dB 6 m 63 dB 60 dB 33+200 Agricultural 250 m Left Farmhouse ET#08 63 dB 60 dB 55 dB 45 dB 59 dB 56 dB 4 m 63 dB 60 dB 35+550 Agricultural 100 m Right Farmhouse ET#08 63 dB 60 dB 55 dB 45 dB 67 dB 64 dB 8 m 67 dB 64 dB 4 dB 4 dB -12 dB -12 dB 63 dB 60 dB OK OK 440 m 35+550 Agricultural 155 m Right Farmhouse ET#08 63 dB 60 dB 55 dB 45 dB 67 dB 64 dB 8 m 67 dB 64 dB 4 dB 4 dB -11 dB -11 dB 63 dB 60 dB OK OK 35+550 Agricultural 200 m Right Farmhouse ET#08 63 dB 60 dB 55 dB 45 dB 67 dB 64 dB 8 m 67 dB 64 dB 4 dB 4 dB -10 dB -10 dB 63 dB 60 dB OK OK 35+590 Agricultural 50 m Left Farmhouse ET#08 63 dB 60 dB 55 dB 45 dB 72 dB 69 dB 8 m 72 dB 69 dB 9 dB 9 dB -13 dB -13 dB 63 dB 60 dB OK OK 440 m 35+680 Agricultural 125 m Left Farmhouse ET#08 63 dB 60 dB 55 dB 45 dB 65 dB 62 dB 8 m 65 dB 62 dB 2 dB 2 dB 36+540 Agricultural 145 m Left Cluster ET#09 59 dB 62 dB 55 dB 45 dB 64 dB 61 dB 4 m 64 dB 62 dB 5 dB -10 dB -10 dB 59 dB 62 dB OK OK 440 m

208

Offset Left or Total noise Noise Level Noise Level at Within 3 dB of from Myanmar Embank Noise increase Length Chain right Type of Nearest ET Ambient Traffic noise (Baseline + reduction with Receptor with Ambient or less than Land Use Carriage Guideline Limits ment (above baseline) of age of Dwelling ET# Traffic) no barrier barrier 1.5m barrier 1.5m Regulation way Height barrier road edge m. Day Night Day Night Day Night Day Night Day Night Day Night Day Night Day Night 2 New 41+100 Agricultural 210 m Left ET#09 59 dB 62 dB 55 dB 45 dB 61 dB 58 dB 8 m 61 dB 62 dB 2 dB Houses 41+070 Agricultural 60 m Right Farmhouse ET#09 59 dB 62 dB 55 dB 45 dB 71 dB 68 dB 9 m 71 dB 68 dB 12 dB 6 dB -13 dB -13 dB 59 dB 62 dB OK OK 440 m 41+120 Agricultural 80 m Right Farmhouse ET#09 59 dB 62 dB 55 dB 45 dB 67 dB 64 dB 8 m 67 dB 64 dB 8 dB 2 dB -12 dB -12 dB 59 dB 62 dB OK OK 50 m 41+130 Agricultural 125 m Right Cluster 20+ ET#09 59 dB 62 dB 55 dB 45 dB 65 dB 62 dB 8 m 65 dB 62 dB 6 dB -11 dB -11 dB 59 dB 62 dB OK OK 10 m 44+100 Agricultural 185 m Right Farmhouse ET#09 59 dB 62 dB 55 dB 45 dB 63 dB 60 dB 8 m 63 dB 62 dB 4 dB -10 dB -10 dB 59 dB 62 dB OK OK 440 m 3 44+300 Agricultural 100 m Right ET#09 59 dB 62 dB 55 dB 45 dB 67 dB 64 dB 5 m 67 dB 64 dB 8 dB 2 dB -11 dB -11 dB 59 dB 62 dB OK OK 200 m Farmhouse 3 47+630 Agricultural 150 m Right ET#09 59 dB 62 dB 55 dB 45 dB 63 dB 60 dB 8 m 63 dB 62 dB 4 dB -11 dB -11 dB 59 dB 62 dB OK OK 440 m Farmhouse 48+630 Agricultural 50 m Left Farmhouse ET#11 59 dB 63 dB 55 dB 45 dB 72 dB 69 dB 4 m 72 dB 69 dB 13 dB 6 dB -12 dB -12 dB 61 dB 63 dB OK OK 440 m

50+270 End Road Start Bridge 4 m River 50+700 River Left ET#12 61 dB 55 dB 55 dB 45 dB 13 m 61 dB 55 dB Sittaung JICA River 51+600 River Right ET#12 61 dB 55 dB 55 dB 45 dB 17 m 61 dB 55 dB BRIDGE Sittaung PROJECT 51+580 Agricultural 165 m Right House ET#12 61 dB 55 dB 55 dB 45 dB 64 dB 61 dB 18 m 64 dB 61 dB 3 dB 6 dB -11 dB -11 dB 61 dB 55 dB OK OK 51+940 Agricultural 150 m Right House ET#12 61 dB 55 dB 55 dB 45 dB 64 dB 61 dB 10 m 64 dB 61 dB 3 dB 6 dB -11 dB -11 dB 61 dB 55 dB OK OK 52+680 Agricultural 50 m Right Farmhouse ET#12 61 dB 55 dB 55 dB 45 dB 72 dB 69 dB 9 m 72 dB 69 dB 11 dB 14 dB -13 dB -13 dB 61 dB 56 dB OK OK 52+770 End Bridge Restart Road 9 m 130 m 52+820 Agricultural 90 m Right Farmhouse ET#12 61 dB 55 dB 55 dB 45 dB 67 dB 64 dB 9 m 67 dB 64 dB 6 dB 9 dB -12 dB -12 dB 61 dB 55 dB OK OK 140 m 52+920 Agricultural 200 m Left House ET#12 61 dB 55 dB 55 dB 45 dB 61 dB 58 dB 9 m 61 dB 58 dB 3 dB 52+940 Agricultural 125 m Right Farmhouse ET#12 61 dB 55 dB 55 dB 45 dB 65 dB 62 dB 8 m 65 dB 62 dB 4 dB 7 dB -11 dB -11 dB 61 dB 55 dB OK OK 120 m 53+000 Agricultural 210 m Right Farmhouse ET#12 61 dB 55 dB 55 dB 45 dB 61 dB 58 dB 7 m 61 dB 58 dB 3 dB 53+400 Agricultural 85 m Left Farmhouse ET#12 61 dB 55 dB 55 dB 45 dB 68 dB 65 dB 7 m 68 dB 65 dB 7 dB 10 dB -11 dB -11 dB 61 dB 55 dB OK OK 440 m 53+950 Agricultural 60 m Left Farmhouse ET#12 61 dB 55 dB 55 dB 45 dB 71 dB 68 dB 6 m 71 dB 68 dB 10 dB 13 dB -11 dB -11 dB 61 dB 57 dB OK OK 550 m 53+980 Agricultural 45 m Right Farmhouse ET#12 61 dB 55 dB 55 dB 45 dB 72 dB 69 dB 6 m 72 dB 69 dB 11 dB 14 dB -12 dB -12 dB 61 dB 57 dB OK OK 440 m 54+030 Agricultural 35 m Right Farmhouse ET#12 61 dB 55 dB 55 dB 45 dB 73 dB 70 dB 5 m 73 dB 70 dB 12 dB 15 dB -12 dB -12 dB 61 dB 58 dB OK OK 50 m 3 54+050 Agricultural 135 m Left ET#12 61 dB 55 dB 55 dB 45 dB 65 dB 62 dB 4 m 65 dB 62 dB 4 dB 7 dB -10 dB -10 dB 61 dB 55 dB OK OK 100 m Farmhouse 54+280 Agricultural 190 m Left Farmhouse ET#12 61 dB 55 dB 55 dB 45 dB 61 dB 58 dB -5 m 61 dB 58 dB 3 dB Farm & 54+650 Agricultural 150 m Left ET#12 61 dB 55 dB 55 dB 45 dB 64 dB 61 dB -1 m 64 dB 61 dB 3 dB 6 dB -9 dB -9 dB 61 dB 55 dB OK OK 440 m barns 5 farm 56+380 Agricultural 180 m Left ET#13 57 dB 46 dB 55 dB 45 dB 61 dB 58 dB 7 m 61 dB 58 dB 4 dB 12 dB -10 dB -10 dB 57 dB 48 dB OK OK 440 m buildings 56+400 Agricultural 95 m Right Farmhouse ET#13 57 dB 46 dB 55 dB 45 dB 67 dB 64 dB 7 m 67 dB 64 dB 10 dB 18 dB -11 dB -11 dB 57 dB 53 dB OK >3 dB 440 m 56+510 Agricultural 120 m Left Farmhouse ET#13 57 dB 46 dB 55 dB 45 dB 66 dB 63 dB 7 m 66 dB 63 dB 9 dB 17 dB -11 dB -11 dB 57 dB 52 dB OK >3 dB 130 m 56+520 Agricultural 165 m Left Farmhouse ET#13 57 dB 46 dB 55 dB 45 dB 63 dB 60 dB 7 m 63 dB 60 dB 6 dB 14 dB -11 dB -11 dB 57 dB 49 dB OK >3 dB 10 m 56+560 Agricultural 240 m Left Farmhouse ET#13 57 dB 46 dB 55 dB 45 dB 59 dB 56 dB 6 m 59 dB 56 dB 2 dB 10 dB -9 dB -9 dB 57 dB 47 dB OK OK 40 m 56+590 Agricultural 155 m Right Farmhouse ET#13 57 dB 46 dB 55 dB 45 dB 63 dB 60 dB 6 m 63 dB 60 dB 6 dB 14 dB -10 dB -10 dB 57 dB 50 dB OK >3 dB 30 m 57+190 Agricultural 95 m Right Farmhouse ET#14 60 dB 58 dB 55 dB 45 dB 67 dB 64 dB 1 m 67 dB 64 dB 7 dB 7 dB -10 dB -10 dB 57 dB 50 dB OK >3 dB 440 m 209

Offset Left or Total noise Noise Level Noise Level at Within 3 dB of from Myanmar Embank Noise increase Length Chain right Type of Nearest ET Ambient Traffic noise (Baseline + reduction with Receptor with Ambient or less than Land Use Carriage Guideline Limits ment (above baseline) of age of Dwelling ET# Traffic) no barrier barrier 1.5m barrier 1.5m Regulation way Height barrier road edge m. Day Night Day Night Day Night Day Night Day Night Day Night Day Night Day Night 58+920 Agricultural 100 m Right 4 Houses ET#14 60 dB 58 dB 55 dB 45 dB 67 dB 64 dB 0 m 67 dB 64 dB 7 dB 7 dB -10 dB -10 dB 60 dB 58 dB OK OK 440 m 59+280 Agricultural 60 m Right Farmhouse ET#14 60 dB 58 dB 55 dB 45 dB 71 dB 68 dB 1 m 71 dB 68 dB 11 dB 11 dB -10 dB -10 dB 61 dB 58 dB OK OK 360 m 59+300 Agricultural 125 m Right Farmhouse ET#14 60 dB 58 dB 55 dB 45 dB 66 dB 63 dB 1 m 66 dB 63 dB 6 dB 6 dB -10 dB -10 dB 60 dB 58 dB OK OK 20 m 3 farm 59+650 Agricultural 105 m Left ET#14 60 dB 58 dB 55 dB 45 dB 67 dB 64 dB -2 m 67 dB 64 dB 7 dB 7 dB -9 dB -9 dB 60 dB 58 dB OK OK 440 m buildings 59+930 Agricultural 220 m Left Farmhouse ET#14 60 dB 58 dB 55 dB 45 dB 60 dB 57 dB 0 m 60 dB 58 dB 60+280 Agricultural 45 m Right Farmhouse ET#14 60 dB 58 dB 55 dB 45 dB 72 dB 69 dB 2 m 72 dB 69 dB 12 dB 12 dB -11 dB -11 dB 61 dB 58 dB OK OK 440 m 60+350 Agricultural 70 m Left Farmhouse ET#14 60 dB 58 dB 55 dB 45 dB 69 dB 66 dB -1 m 69 dB 66 dB 9 dB 9 dB -9 dB -9 dB 60 dB 58 dB OK OK 440 m 63+460 Agricultural 220 m Left Farmhouse ET#14 82 dB 80 dB 55 dB 45 dB 60 dB 57 dB 0 m 82 dB 80 dB 63+610 Agricultural 45 m Left House ET#15 82 dB 80 dB 55 dB 45 dB 72 dB 69 dB -2 m 82 dB 80 dB 16 shop 62+860 Agricultural 100 m Left ET#15 82 dB 80 dB 55 dB 45 dB 67 dB 64 dB 10 m 82 dB 80 dB houses 64+450 Agricultural 75 m Left Hotel ET#15 82 dB 80 dB 55 dB 45 dB 69 dB 66 dB 7 m 82 dB 80 dB 65+045 Agricultural END ET#15

9,860

210

648. From these calculations, the required locations and length of barriers have been established. Results are given below in Table E-19. Table E-19 Location of Barriers Centre- Side From To Length Side From To Length line Right 31+130 31+570 440 m Right 35+330 35+770 440 m Left 35+370 35+810 440 m Left 36+320 36+760 440 m Right 40+850 41+350 500 m Right 43+880 44+520 640 m Right 47+410 47+850 440 m Left 48+410 48+850 440 m Right 52+770 53+160 390 m Left 53+180 54+270 1,090 m Right 53+760 54+250 490 m Left 54+430 54+870 440 m Left 56+160 56+810 650 m Right 56+180 56+620 440 m Left 59+430 59+870 440 m Right 56+970 57+410 440 m Right 58+700 59+520 820 m Left 60+130 60+570 440 m Right 60+060 60+500 440 m Total 4,380 m Total 5,480 m Left Right side side

Total Left & Right 9,860 m

649. The total length of barriers required is 9,869m which will incur an incremental cost of about US$3 million. Individual Exceedances 650. There is an issue from Km 56+400 to Km 57+200 where the proposed noise barrier does not provide enough attenuation to strictly meet the regulations (see Figure E-17). 651. This area has the lowest ambient noise levels measured on the Project. It is 9 dB lower than the next lowest noise level measured. The ambient level at night in this area is only 46 dB(A). The traffic noise plus the ambient noise levels at the receptors after allowing for the barrier vary in this location from 49dB(A) to 54dB(A). 652. Those noise levels are similar to other allowable noise levels along the Project so are deemed permittable.

211

Figure E-17 Isolated Farm Houses in Exceedence of IFC Noise Guideline 653. It is recommended that during the detailed design these ambient levels will be re- checked and the noise barriers calculation will be revisited with additional information such as the detailed measurement survey results. 654. Another option is the use of “quiet asphalt”. Such surfacing can achieve a noise reduction of 5-7dBs if applied correctly. This would add significantly to the unit costs for this segment of the road and may be difficult to achieve practically in Myanmar.

E.4.4. Potential Risks from Spills 655. In the event of a road vehicle carrying potentially toxic or hazardous materials in liquid form travelling across the bridge being involved in an accident, there is a chance of a spill causing a polluting incident. As stated above, liquids spilled on the bridge surface above the river are discharged to the river directly through catch basins installed at the edge of shoulders. 656. The most common vehicle cargo is probably gasoline being delivered to gas stations. In the event of a spill, gasoline may run to the nearest drain point, to a catch pit (or sump) and then when the sump is full, flow into the river. 657. Organics such as gasoline are highly toxic to fish but due to their volatility usually evaporate quickly leaving little residue. Heavier hydrocarbons such as “heavy” diesel fuel oil (as used in ships engines) have a lower acute toxicity but a long residue residence time which can lead to fouling of birds.

E.4.5. Surface Water Run Off 658. The consultants studied a number of reports on the contamination of runoff from roads. These studies attempted to quantify the amount of contamination from a set amount of traffic and a determined amount of rainfall. 4

4 Bibliography Management of contaminated runoff water: current practice and future research needs, CEDR, Conference of European Directors of Roads, Dr Sondre Meland, Norwegian Public Roads Administration, April 2016

212

659. Road pollution is a source of diffuse pollution that can affect the soil and water in its vicinity. The effects of runoff discharge in the environment usually do not lead to acute pollution effects. The long-term effects, namely of oil, grease and heavy metals, are the ones that can cause soil and water degradation. In the dry season this will tend to accumulate on the road. In the wet season these will be washed off the road but will itself suffer a large dilution factor. During intensive rainfall small receiving bodies flood; polluted suspended solids are diluted and transported into the river basin. 660. The pollutant wash-off process of runoff during rainfall events has significant temporal and spatial variations. The direct effects of road pollution are spatially limited to the soils adjacent to roads, in the areas of car splash, usually influencing a strip narrower than 25 m. However, a significant increase of soil metal content up to 100 m from the road can occur. Heavy metal pollution decreases with the distance to the road. 661. All studies assessed as part of this literature review had problems getting repeatable results because the variation in traffic and rainfall. It was also normally determined that while contamination levels rose after a dry period and then a rainfall event this rise was still normally within the regulation limits. 662. During construction strict controls will be imposed on contractors to control any runoffs but particularly oil and grease as even a small oil spill can have deleterious effects on water courses. 663. In the event of a spill on the road or the bridge, liquids will be directed to the lateral edge of the road due to the crossfall gradient. There any liquids will be trapped in side drains which lead to sumps. These will hold a significant quantity before discharging to the nearby fields. In periods of heavy rain large dilution of any spills will occur. During the flood season when fields and water course are inundated liquid discharges and surface water runoff are not considered likely to cause significant impacts.

E.4.6. Pesticides and herbicides 664. Chemical control of ROWs poses hazards to human health and the environment. Although a number of chemicals are registered for use on ROWs to control grasses and brushes, commonly used herbicides are known to cause cancer, birth defects, reproductive effects, neurotoxicity, kidney/liver damage and are toxic to wildlife.

Stormwater Runoff Pollutant Loading Distributions and Their Correlation with Rainfall and Catchment Characteristics in a Rapidly Industrialized City, Dongya Li 1, Jinquan Wan 1, 2*, Yongwen Ma 1, 3, Yan Wang 1, Mingzhi Huang 1, Yangmei Chen 1, 1 College of Environment and Energy, South China University of Technology, Guangzhou, 510006, China, 2 The Key Lab of Pollution Control and Eco system Restoration in Industry Clusters, Ministry of Education, Guangzhou, 510006, China, 3 State Key Laboratory of Pulp and Paper Engineering, South China University of Technology, Guangzhou, 510640, China, 16-March-2015 Impact Assessment of Highway Drainage on Surface Water Quality, 2000-MS-13-M2, Main Report, Michael Bruen, Paul Johnston, Mary Kelly Quinn, Meslin Desta, Neil Higgins, Catherine Bradley, Suzanne Burns May12, 2006 Evaluation of the Pollutant Content in Road Run-Off First Flush Waters, Mangani F.; Maione M.; Mangani G.; Berloni A.; Tatano F. Istituto di Scienze Chimiche – Università di Urbino Caraffa T.; Fagioli O. ANAS S.p.A Highway Stormwater detention ponds as Bio-diversity islands?, Olivier Scher, Philppe Chavaren, Marc Despreaux and Alain Thiery, December 20, 2004 Pollution of the Highways Runoff, D. Beránková & H. Brtníková & J. Kupec T.G.Masaryk, Water Research Institute, p.r.i. *Corresponding author: [email protected] P. Prax Technical University of Brno, Faculty of building J. Huzlík Transport Research Centre Impact of road runoff in soil and groundwater. Synthesis of Portuguese and other European case-studies, Teresa E. Leitão PhD in Hydrogeology, Senior Research Officer at National Laboratory for Civil Engineering [email protected] Groundwater Division of DHA/LNEC Av. do Brasil, 101, P-1700-066 Lisboa, Tel. (+351) 21 844 3802 http://www.dha.lnec.pt/nas

Levels of Pollutants in Runoff Water from Roads with High Traffic Intensity in the City of Gdańsk, Poland, Ż. Polkowska, M. Grynkiewicz, B. Zabiegała, J. Namieśnik, Chemical Faculty, Technical University of Gdansk, 11/12 Narutowicza Str., 80-952 Gdansk, Poland, 2001

213

665. MOH is committed to restrict the use pesticides during construction and operation, opting instead for an integrated roadside vegetation and pest control management system, i.e. planting native vegetation, using mechanical, biological and nontoxic vegetation control methods as effective nontoxic solutions.

E.5. Post Construction Site Clearance 666. Upon completion of material extraction activities, borrow pits shall be dewatered and fences installed to minimize health and safety risks. Borrow pits are to be left in a tidy state with stable side slopes and proper drainage to avoid creation of water bodies favorable for mosquito breeding. To avoid drowning when pits become water-filled, measures such as fencing, providing flotation devices such as a buoy tied to a rope, etc. shall be provided. When construction is completed, the contractors must clean up the construction sites by removing all equipment and buildings and carrying out site remediation work. Moderate, Reversible Impact. 667. Contractors must take the following measures before demobilizing: (i) All construction sites must be cleared of debris and waste materials (ii) Site to be returned to same state as before occupancy (iii) All stockpiled materials to be removed from site (iv) All waste materials to be removed from sites (v) All septic tanks should be removed and excavations made good (vi) All containers, scrap wood, scrap metal etc. to be removed from site and sold to recycling company or disposed of at approved sanitary landfill (vii) Borrow pits to be fenced off and warning signs for no swimming erected. Benches in borrow pits to be graded to gentle slope to avoid drowning (viii) If requested by local villagers borrow pits can be converted to fishponds or water storage reservoirs but safety of children is paramount. (ix) Works should be carried out in liaison with community heads.

E.6. Retention on Payment 668. A 5% retention on payment to contractor shall be withheld until a project completion report is filed. The MOC shall notify at contract signing that the 5% retention is contractually binding. Failure to clean up site may result in financial penalties. A separate contractor can be hired to carry out clean up and costs back charged to 5% retention.

E.7. Existing Facilities 669. Under SPS 2009 Appendix 4 Section “Existing Facilities” if a project involves an upgrade or expansion of existing facilities that has potential impacts on the environment, involuntary resettlement, and/or Indigenous Peoples, the requirements for environmental and social impact assessments and planning will apply. There are no existing facilities associated with this project that will be upgraded or expanded.

E.8. Summary of Impacts 670. The total number of impacts identified during the EIA process was fifty-eight, a breakdown of which is provided in Table E-20. Table E-20 Summary of Impacts by Environmental Aspect Before Mitigation Environmental Topic NS Low Medium High Total Agriculture and Fisheries 1 3 3 0 7 Air Quality 0 2 6 0 8

214

Coastal Processes 0 0 1 0 1 Community Safety 0 0 4 0 4 Hydrogeology 0 0 1 0 1 Landscape and Visual 0 0 2 0 2 Material Resources 1 1 0 0 2 National and International 3 0 0 2 1 Policy and Guidance Noise and Vibration 0 0 3 0 3 Occupational Health and 3 0 0 3 0 Safety Physical Cultural 4 0 1 3 0 Resources Social 0 2 4 1 7 Soil and Groundwater 4 0 2 2 0 Quality Terrestrial Ecology 0 2 3 2 7 Waste Management 0 2 0 0 2 TOTAL: 2 15 37 4 58

671. The effectiveness of the mitigation measures in reducing impact and risk significance is represented in Table E-21. This shows that of the 58 identified effects, 56 are considered to be significant prior to mitigation being implemented. After mitigation, predictions show that 46 impacts and risk are considered to be non-significant with only 12 remaining as significant effects. Table E-21 Summary of Significance Before and After Mitigation Sig Before Significance Mitigation after Mitigation NS 2 47 Low 15 9 Medium 37 2 High 4 0 Total 58 58

672. Table E-22 shows the effect of committed mitigation measures. The left-hand column shows the original significance level, with the following column giving the number of effects ascribed to that significance level before mitigation. Subsequent columns show how original significance levels without mitigation will be reduced through the effective implementation of the committed mitigation measures. Table E-22 Impact Changes due to Mitigation Original Original To To To To Significance Number High Medium Low NS High 4 0 1 1 2 Medium 37 1 7 29 Low 15 2 13 NS 2 2

673. A listing of mitigation is provided in the EMP at Section I.

215

E.9. Residual Significant Effects 674. From Table E-24 it can be seen that after the application of the mitigation measures set out in the EIA, eleven effects are still considered to be significant with two of these having an effect level of Medium and the remainder and effect level of Low. 675. A review of these Residual Significant effects is presented in Table E-23. The table shows that for the most part the residua significant effects are related to direct impacts of land take. Such effects cannot be further reduced without affecting the integrity and safety of the project development. Table E-23 Summary of Residual Significant Effects Impact ID Description Sig after Mit AF002 Loss of productive land for direct footprint of expressway and link roads Low AF007 Loss of productive trees - a total of 124,252 trees cut down of which Low 119,550 belong to private households and 4,702 belong to the government. The large number of private trees are mainly in plantations or orchards AQ003 Elevated levels of air quality pollutants Low LV001 Visual impact of new structures and alignment within agricultural Low landscape LV002 Detracting views from public locations in National Parks and Monasteries. Low Kyaikhtiyoe Wildlife sanctuary used as VER as closest national park and is focused around shrine NO003 Impact of operational noise on residents and users of the area Low SE003 Direct loss of shrine due to land take for project foot print Low TE007 Ecological severance and habitat fragmentation due to expressway Low WH002 Risk of worker accident or health impacts Low SE004 Project requires 5,116,110 m2 of land consisting of 4,383,086 m2 of lands Medium owned by 424 households (2,345 persons) and 733,024 m2 of lands which is managed by State/Regional Administrations and communities. Among the area of affected lands of households, 4,291,410 m2 is agricultural land of 397 households (2,227 persons), 55,114 m2 is fish ponds of 32 households (198 persons), 16,328 m2 is residential land of 27 households (118 persons), and 20,234 m2 is production land of 01 household (5 persons). The affected land which is managed by State/Regional Administrations consists of 165,919 m2 of agricultural land managed by Ministry of Agriculture, Livestock and Irrigation; 9,512 m2 of land managed by Ministry of Construction; 557,583 m2 of unused land managed by the State/Regional Administrations, and 10 m2 for shrine of the community in Sein Ka Lae village. SE005 Direct loss of residential properties - 55 properties to be relocated Medium

216

E.10. Indirect Impacts 676. The project is not anticipated to generate significant indirect impacts. The road is a controlled expressway operated as a toll road. Access, on or off, is to be strictly controlled. The project is unlikely to significantly change the rate and pattern of land use development along the highway, which will remain primarily agricultural. However, some growth around the proposed interchanges may increase. 677. There will be no significant increase in access to natural habitats, thus indirect impacts on wildlife should be minimal. Indirect impact on critical habitats are discussed in Sections A.12.3 and E3.4.1 and addressed through measures TE003 and TE005 (indirect impacts due to water quality, disturbance and general deterioration of habitats of Critically Endangered species) and PG001 (i.e. potential indirect impacts on national and international designations of Gulf of Motamma - Ramsar site and Important Bird Area - Deterioration of water quality through diffuse pollution from road run off). Other indirect impacts are discussed and addressed in SG002 and SG003 (i.e. indirect impacts on soil and ground water resources through chemical or biological pollution).

E.11. Cumulative Environmental Impact Assessment

E.11.1. Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Construction 678. Emissions during construction include fuel burnt for transportation, powering construction machines, and materials preparation. A standard ratio of 200 tons of CO2 emissions per km of secondary road construction is used. 679. Emissions during maintenance are mainly linked to the periodic resurfacing of the road. A standard ratio for roads is that maintenance emissions are about 10% of construction emissions. However, this would be required regardless of the project road as the current pavement is maintained by the Government therefore this maintenance figure is not included in the total calculation.

680. The estimated CO2 emissions are summarized in Table E-24.

Table E-24 Carbon Dioxide Emissions (tons) for Construction and Maintenance Construction Road Section Length (tons) Maintenance

Emission Factor 200a 20b Bago–Kyaitko 65 13,000 26,000

Total 39,000 a. Assumes 200 tons CO2/km for construction activities b. Assumes 20 tons CO2 /km/year for maintenance activities for 20 years Source: Greenhouse Gas Emissions Mitigation in Road Construction and Rehabilitation, A Toolkit for Developing Countries, World Bank, November 2010

E.11.2. Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Operations 681. The operation of the project roads will impact on Myanmar’s carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions. The improvement of the riding quality of the road will reduce unit fuel consumption by vehicles. It is likely, that in the operation phase immediately following construction, there will a net reduction in CO2 emissions. The benefit is caused by higher traffic speeds and free flowing traffic. The benefit will be reduced as traffic increases in the future 682. Emissions by vehicular traffic will cause impacts on the environment, and be one of factors contributing to greenhouse effect. Road traffic generates dust and gaseous air pollutants. Total Hydrocarbon (HC), Carbon Monoxide (CO), Carbon Dioxide (CO2), Nitrous

217

oxide (NOx), Sulphur dioxide (SO2), Particulates (TSP) and Lead (Pb) emissions of the project were estimated based on the traffic forecast prepared in the framework of the project’s economic analysis (which differentiates traffic forecasts by road section, and by vehicle type), the total road length, and emission factors for typical vehicles. The project’s total incremental emission loads are assessed as the difference between the no-project and the project- alternatives (i.e. total traffic minus normal traffic). 683. To assess the project’s total incremental emission loads the first step is to determine the of vehicle kilometres that are driven with and without the Project. Road Sections with zero lengths allow vehicles to enter and leave the network. 684. Results of air pollution contributions from project road network in 2018, 2025, 2035 and 2045 (in tons per Year) are shown in Table E-25. Table E-25 Vehicle Emissions in tons per year Baseline, 2025, 2035 & 2045 Description Year HC CO NOx TSP CO2 SO2 Baseline Traffic 2018 874 1,492 2,520 120 200,629 487 2025 1,592 2,494 5,226 244 431,507 995 2035 3,035 4,402 10,595 495 874,318 2,019 Without Project 2045 3,896 5,210 13,607 654 1,074,775 2,645 Total 60,542 86,395 209,531 9,892 17,027,727 40,206 2025 1,061 1,331 4,122 193 342,301 788 2035 2,545 2,922 3,627 465 741,960 1,878 With Project 2045 2,990 3,526 11,337 545 900,644 2,204 Total 47,733 55,935 121,290 8,711 14,255,797 35,241 2025 -531 -1,163 -1,104 -51 -89,206 -206 Decrease 2035 -490 -1,480 -6,968 -30 -132,358 -141 Emissions with Project 2045 -906 -1,684 -2,270 -109 -174,131 -441 Total -12,809 -30,460 -88,241 -1,181 -2,771,930 -4,965 2025 -33% -47% -21% -21% -21% -21% Decrease 2035 -16% -34% -66% -6% -15% -7% Emissions with Project % 2045 -23% -32% -17% -17% -16% -17% Total -21% -35% -42% -12% -16% -12% 2025 187 -160 1,601 73 141,672 301 Incremental Emissions over 2035 1,671 1,430 1,107 345 541,331 1,391 2018 Base 2045 2,116 2,035 8,816 425 700,015 1,717 2025 21% -11% 64% 61% 71% 62% Increase over 2035 191% 96% 44% 288% 270% 286% Baseline 2045 242% 136% 350% 355% 349% 352%

Source: The Consultant, 2018

685. The total length of Project Road Network is 248.5 kilometres and in the baseline year of 2018 is currently generating 874 tons/year of HC; 1,492 tons/year of CO; 2,520 tons/year of NOx; 120 tons/year of TSP; 200,629 tons of CO2 and 487 tons/year of SO2.

218

686. In the year 2025 without the Project it is estimated the Project Road Network will generate 1,592 tons/year of HC; 2,494 tons/year of CO; 5,226 tons/year of NOx; 244 tons/year of TSP; 431,507 tons of CO2 and 995 tons/year of SO2. Without the project the total emissions from the year 2025 to the year 2045 are estimated to be 60,542 tons of HC; 86,395 tons of CO; 209,531 tons of NOx; 9,892 tons of TSP; 17,027,727 tons of CO2 and 40,206 tons of SO2. 687. In the year 2025 with the Project it is estimated the Project Road Network will generate 1,061 tons/year of HC; 1,331 tons/year of CO; 4,122 tons/year of NOx; 193 tons/year of TSP; 342,301 tons of CO2 and 788 tons/year of SO2. With the project the total emissions from the year 2025 to the year 2045 are estimated to be 47,733 tons of HC; 55,935 tons of CO; 121,290 tons of NOx; 8,711 tons of TSP; 14,255,797 tons of CO2 and 36,350 tons of SO2. The total decease in emissions between without and with the project represents a saving of the total emissions from the year 2025 to the year 2045 are 21% of HC, 35% of CO, 42% of NOx, 12% of TSP, 16% of CO2 and 12 of SO2. 688. Without the project, emissions will increase because of increased traffic on the existing roads. The induced emissions were established based on traffic forecast on project roads for the with- and without project scenarios for the period from 2025 to 2045 (21 years). The induced emissions, i.e. those attributed to the project as compared with the without-project scenario, are always less with the Project because the project saves 31 kilometres per vehicle using the project road rather than using the existing roads. These figures are indicative only and should be interpreted with caution as these are generated based on several assumptions. However, it appears plausible that the project will result in significantly lower total emissions as compared to the no-project scenario.

E.11.3. Cumulative Impacts of Other Projects 689. With exception of the Sittaung Bridge which is discussed in this EIA and covered through a standalone EIA prepared with JICA support, the project team is not aware of any other large-scale infrastructure project in the vicinity of the road or bridge that will give rise to significant cumulative impacts.

219

F. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

F.1. Alignment of Bago to Kyaikto Road 690. The alignment of the Bago to Kyaikto Road was studied thoroughly in the JICA funded Preliminary Feasibility Study. That study consulted with the Ministry of Construction and other stakeholders and considered many possible alternative alignments with widely varying starting points and ending points.

Figure F-1 JICA funded Preliminary Feasibility Study Alternative Alignments 691. There were many problems with the southern route which are detailed in the JICA Pre-FS Study, including the need for a much longer bridge, difficult tidal bores and the important bird areas that would be crossed including the Gulf of Mottama Ramsar site and the Gulf of Mattama Important Bird Area. (see Table F-1.)

220

Table F-1 Comparison of Corridor by JICA Study Alternative 5 Corridor A Corridor B Corridor C

· Along the existing NH-8 · Short road length · Short road length Summary · New Bridge next to existing · New Bridge at narrow river · Longest bridge Sittaung Bridge crossing

Alternative Corridors

Road Length · Approx. 45 km C · Approx. 40 km A · Approx. 40 km A River crossing A A C length · 650 m · 750 m · 2,800 m

River bank · Unstable stability · Relatively stable but · Relatively stable but scoured by A A C influence of tidal scoured by minor scoured by minor tidal bore bore tidal wave tidal wave · Large erosion present

· “Very High” · “Reasonable” · “Reasonable” Construction longer bridge shorter bridge A shorter bridge A C Cost Ratio length · 1.00 · 0.99 · 1.78

· No impact to · No impact to · Corridor Ramsar core area as Ramsar core area encroaching Environmental well as buffer area; A as well as buffer B on Ramsar C Impact very limited area; minor Core Area encroachment on encroachment on and Important Important Bird Area Important Bird Area Bird Area

· 2 residential · 13 residential areas · 3 residential areas in Land Acquisition C B areas in A in corridor corridor corridor

Total Recommended Score = 40/120 Score = 80/120 (Disqualified) Assessment Score = 110/120 (Disqualified)

Source: Draft EIA for the Sittaung Bridge (January 2019) 692. The alignment chosen for the Bago-Kyaikto road started just south of the existing toll plaza on NH-1 which is the Yangon to Mandalay Road. It then crossed the Yangon-Mandalay railway line and the Bago River to cross the Bago-Thanlyin road just north of Thanatpin. The road then crosses through Thanatpin township and Waw township, over the Sittaung River and finally north of Kyaikto town to end on NH-8 which is the Yangon to Mawlamline road just

5 Preparatory Survey for the East-West Economic Corridor Highway Development Project (New Bago-Kyaikto Highway Section) In the Republic of the Union of Myanmar, Page 3-17, Interim Report 2, June 2018, Japan International Cooperation Agency (JICA).

221

east of Kyaikto. The Consultant team reviewed the Preliminary Feasibility Study and broadly agreed with their conclusions and so it formed the basis of the Alignment for the Bago-Kyaikto Expressway.

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultants 2018 Figure F-2 The JICA Pre-feasibility Study Alignment

F.2. Modification to JICA Prefeasibility Study Alignment

F.2.1. JICA Bridge Realignment 693. During the JICA funded Feasibility Study for the new Sittaung Bridge Project it was decided to move the location of the bridge further north than given in the original plan to avoid the tidal bore and possible unstable river banks. This also had the advantage of a shorter bridge length. Once it was decided that the bridge alignment would be further north the road was realigned to match the bridge. 694. Before the field surveys started, the new alignments were studied closely on Google Earth to find the least intrusive solution that matched with the new location of the JICA Sittaung Bridge. The route through Thanatpin and Waw townships was mostly flat paddy fields. Efforts were made to avoid any villages or sensitive receptors near the alignment. Many minor adjustments were made to produce the alignment with least impacts. 695. In Kyaikto township more major adjustments were required. The alignment was moved north of the proposed JICA Preliminary Feasibility Study Alignment to improve the flow of the alignment and to avoid the many small farm holdings near the railway. The move north also took that alignment further away from the Gulf of Mottama Ramsar Site.

222

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultants 2018 Figure F-3 Moving the alignment in Kyaikto Township

F.2.2. Avoiding Fish Ponds near Bago-Thanlyin Road 696. The proposed JICA Preliminary Feasibility Alignment went directly through a number of fish ponds near the intersection of the Bago-Thanlyin Road. These ponds were mostly avoided.

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultants 2018 Figure F-4 Fish Ponds at the Bago-Thanlyin Road

223

F.2.3. Stupa at 25+300 697. During the Inventory of Loss Survey, a Stupa was found at Km 25+300. The alignment was adjusted to the south to avoid the Stupa.

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultants 2018 Figure F-5 Stupa at Km 25+300 Avoided

F.2.4. Prison Farm at Km 54+600 698. The IOL Survey revealed a prison farm at 54+600. The alignment was adjusted south away from this farm.

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultants 2018 Figure F-6 Prison Farm Avoided at 54+600

F.3. Terminating Expressway North of Kyaikto 699. Originally the expressway was to go north of Kyaikto and end on NH-8 east of Kyaikto Town. The last section would run parallel to the Kyaikto Bypass which is currently under construction and this will duplicate the expressway. During the Mid-Term Meeting in September it was decided by the Ministry of Construction that the Bago to Kyaikto Expressway

224

should now be terminated on NH-8 (Yangon to Mawlamyine Road) to avoid unnecessary duplication. This means the expressway will now end at Km 64+900 instead of Km 73+500.

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultants 2018 Figure F-7 Terminate the Expressway Before Kyaikto

F.4. Discussions with JICA Consultants 700. Discussions with JICA Consultants took place on 30 August 2018 in Yangon to coordinate on a consistent approach to environmental issues. In general, the approaches to preparing the EIA were similar. However, they considered the areas adjoining the bridge to be commercial / industrial and so proposed a noise level standard of 70dB(A). This approach was not adopted for locations next to the highway as the area is currently rural and residential. 701. It was also noted that the approach adopted by JICA and ADB for habitat classification was slightly different. As a result, the Sittaung River does not classify as critical habitat for Sonneratia griffithii, Anoxypristis cuspidate and Lamiopsis temminckii per JICA policy, but does so per ADB’s SPS 2009 on a precautionary basis (as discussed in Section D.10.7). However, this EIA concludes that the different approaches to critical habitat classification of JICA and ADB do not affect the project-induced risks to the species of concern since mitigation and protection measures defined in both EIAs are consistent and commensurate to the identified risks.

225

G. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION AND PARTICIPATION

G.1. Key Stakeholder Consultations 702. As is required by ADB SPS 2009 for Category A projects two rounds of meaningful consultations took place separated by several months. Consultations have taken place with all key stakeholders. These fall into two groups: · The first group include government agencies and representatives of the local authorities. Meetings with such officers took place in their offices through arranged appointments. Minutes of meetings are kept. · The second group include affected residents or persons who may be directly affected by the new expressway both in a positive and negative way. These meetings were held in a public venue and advertised well in advance. They are open to all interested parties. Attendance sheets are signed, and transcripts of the discussions made and kept for future reference.

G.2. Government Stakeholder Consultations 1 and 2 703. A number of meetings took place with government officers and district or village official representatives. Full transcripts are given in Appendix H, I, J and K. Details are given below. 704. The consultants explained the project and invited an open discussion. The main government officer’s concerns and the consultant’s response are given below. Full details are given in Appendix H.

Table G-1 Synopsis of Major Points raised in Government Stakeholder Consultations Stakeholders Concern Consultants response Government When will construction begin and end? Detailed design is scheduled for 2019 - 2020 and construction from 2021 – 2024. The road should open in 2025. Concerns over access to expressway for residents from the Interchanges will be provided at the start point villages alongside the expressway. (Bago), the end point (Kyaikto) and at two points along the expressway, at Thanatpin and Waw. How will the road interact with the north south Yangon to A major bridge of span 90m will pass over the Mandalay railway? railway line. How will it relate to existing road network? The road is designed to connect with the Yangon Bago link and the Kyaikto link to NH-8. How was alignment selected? The alignment was selected during the JICA Pre-feasibility study and is determined by the need to connect with Bago Hantharwady airport, Yangon link and the Kyaikto bypass. The Township GA asked regarding the possibility of inclusion of Consultants pointed out that this was close to a rural road connecting Bago town villages North of Zay the location of the Bago Bypass East which Nyuang Pin along the East side of the Bago River up to Bago would connect across the new bridge to Bago East. South and the Yangon Expressway, as well as connecting to the main Bago Thanatpin Discussion also ensued on Intersection/Rest area locations, highway and the new expressway to the West. with locations being selected to provide maximum benefit to A site visit to the potential connection of the road users and the local communities. suggested road in Bago East, indicated insufficient road width availability to make the connection viable.

226

Stakeholders Concern Consultants response It was pointed out that an extra intersection has been included at Waw. The GA endorsed the approach proposed. The Township GA The consultants concurred. suggested that at the next stage of consultations, in the feasibility stage, Members of Parliament should also be invited.

G.3. Photo Documentation of Consultation

1. Bago DOH office: Mr. Tim 2. Bago DOH office: Dr. Khin 3. Bago DOH office: Question explains for the project power point presentation and comment by a participant introduction

4. Thanatpin GAD office: 5.Thanatpin GAD office: 6. Waw DOH office: U Maung participants question and comment by a Maung- explanation of overview participant of the project

7.Waw DOH office: U Aung 8. Kyaikto GAD office: question 9. Kyaikto GAD office: question Hlaing Latt - explanation on by a participant (1) by a participant (2) social issues

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultants 2018

G.4. Consultation with the General Public 705. Subsequent to the introductory round of meetings held with local government officials in January 2018 a number of consultation sessions were held with the general public on 19-

227

24 March 2018. These were convened in 5 communities expected to be directly affected by the proposed civil works. The extent of possible impacts was explained, the study process described, and the compensation and grievance redress mechanisms outlined.

G.5. Methodology for Public Consultations 706. A number of consultation sessions were held with the general public. About two weeks prior to public consultation, the consultant informed and liaised with local authorities to invite representatives of the affected communities to attend public consultation meetings. Large plastic waterproofed notices were placed in villages, and village leaders given mobile phone credit vouchers and asked to spread word of the meeting. In particular village leaders were asked to encourage women and elderly people to attend. As can be seen from the photos elderly people and women were well represented. 707. The District officers also issued notices announcing the meeting and made strenuous efforts on the day of the meeting to ensure all interested parties were aware of the venue and time.

Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultants 2018 Figure G-1 Announcement of Public Consultation meeting 708. The public consultation was conducted jointly for environment and resettlement related matters. The objectives of public consultation were: (i) To share all information on the planned activities with local community and stakeholders; (ii) To provide residents with details on resettlement, environment and gender through information brochures, leaflets, public notices and word of mouth; (iii) To collect opinions and feedback of the local communities; (iv) To respond to questions from local communities concerning the project and safeguard policies.

228

709. During the meetings use was made of large maps, drawings, visual aids through powerpoint, and handouts. Presentations were made in English with simultaneous translation into Burmese. At each meeting the procedure was identical: (i) The Consultant introduced the project describing road alignment, design, need for the road and benefits. (ii) The environmental specialist presented ADB’s environmental policy and discussed environmental issues. (iii) The resettlement specialist presented ADB’s resettlement policy and discussed compensation issues. (iv) An open discussion took place. 710. The Consultant’s presentations were deliberately brief with no leading questions. The discussion was encouraged to be informal with refreshments served during it. There was no prompting. Villagers’ comments were recorded and a free exchange of ideas encouraged. 711. Two rounds of public consultation took place as is specifically required by the ADB’s environmental and social safeguard policies for Category A projects. The results of the public consultation meetings are described in the following section.

G.6. Community Consultation First Round 712. The consultation schedule is given below. Full details are given in Appendix J. Table G-2 First Round Public Consultation Schedule Sr. Date Time Township Place / Village 1 2018-03-19 12:00-5:00 Thanatpin Township Amata Yathar Yone Monastery, Kyaung Su Village Bago Region

2 2018-03-20 12:00-14:30 Bago Township Rural Health Center (RHC) Bago Region Zay Nyaung Pin Gyi Village 3 2018-03-22 12:00-14:00 Kyaikto Township Pan Taw Monastery Thaton District Kyaik Ka Thar Village Mon State 4 2018-03-22 15:30-17:30 Kyaikto Township Kyun Taw Monastery Thaton District Kyun Taw Village Mon State 5 2018-03-24 13:00-15:30 Waw Township Zee Hpyu Kone Monastery Bago East Region Zee Hpyu Kone Village Source: The Consultant, 2018 Meeting Location Attendees Public Consultation Amata Yathar Yone Farmers from 5 villages: 73 Meeting #1 Monastery, Kyaung Su Male: 65; Female:8 Village, Thanatpin Township, Government staff and project members: 9 Bago Region Male: 6; Female: 3 Total attendees: 82 Male: 71; Female: 11 Public Consultation Rural Health Centre (RHC), Farmers from 7 villages: 136 Meeting #2 Zay Nyaung Pin Gyi Village, Male: 114; Female: 22 Bago Township, Bago Government staff and project members: 8 Region Male: 4; Female: 4 Total attendees: 144 Male: 118; Female: 26 Public Consultation Pan Taw Monastery, Kyaik Farmers from 9 villages: 68 Meeting #3 Ka Thar Village, Kyaikto Male: 54; Female: 14 Township, Thaton District, Government staff and project members: 8 Mon State Male: 4; Female: 4 Total attendees: 76 Male: 58; Female: 18

229

Public Consultation Kyun Taw Monastery, Kyun Farmers from 8 villages: 50 Meeting #4 Taw Village, Kyaikto Male: 46; Female: 4 Township, Thaton District, Government staff and project members: 7 Mon State Male: 4; Female: 3 Total attendees: 57 Male: 50; Female: 7 Public Consultation Zee Hpyu Kone Monastery, Farmers from 2 villages: 34 Meeting #5 Zee Hpyu Kone Village, Waw Male: 34 Township, Bago East Region Government staff and project members: 7 Male: 5; Female: 2 Total attendees: 41 Male: 39; Female: 2

G.7. Community Consultation Second Round 713. The second round of meetings were held 17 to 22 August 2018. The consultation schedule is given below. Full details are given in Appendix K. Table G-3 Second Public Consultation Schedule Sr. Date Time Township Place / Village

1 17-8-2018 1:00 PM Thanatpin Thanatpin Town (Dami Kar Yon Monastery, Northern Quarter, Thanatpin) 2 18-8-2018 1:00 PM Bago Moke Ka La village (Monastery)

3 20-8-2018 11:00 AM Waw Ka Dut (Monastery) 4 22-8-2018 9:00 AM Kyaikto Bike Kar (Monastery)

Meeting Location Attendees Public Consultation Meeting #1 Dami Kar Yon Monastery, Thanatpin Total 57 Zee Paing Quarter, Thanatpin Male 54 Female 3 Township, Bago Region Public Consultation Meeting #2 Attendance of Public consultation at Total 40 Moke ka La East Monastery, Moke Ka Male 29 Female 11 La Village, Bago Township, Bago Region Public Consultation Meeting #3 Attendance of Public consultation at Ka Total 79 Dut village, Ka Dut Village Tract, Male 69 Female 8 WawTownship, Bago Township, Bago Region Public Consultation Meeting #4 Attendance of Public consultation at Bike Total 101 Male 87 Female 14 Kar village, Hle Lan Ku Village Tract, Kyaikto Township, Mon State

G.8. Overall Results of Public Consultations 714. As can be seen from the attendance lists the turnout of persons to attend the meetings was very good. In the first round of meetings there were 361 persons from villages present in 5 meetings. In the second round of meetings there were 277 persons from villages present in 4 meetings. This is only villagers. There were more persons present as village officers and the like also attended. 715. Many questions asked were about possible loss of connectivity on either side of the road and compensation. In general, the consensus was that those persons present were in favour of the road. The possibility of local people, particularly women, being given employment was well received. A summary of the major concerns and the responses is given in the table below.

230

Table G-4 Synopsis of Major Points raised in Villagers Consultations Stakeholders Concern Consultants response Local Residents Main concern was compensation for resettlement. How much The amount of payment will be determined by will they receive and when? GoM in accordance with prevailing market rates and payment is scheduled for 2020 / 2021. Will local people be given preference when recruiting local Yes this will be a requirement of the EMP which labour? the contractor must follow. Will women be employed by contractors? Yes the contractor will be required to employ at least 30% women. How many interchanges will there be? There will be 4 in total at Bago, Thanatpin, Waw and at Kyaikto. Will the expressway block the natural drainage and cause No. There will be 43 bridges and many more flooding by acting as a dam? culverts. Severance - will villagers and farmers be able to cross the Yes. There will be 344 structures along the expressway and get to their fields? 65kms length of the road so on average there will be 5 cross structures per kilometre. It is intended that residents will never have to walk more than 350m to find an opening to pass under the road to the other side. The smallest box culvert will be 1.5m x 1.5m and the largest 6m x 4.5 m which will allow more than sufficient headroom for people and animals to pass through. Concern over pollution of streams, rivers and ponds. Contractors will be closely supervised to control spills of any materials that may pollute watercourses. Concerns over noise and dust. The road will be surfaced. Dust during operation should not be intrusive. The alignment has been selected to avoid noise sensitive dwellings. Noise barriers have been recommended where the road passes in close proximity to residential dwellings. Contractors will be closely supervised to control noise and dust during construction by water sprays and hours of work restrictions. Concerns over road safety on the new road. Will there be road Yes. There will be white line lane separators, safety measures on the road? metal guard rails at the carriageway edge, a wire rope in the median, reflective roads studs and speed warning signage. Animals crossing the new road. Will this be a traffic hazard? Due to the embankment animals will not be able to climb the 1:1.5 slopes and box culverts are being provided so that they are able to pass under the road.

231

G.9. Photo Documentation of Consultation

Figure G-2 Attendance at Dami Kar Yon Monastery, Thanatpin

Figure G-3 Attendance at Moke ka La East Monastery

Figure G-4 Attendance at Ka Dut village

232

Figure G-5 Attendance at Bike Kar village

G.10. Expert Consultations related to Mottama Gulf Ramsar Site 716. In the framework of the EIA prepared for the Sittaung Bridge, two independent ecologists (including one Myanmar and one Japanese professor) were consulted to assess possible impacts on the Ramsar site. Their concerns and the project team’s responses are presented in Table G 5 below. Table G-5 Possible impacts of project on Ramsar site, per expert opinion

Expert No Answer from project team based on concern/opinion Conclusion forecast results (Name of Specialist) Distance from the project area to buffer zone Noise, vibration and and core area is app. 3.6km and 5.5 km, lighting may impact on respectively. Project does not 1 Ramsar site give significant Noise, vibration and lighting will be minimal (Dr. Aye and Dr. impacts at Ramsar site boundary. This is confirmed Murata) by modelling results. Most important factor for creation of mud-flat is hydrological regime and accumulated soil Hydrological regime from upstream and downstream by breaking may be affected, which bore. could decrease mud- According to hydrological analysis, project Project does not flats for feeding & 2 only affect 100m from the bridge give significant roosting downstream. Additionally, project activities impacts (Dr. Aye and Dr. will not impact accumulated soil of mud-flat. Murata) Thus, project does not give significant impacts on mud-flat as birds feeding and roosting area. In the project MOC is the EA and controls only project Expansion of land area, MOC can area, thus MOC can manage land use within development may give manage land ROW only. Other areas belong to local significant impacts on use 3 government or private land owners, thus KBA/IBA and Ramsar appropriately. Site in the future local government shall manage such land near Ramsar site and IBA/KBA not to give However local (Dr. Murata) significant impacts on natural habitats. government should control

233

other land use and pollution. Notes: Date of interview: (i) Dr. Aye Thant Zin ( Professor, Zoology Department, Mawlamyine University) /10 August 2018; (ii) Dr. Koichi MURATA (Professor, College of Bioresource Sciences, Nihon University, Japan / Representative of Zoorasia in Kanagawa Prefecture, Japan) / 18 October 2018

717. The wildlife specialists concurred that noise, vibration, light pollution and changing hydrological situation would unlikely result in adverse impacts on the Ramsar site. However, with regard to land use management and future land development, Mon State and Bago Region are advised to establish land use plan (including land use restrictions) in the KBA/IBA and nearby the Ramsar Site.

G.11. Disclosure 718. The draft EIA will be disclosed on the ADB website for 120 days prior to project approval, to allow for the public to review and comment on the EIA. The MOC will decide when to submit the EIA to ECD and follow ECD’s advice on further disclosure. 719. Periodic monitoring reports, including semi-annual environment monitoring reports, will be disclosed on the project website.

234

H. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM

720. A project grievance is defined as an actual or perceived project-related problem that gives ground for complaint by an Affected Person. As a general policy, the PMU under the DOH will work proactively to prevent grievances through the implementation of impact mitigation measures and community liaison activities that anticipate and address potential issues before they become grievances. Nonetheless, it is possible that unanticipated impacts may occur if the mitigation measures are not properly implemented or unforeseen issues occur. In order to address complaints, a project level grievance redress mechanism (GRM) will be developed in accordance with ADB requirements and the Government procedures. The GRM is a systematic process for receiving, recording, evaluating and addressing Affected Person’s project-related grievances transparently and in a reasonable time period. The GRM will be established right after the project is approved by the Government for implementation (detail engineering design approval), and will operate during the pre-construction, construction and operation phases. 721. The proposed GRM integrates resettlement, environment and technical issues into a single structure. The structure takes into account the Government's laws and provisions for complaint handling as well as nuances of the operating environment and cultural attitudes toward lodging complaints. Specifically, the structure enables the GRM to: (i) Provide a predictable, transparent, and credible process to all parties, resulting in outcomes that are seen as fair, effective, and lasting; (ii) Build trust as an integral component of broader community relations activities; and (iii) Enable a systematic identification of issues or problems, facilitating corrective actions and pre-emptive engagement. 722. The proposed GRM includes the following elements: (i) A grievance receipt and registration system to provide ways for community members to register complaints and confirm they have been received; (ii) Grievance eligibility assessment to determine if the issues raised in the complaint fall within the mandate of the GRM and if the complaints are legitimate; (iii) Grievance assessment and investigation to clarify concerns raised in the complaint, to gather information on the situation, and to identify how the issues might be resolved; (iv) Joint problem-solving, in which all relevant project stakeholders engage in a dialogue and action planning to resolve the problem; (v) Grievance tracking, including maintenance of written records of grievances, monitoring, public information disclosure and reporting to the affected people; and (vi) Grievance closure, including community feedback and confirmation of resolution of the problem. 723. Affected Persons are entitled to lodge complaints regarding any aspect of affected environment, land acquisition and resettlement, such as noise, pollution, entitlements, rates and payment and procedures for resettlement, income restoration programs, etc. 724. A Grievance Redress Committee (GRC) will be established in each project township for all four townships, and for two project region/states. The committee will be headed by the Deputy Township Administrator and Deputy Region/State Administrator, respectively. The composition of the Township GRC will include the below members. Depending on the type of

235

complaint, GRC may also ask representatives of the relevant technical divisions to be present for the meetings. (i) Representatives from the relevant wards and village tracts; (ii) Representatives from Township DOH and the PMU; (iii) Representatives from the relevant Township Divisions: Land Management, Planning and Implementation, Development Affairs, etc. (iv) Representative from Township Women Association (v) Community representatives from the complainant’s wards/village tracts. (vi) Representative from the construction contractors engaged by the PMU. 725. For the Regional/State level, the GRC will include the below members. Depending on the type of complaint, GRC may also ask representatives of the relevant technical divisions to be present for the meetings on the grievances. (i) Representatives from the relevant townships. (ii) Representatives from Regional/State DOH and the PMU; (iii) Representatives from the relevant Regional/State Divisions: Land Management, Planning and Implementation, Development Affairs, etc. (iv) Representative from Regional/State Women Association (v) Representative from the construction contractors engaged by the PMU. 726. The roles and responsibilities of the GRC include (i) receive all complaints from Affected Persons seeking access to the GRM; (ii) register the complaints; (iii) determine complaint eligibility; (iv) investigate the complaint and identify corrective actions that are within the mandate of GRC; (v) inform Affected Persons on the proposed corrective action; (vi) manage and supervise the implementation of the plan (vii) maintain a complaint registration, tracking and monitoring system. The GRC will assign one GRC member to be the contact person to receive the grievances, to organise the meetings of the GRCs on the received cases, to organize the investigations, to implement the actions, to respond to the Affected Persons and to maintain the grievance system. 727. The GRM stages are presented below. Stage 1: Submission of complaint a. The Affected Person submits a written complaint to the Township GRC (contact details of the contact person is indicated in the PIB that will be delivered to all affected households during Resettlement Plan updating and posted in the construction sites during construction), or as letter, or email (with attached signed letter). A registered and legally recognised civil society organisation (CSO) with valid representation authorisation may file a complaint on behalf of an Affected Person through the GRC. b. Complaints can also be sent directly to the construction contractor (during construction through a hotline number that will be posted for construction-related matters (such as noise, dust, access to property and other matters) which require immediate action - or to the operator (during the operation phase). Construction contractors are required to register the complaint, and report to the GRC (as representatives of the constructors engaged by the PMU present in the GRC) on complaints received and actions taken. Stage 2: Registration, Eligibility Assessment, and Confirmation of Eligibility [maximum 3 working days] a. The Township GRC registers the complaint in a grievance registry and identifies whether the complaint is eligible for the GRM using the screening procedure. If the complaint

236

is deemed ineligible, the complainant is informed of the decision and the reasons for ineligibility. b. If the complaint is deemed eligible, the GRC identifies how the complaints should be investigated and addressed and who will be responsible for these actions, and informs the relevant parties accordingly. Options include: (i) the construction contractors (during construction phase); (ii) the operator (during operation phase); (iii) the PMU; (iv) the Township General Administrations; (iv) the village tract administrations; and (v) others. c. The Township GRC sends a confirmation of eligibility to the complainant. The letter provides information on when a decision will be made regarding the complaint, and the main agency in charge of addressing the complaint. Stage 3: Assessment and Identification of Action [maximum 10 working days] a. If the complaint is eligible, the entity identified under Stage 2(b) conducts an assessment and gathers information about the complaint to determine how it might be resolved. If outside experts or technical information is needed, the entity identified under Stage 2(b) may seek such guidance and may request all parties concerned (including the complainant, as relevant) to participate in the grievance redress process. The identified entity after the assessment will send the assessment letter including time-bound action plan to the complainant. The Township GRC is copied in the letter. Stage 4: Confirmation by Affected Person, or First Appeal [maximum 10 working days] a. The complainant confirms in writing consent with the proposed action plan to execute immediately the action plan. b. The complainant may submit an appeal to Regional/State GRC in the following cases: (i) no response is provided within 10 days after acknowledgement of the complaint; (ii) the complainant disagrees with the decision under Stage 3. Stage 5: Review, Eligibility Assessment and Confirmation of Appeal by Regional/State GRC [maximum 3 working days] a. The Regional/State GRC informs the Township GRC that the complainant appealed the decision, and requests all relevant documents and issued decisions from Township GRC. The Regional/State GRC determines whether the appeal is eligible using their own screening procedure. If the appeal is deemed ineligible, the complainant is informed of the decision and the reasons for ineligibility. b. If the appeal is deemed eligible, the Regional GRC identifies who and how the complaint should be investigated and addressed, and informs the relevant parties accordingly. c. The Regional/State GRC sends a confirmation of eligibility to the complainant with copy to the Township GRC for registration. The letter provides information on when a decision will be made regarding the complaint, and the main agency in charge of addressing the complaint. Stage 6: Assessment and Identification of Action by Regional/State GRC [maximum 10 working days] a. If the complaint is eligible, the entity identified under Stage 5 (b) conducts an assessment and gathers information about the appeal to determine how it might be resolved. If outside experts or technical information is needed, the entity identified under Stage 5 (b) may seek such guidance and may request all parties concerned (including the complainant, as relevant) to participate in the grievance redress process. b. The entity identified under Stage 5 (b), in consultation with the Township GRC, sends the assessment letter including time-bound action plan to the complainant. The Township and the Regional/State GRCs are copied in the letter. Stage 7: Confirmation by AP, or Second Appeal [maximum 10 working days]

237

a. The complainant confirms agreement in writing with the Decision and the proposed action plan. b. The complainant may appeal to the local court in the following cases: (i) no response is provided within the 10 days after acknowledgement of the appeal; (ii) the complainant disagrees with the decision in Stage 6. In fact, at any time in the GRM the Affected Person may appeal to the local court system if they so choose. Stage 8: Implementation of Action, Monitoring, Reporting [duration: as defined in the Decision and time-bound action plan] a. Implementation of the Decision and action plan commences, with close collaboration of relevant project stakeholders depending on the type of complaint. b. The Township GRC monitors the implementation of actions and records findings, to be filed through the grievance administration system. As part of the monitoring process, the Township GRC consults the relevant project stakeholders, as needed. Stage 9: Closure of Complaint a. When the decision/actions are implemented and when monitoring is completed, the Township GRC prepares a final report which is shared with the complainant, PMU, Regional/State GRC and filed. b. The complainant confirms completion of the actions and agrees to the closure of the complaint. The grievance dossier is closed and filed in the project archive. 728. The Affected Person will not have to pay any fee for his/her case (official or unofficial). Affected Persons will be encouraged to use the above GRM. However, the GRM does not impede access to the country's judicial or administrative remedies by Affected Persons, at any stage, if they so wish. 729. If efforts to resolve disputes using the project level grievance procedures remain unresolved or unsatisfactory, the Affected Persons can directly discuss their concerns or complaints with the ADB Project Team (Transport and Communications Division, Southeast Asia Department) through the ADB Myanmar Resident Mission (MYRM: Nay Pyi Taw Office in Parkroyal Hotel, Padauk Building, 13/14 Hotel Zone Dekhina Thiri Township, Nay Pyi Taw, Tel +95 067 8106280-86; or Yangon Office in Union Business Centre (UBC), Room: 04-05, 4th Floor, Natmauk Road Bo Cho Quarter, Bahan Township, Yangon, Tel +95 01 8603433- 34, Ext: 5024). 730. If the Affected Persons are still not satisfied with the results, as a last resort, they can directly contact the ADB Office of the Special Project Facilitator, responsible for the problem- solving function of the ADB’s Accountability Mechanism. The Office of the Special Project Facilitator procedure can proceed based on the Accountability Mechanism in parallel with the project implementation. 731. The construction supervision consultant once engaged by the PMU will provide the necessary training and guidance in setting up the GRCs in project townships, region/state and grievance mechanism to GRCs members. The formalized GRC composition with clear roles and responsibilities; procedure and process, and contact details of the contact persons (phone numbers, email and mail address, fax, office address, etc.) of GRCs will be indicated in the project information booklet that will be delivered to all affected households during Resettlement Plan updating and posted in the construction sites during construction. 732. This GRM is common to the environmental considerations and the resettlement plan.

238

Figure H 1 Grievance Redress Mechanism

239

I. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

I.1. Introduction 733. This Environmental Management Plan (EMP) identifies the potential project environmental impacts and defines mitigation measures and monitoring requirements for the pre-construction, construction, and operational stages of the project. It also defines the institutional arrangements and mechanisms, the roles and responsibilities of different institutions, procedures and budgets for implementation of the EMP. The EMP seeks to ensure environmental protection activities during preconstruction, construction, and operation continuously improve to prevent, reduce, or mitigate adverse environmental impacts and risks. 734. This EMP is based on proposed preliminary engineering design. Detailed engineering design will be carried out in 2019 to 2020. Construction will take place between 2021 to 2024 with opening planned for 2025. The EIA and EMP will updated during detailed design by the detailed design consultants who will have this task included in their scope of works. This may require additional supplementary environmental baseline monitoring. 735. The EMP will be included as a separate annex in all bidding and contract documents. The contractors will be informed of their obligations to implement the EMP, and to include EMP implementation costs in their bids for project works. Therefore, meeting the obligations of the EMP is contractually binding on the contractors. 736. The EMP includes an environmental monitoring program. The monitoring results will be used to evaluate (i) the extent and severity of actual environmental impacts against the predicted impacts, (ii) the performance of the environmental protection measures and compliance with relevant Myanmar laws and regulations as well as internationally accepted standards as defined in the IFC Environment, Health and Safety Guidelines.

I.2. Institutional arrangements and responsibilities for EMP implementation 737. The Ministry of Construction (MOC) is the Executing Agency (EA). MOC will be responsible for the overall implementation and compliance with loan assurances, the EIA and the EMP (including Environmental Monitoring Plan). 738. The MOC has established Project Management Unit (PMU). The PMU will be responsible for the day-to-day management of the project. The PMU will coordinate procurement and consultant recruitment. It will engage the construction supervision consultant (CSC) and contract an external monitoring consultant (EMC) to conduct independent verification of EMP implementation and environmental impact monitoring results during the construction and operational stages of the project. 739. The PMU will have the overall responsibility to supervise the implementation of environment mitigation and monitoring measures, ensure the contractors' compliance with environmental management requirements. The PMU will assign an environmental specialist (ES) on its staff to coordinate and manage EMP implementation. 740. The PMU ES will (i) review CEMPs submitted by the contractors; (ii) supervise contractors and their compliance with the EMP and their CEMPs; (iii) conduct regular site inspections; (iv) act as local entry point for the project GRM; (iv) coordinate implementation of the capacity building and training program related to environment; (v) prepare inputs to the quarterly project progress reports; and (vi) coordinate the preparation of the semi-annual environment monitoring reports and submit them to ADB. The reports will also include a copy of the ECD licences/public consultations minutes related to quarries, borrow pits and other related facilities. 741. The PMU will hire a construction supervision consultant (CSC) to advise and support the PMU throughout project implementation, supervise construction works, and provide oversight of contractors' environmental management performance, amongst others.

240

The CSC will advise the PMU and contractors on all aspects of environmental management and monitoring for the project. 742. The CSC will be responsible for construction supervision and quality control. To ensure that the contractors comply with the EMP provisions, the ES with the help and technical support of the CSC, will prepare specification clauses for incorporation into the bidding procedure. These will include: (i) a list of environmental management and monitoring requirements to be budgeted by the bidders in their proposals; (ii) environmental clauses for contractual terms and conditions; and (iii) the full EMP. 743. Works contractors will be responsible for implementing the mitigation measures during construction under the supervision of the ES and the CSC. In their bids, contractors will be required to respond to the environmental management and monitoring requirements defined in the EMP. Each contractor will be required to develop site specific construction EMPs (CEMPs) and will assign one person responsible for EMP implementation supervision and monitoring, and one qualified person responsible for construction and occupational health and safety. 744. Contractors will conduct noise, air and surface water quality monitoring at construction site boundaries and nearby sensitive receptors to confirm compliance with relevant Myanmar ambient quality standards as well as the IFC (2007) standard for noise and air quality. Each works contractor will submit monthly progress reports to the CSC. These reports will include reporting on EMP implementation performance. 745. External Monitoring Consultant (EMC). As required by ADB's Safeguard Policy Statement (2009) for environment Category A projects, the environment performance of the project will be verified by an independent EMC, to be contracted by the PMU. The EMC will review EMP implementation and monitoring activities and results of the contractors and the CSC, assess EMP implementation performance, visit the project sites and consult potentially affected people, discuss assessment with the PMU and the CSC; and suggest corrective actions. The EMC will prepare annual reports for submission to MOC and ADB. These reports will be disclosed to the public through the project website.

Table I-1 Indicative Staffing and Outside Consultant Needs Staff Position Level of Effort Contractor Environmental Engineer (International) Full time during construction Occupational Safety and Health (OSH) Full time during construction Engineer (International) Construction Supervision Environmental Supervision Engineer Intermittent during construction Consultants (International) Environmental Safeguard Specialist Full time during construction (National) DOH PMU Environmental Safeguard Officer Full time during project Outside Consultants (EMC) to External Environment Monitoring Intermittent during construction PMU or through the Consultant for independent verification Construction Supervision Consultant

Source: The Consultants, 2018

I.3. Recommended Reporting Requirements 746. The environmental management plan should include weekly reporting by the Contractor; and monthly reporting by the CSC. The CSC will draft semi-annual environmental monitoring reports. The PMU will finalize the environmental monitoring reports and DOH will

241

submit the reports to ECD and ADB (see Table I-2). A template for semi-annual reporting is given in Appendix L. In addition, the EMC will prepare and submit to ADB, ECD and DOH independent annual environmental verification reports. Table I-2 Reporting Requirements Responsibility Reporting Requirement Reporting to Contractor Weekly inspection and monitoring reports CSC Construction Supervision Monthly inspection and monitoring reports DOH PMU Consultants (CSC) Quarterly and semi-annual environmental monitoring reports DOH PMU DOH PMU Semi-annual environmental monitoring reports (including DOH, ECD, health and safety) ADB External Monitoring Annual independent environmental verification reports ADB, ECD, Consultant (EMC) DOC

Source: The Consultants, 2018

I.4. Contractor Obligations Prior to Construction

I.4.1. Preparation of Contractor or Construction EMP (CEMP) 747. Before the construction starts each Contractor will prepare a Contractor Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) consistent with the EMP. The CEMP is to include all mitigation measures and monitoring requirements to be carried by the Contractor. The CEMP will be submitted to the CSC for review and approval. Approval will be required one month prior to the start of construction. This will include Environmental Sub-Plans listed below. Table I-3 Contractors Environmental Sub-Plans

No. Contractor’s Environmental Sub-Plans 1 Information Disclosure and Consultation Process Action Plan 2 Local Hiring and Local Purchasing Action Plan Grievance Redress Mechanism Action Plan – as prepared by 3 PMU 4 Utility Relocation Action Plan 5 Facilities, Storage and Dump-Site Action Plan 6 Waste Handling and Management Action Plan 7 Hazardous Materials Management Action Plan 8 Traffic Management Action Plan 9 Runoff and Erosion Control Action Plan 10 Work-Camp Location and Operations Action Plan 11 Occupational Health and Safety Action Plan 12 Emergency Contingency Response Action Plan 13 Borrow-Pit Operations and Restoration Action Plan (if warranted) 14 Biodiversity Conservation and Protection Plan (if warranted) Source: The TA-9314-MYA Consultants 2018 748. Contract documents shall explicitly state that construction cannot start until the CEMP has been approved. To ensure that the Contractor allocates sufficient funds to prepare and

242

implement the CEMP, the Tender and Bid documents will require that the cost of implementing the EMP and CEMP is included in the Contractor Bid price.

I.4.2. Pre-Construction 749. During works preparation, before site-clearance or any work activity can commence, the Contractor will: · Appoint sufficiently qualified persons to act as the Environmental Engineer and the Occupational Safety and Health (OSH) Engineer, who will act as first point of contact for environmental, safety, and grievance response. · Prepare and obtain approval for the Construction EMP · Meet project-affected community representatives, the CSC, DOH/MOC and other parties to identify concerns and explain the approach to and procedure of the works program 750. Information disclosure, communications and community discussions form important parts of the project implementation process. It is very important that people living and working in the project affected area be kept informed of planned and ongoing works and have opportunities to meet Contractor representatives, particularly the Environmental Engineer on a regular basis to receive information and provide feedback on works-related issues that affect them.

I.4.3. Securing Permits for Quarries and Spoil Disposal Sites 751. The contractors shall obtain all required environmental permits from ECD prior to operation. These include permits for quarries and spoil disposal sites. Any quarries from which materials are to be obtained must have environmental approvals to operate issued from ECD. Under no circumstances will materials from quarries operated by the Correctional Department of the Ministry of Home Affairs be accepted.

I.5. Summary of Impact Environmental Mitigation Measures 752. Table I-3 below presents the Environmental Management Plan which gives mitigation measures, costs and responsibilities for each environmental impact. Included in the mitigation measures is the institution responsible for implementing and overseeing each. Where additional costs are attached to the measures, they are specified in Table I-4, Table I-5 and Table I-6.

243

Table I-4 Summary of Mitigation Measures and EMP - Design Phase and Project Footprint Impacts Mitigation Impact Description Location Mitigation Measure Timeframe Estimate Impleme Supervised/ ID d Cost nted by: Approved /Funding by: Source $ USD AF002 Loss of productive land All along route where Design minimisation of RoW, Prior to $32,247, Resettle MOC for direct footprint of agricultural land is present Constructio 800 ment N/A expressway and link n Plan roads AF004 Loss or damage to Within agricultural areas Contractor to conduct pre-construction Prior to Included Resettle MOC agricultural features such survey for such features and ensure Constructio in above ment as wells, drainage they are protected or reinstated. n Plan ditches, irrigation channels and access roads AF005 Direct loss of fish ponds Fish ponds at Km 00 to Km 2 Avoidance of effect due to road Prior to Included Resettle MOC used for food production and Km 12 realignment during design stage Constructio in above ment due to project footprint n Plan AF007 Loss of productive trees - Along route Compensation for trees lost through Prior to Included Resettle MOC a total of 124,252 trees ADB requirements for Income Constructio in above ment cut down of which replacement n Plan 119,550 belong to private Identify and label all trees in right of households and 4,702 way and within new alignment to be belong to the removed and obtain necessary government. The large permissions for their removal. These number of private trees are mainly based in Kyaitko. are mainly in plantations or orchards Minimisation of land take as part of design, narrowing of RoW, Replanting of similar number or more trees AR001 Direct loss of cemetery Graves / cemetery area at Avoidance of Impact by realignment - Prior to Included Resettle MOC area due to road Km 14+500 Approved Constructio in above ment alignment and land take n Plan AR002 Loss of Stupa due to land Stupa at Km 25+300 Avoidance through realignment of route Prior to Included Resettle MOC take for project footprint Constructio in above ment n Plan

244

Impact Description Location Mitigation Measure Timeframe Estimate Impleme Supervised/ ID d Cost nted by: Approved /Funding by: Source $ USD AR004 Impact on setting of Near to monastaries, Stupa Planting of screening vegetation to Prior to DD Not DD MOC resource due to presence and Shrines reduce visual impacts of road from agreed Consulta of the road resources nt HG001 Increased flood risk due Areas across agricultural All bridges and culverts to be designed IN FS stage 3% of FS MOC to presence of land where new at a capacity of not less than their total Consulta embankment and embankment is present current capacity. Allow 15% increase in contract nts exacerbated by climate short term rainfall intensity for climate value change issues. change., Provision of regular culverts and bridges along route to ensure no impoundment of water at embankment. Minimum of 3 major culverts per km. LV001 Visual impact of new Along route Design project to fit into landscape, In FS stage Included FS MOC structures and alignment minimise height of embankment to as in design Consulta within agricultural low as possible commensurate with nts landscape safety and avoidance of flood risk, Structures such as bridges and culverts to blend with local landscape - see UK Design Manual for Roads and Bridges Vol 11 for guidance LV002 Detracting views from Along route Design road to fit within landscape and In FS stage Included FS MOC public locations in minimise height of structures and in design Consulta National Parks and embankments, nts Monasteries. Kyaikhtiyoe Use project landscaping to assist Wildlife sanctuary used blending road into landscape but avoid as VER as closest drawing attention to alignment through national park and is linear planting of trees focused around shrine MR001 Direct impact and Gas Pipelines at Chainage Avoidance through realignment of route In FS stage Included FS MOC requirement for rerouting 58+000, Chainage 64+000 during design stage in design Consulta of pipelines due to project and Chainage 73+000 nts footprint

245

Impact Description Location Mitigation Measure Timeframe Estimate Impleme Supervised/ ID d Cost nted by: Approved /Funding by: Source $ USD PG003 Proposed project crosses Crossing of Sittaung River N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A an area which is considered to be Critical Habitat as defined in ADB SPS (2009) SE001 Loss of income due to All along route Covered in resettlement action plan Prior to $32,247, Resettle MOC land take, interruption of and livelihood restoration Constructio 800 ment agricultural activities and n Plan increased travel time to fields SE002 Direct loss of land used Prison Farm Km 54 to Km 55 Avoidance through realignment of road Prior to $32,247, Resettle MOC by Prison as farm and during design stages Constructio 800 ment food production area n Plan SE003 Direct loss of shrine due Shrine belonging to Sein Ka Compensatory measure including new Prior to $32,247, Resettle MOC to land take for project Lae village 61+100: 10sqm piece of land and financial payment to Constructio 800 ment foot print villagers n Plan

246

SE004 Project requires Along entire route Reduction of magnitude of impact Prior to $32,247, Resettle MOC 5,116,110 m2 of land through design minimisation of Constructio 800 ment consisting of 4,383,086 footprint. Project RoW was narrowed n Plan m2 of lands owned by to minimum required for construction, 424 households (2,345 operation and safety, persons) and 733,024 m2 Resettlement Action Plan under ADB of lands which is SPS requirements and compensation managed by in line with ADB requirements and State/Regional national determined land and property Administrations and values communities.

Among the area of affected lands of households, 4,291,410 m2 is agricultural land of 397 households (2,227 persons), 55,114 m2 is fish ponds of 32 households (198 persons), 16,328 m2 is residential land of 27 households (118 persons), and 20,234 m2 is production land of 01 household (5 persons). The affected land which is managed by State/Regional Administrations consists of 165,919 m2 of agricultural land managed by Ministry of Agriculture, Livestock and Irrigation; 9,512 m2 of land managed by Ministry of Construction; 557,583 m2 of unused land managed by the State/Regional Administrations, and 10 m2 for shrine of the community in Sein Ka Lae village.

247

Impact Description Location Mitigation Measure Timeframe Estimate Impleme Supervised/ ID d Cost nted by: Approved /Funding by: Source $ USD SE005 Direct loss of residential Along route alignment Cannot be further mitigated - SPS Prior to $32,247, Resettle MOC properties - 55 properties requirements for resettlement and Constructio 800 ment to be relocated possible loss of income payments will n Plan be arranged through the Resettlement Action Plan TE003 Direct or indirect effects Unknown - areas of suitable Conduct specific survey for Sonneratia Detailed USD50K DD MOC on possible location of habitat - wetland and griffithii within corridor of route design consultan Critically Endangered mudbanks for Sonneratia alignment - 500 m either side of centre t species previously griffithii line and any other areas to be directly recorded in area, affected where suitable habitat may be especially around River present. Sittaung If recorded conduct assessment of risk to areas with this species, develop and implement species management plan

Table I-5 Summary of Mitigation Measures and EMP - Construction Impact Description Location Mitigation Measure Timeframe Estimat Impleme Supervised/ ID ed Cost nted by: Approved /Fundin by: g Source $ USD AF001 Risk of contamination of Throughout route See measures for Impact TE002 Duration of Included Contract CSC / MOC water channels and fields constructio in or from loss of containment n contract contract from fuel tanks, ors bid equipment and machinery price

248

Impact Description Location Mitigation Measure Timeframe Estimat Impleme Supervised/ ID ed Cost nted by: Approved /Fundin by: g Source $ USD AQ001 Emissions to atmosphere All areas of Any equipment or vehicles issuing black smoke Duration of Included Contract CSC / MOC from construction mobile construction activity during normal operating conditions shall be constructio in or equipment along route, laydown removed from work site and undergo n contract contract areas and other maintenance ors bid facilities where price Maintain all exhaust systems in good working equipment will order; undertake regular equipment operate maintenance, reduce vehicle speeds around sensitive receptors including temples and schools, No equipment to be left idling for more then 15 minutes except in emergency situation AQ002 Emissions of criteria Workers Maintain and operate all stationary equipment Duration of Included Contract CSC / MOC pollutants to ambient air accommodation, Site within manufacturers specification constructio in or from stationary Management offices n contract contract Site workers accommodation, laydown areas, equipment such as ors bid site offices etc away from sensitive receptors, generators price Where possible connect construction sites and facilities to main grid to avoid use of local generators

249

Impact Description Location Mitigation Measure Timeframe Estimat Impleme Supervised/ ID ed Cost nted by: Approved /Fundin by: g Source $ USD AQ004 Fugitive emissions of dust Sensitive receptor All soil and friable material stores shall be Duration of Included Contract CSC / MOC causing soiling of sites along route stabilised or covered to prevent wind blow constructio in or receptors - note Stupa including schools, n contract contract All trucks with waste and friable materials will used as typical receptor religious sites etc. . ors bid have loads sheeted to prevent dust egress as highest price value/sensitivity VER All work areas with dust present shall be damped down to reduce fugitive dust emissions All work sites shall be hard surfaced where cost effective and maintained clean from dust and mud Representatives from the religious sites, schools and village leaders will be consulted on the timing of construction so significant events may be impacted upon as little as possible, Vehicle speed limits on unsurfaced construction roads will be limited to 5 km/h AQ005 Dust blow from storage Around concrete Ensure all stock piles at batching areas are Duration of Included Contract CSC / MOC and batching activities batching plants covered or protected from wind blow constructio in or n contract contract Ensure all yard areas within batching plant are ors bid maintain clear of dust accumulation and price damped down if required, Ensure that batching plants are a minimum of 500 m from nearest residential, community and institutional receptors

250

Impact Description Location Mitigation Measure Timeframe Estimat Impleme Supervised/ ID ed Cost nted by: Approved /Fundin by: g Source $ USD AQ006 Impact of dust and Asphalt batching Arrange the wheel wash tank for vehicles Duration of Included Contract CSC / MOC gaseous emissions from plants entering and leaving the mixing plant to limit the constructio in or batching activities sludge in the mixing area to the road. n contract contract ors bid Batching plants shall not be in any legally price protected area, near sensitive areas by a distance less than 2km, near residential areas by less than 500m Construction material storage areas should be covered or watered to minimize the spread of dust. Do not grind material in mixing area Regularly spray water to the area inside the asphalt concrete mixing plant to minimize the spread of dust on hot days. Use asphalt concrete mixing plant with dust treatment system such as filter cloth bag or cyclone to prevent dust spread. Use asphalt mixing plant with gas treatment system by wet or dry treatment to prevent the spread of toxic gases., Use of conveyor belts to limit dust generation. AQ008 Emission to ambient air At work sites with All machines to be operated and maintained in Duration of Included Contract CSC / MOC generators accordance with manufacturers constructio in or n contract contract ors bid price AR003 Possibility of Any location where Contractors to develop a Chance Finds Duration of Included Contract CSC / MOC encountering unknown ground excavation is Protocol for the project as part of the CEMP. constructio in or below ground artefacts required This shall advise the contractor staff what to n contract contract look for and what to do if they encounter ors bid artefacts price

251

Impact Description Location Mitigation Measure Timeframe Estimat Impleme Supervised/ ID ed Cost nted by: Approved /Fundin by: g Source $ USD CP001 Changes to present At bridge crossing Conduct modelling studies of coastal/river During Not JICA DD MOC / JICA erosion patterns of river where bridge footings processes for stabilisation structures and bridge detailed known Consulta and dynamic nature of the are in water or on piers. design of nts system which forms mud embankment plus bridge Ensure structures minimise changes to river banks etc which are an proposed location of flows, sedimentation patterns. important aspect of the bank stabilisation biodiversity interest of the works on west bank of Install monitoring stations and telltales to see if Ramsar site and River Sittaung river pattern changes after bridge construction. Important Bird Area (IBA) Provide for river bank erosion on outer bends of river if necessary. CS001 Risk of incidents at work All along route Contractor shall develop and implement an Duration of Included Contract CSC / MOC sites due to alignment and around awareness program that work sites are not play constructio in or encroachment of public construction areas areas and are dangerous. This should include n contract contract into work/storage areas suitable campaigns, school visits and any other ors bid etc culturally suitable engagement processes. The price awareness campaign shall be aimed principally at children and young adults., Contractor will ensure all work and storage sites are secure and that deep excavations, hazardous areas are fenced off and clearly marked in local language/s of the risk of drowning in ponds.

252

Impact Description Location Mitigation Measure Timeframe Estimat Impleme Supervised/ ID ed Cost nted by: Approved /Fundin by: g Source $ USD CS002 Risk of accident with local Along route where it As part of CEMP develop and implement traffic Duration of Included Contract CSC / MOC traffic, cyclists and intersects with management plan. constructio in or pedestrians existing local roads, n contract contract Develop and implement traffic safety tracks and farm ors bid awareness campaign for local residents and access. price project workers. Ensure all construction vehicles used on public roads are roadworthy and meet minimum standards of safety Ensure all drivers of project associated traffic are qualified and licenced to drive. Ensure traffic management and awareness, licencing and vehicle safety requirements are met by all sub-contractors, material suppliers throughout the supply chain Implement and enforce speed limits for construction traffic provide adequate signage at junctions and roads to be used by construction traffic and public users, Where feasible provide physical separation of construction traffic and public road users CS004 Influx of workers into Whole route but All workers to be screened for infectious Duration of Included Contract CSC / MOC area, possibly particularly around diseases prior to commencing work on project constructio in or international workers, n contract contract Contractor to develop awareness program for presenting risk of disease ors bid workers on cultural sensitivities etc, and conflict with local price people Contractor to provide adequate facilities in workers accommodation areas to minimise need for workers to access local services

253

Impact Description Location Mitigation Measure Timeframe Estimat Impleme Supervised/ ID ed Cost nted by: Approved /Fundin by: g Source $ USD MR002 Use of material resources General project area Contactor to prepare and implement a resource Duration of Included Contract CSC / MOC such as gravel and rocks management plan and ensure that project constructio in or exceeds existing local demands do not exceed local capacity to n contract contract capacity to supply such provide such resources and do not take detract ors bid materials, causing others from existing supply processes price difficulty to obtain Contractor to maximise reuse of materials to resource or affecting price minimise use of new resources, of resource. Creation of induced impacts through The contractor will ensure that construction need to develop materials such as sand, gravel, aggregates, will additional resource only be obtained from sources that have the supply or transportation of required government environmental approvals. materials from further The list of 21 possible quarries is given in Table afield C-11. The contractor is free to choose whichever quarry it wants but an environmental permit must be obtained from ECD prior to concluding any terms with the quarry. A copy of the ECD permit must be submitted to the CSC.

254

Impact Description Location Mitigation Measure Timeframe Estimat Impleme Supervised/ ID ed Cost nted by: Approved /Fundin by: g Source $ USD NO001 Excessive noise All areas of Representatives from the religious sites, Duration of Included Contract CSC / MOC exceeding limits, causing construction along schools and village leaders will be consulted on constructio in or nuisance and sleep route, laydown area, the timing of construction so significant events n contract contract disturbance batching plants may be impacted upon as little as possible. ors bid price All equipment to be meet noise standards for noise emissions, all equipment to be properly maintained, including noise covers, and properly used All works must be conducted during the hours of 07h00 to 19h00 unless in emergency, Night time work, or working on public holidays or Sundays is generally prohibited unless a special permit is secured from the Project Owner and local authorities Contractors to limit the number of machines operating simultaneously to reduce cumulative noise. Noise generating activities near sensitive receptors such as schools and temples to be planned in coordination with relevant authorities to avoid sensitive times - such as school exam periods, Noisy activities near sensitive receptors to use portable noise screens at work site if extended activities are required. NO002 Potential vibration Along route of Conduct vibration calculation from pavement Duration of Included Contract CSC / MOC damage and human highway compaction activities - ensure limits of vibration constructio in or perception of vibration for cosmetic damage are not exceeded, n contract contract during compaction ors bid Use low / no vibration equipment near to activities. price sensitive receptors, consider different construction techniques or materials

255

Impact Description Location Mitigation Measure Timeframe Estimat Impleme Supervised/ ID ed Cost nted by: Approved /Fundin by: g Source $ USD PG002 Possible sourcing of Protected areas Ensure that contractor is made aware of all Duration of Included Contract CSC / MOC materials from protected protected areas within project area and prohibit constructio in or areas, accidental sourcing of any materials from these areas n contract contract encroachment into areas. ors bid price Applied to all protected areas but highest level Ramsar site used as VER value SE007 Local services such as All work sites and Contractors to ensure that workers have Duration of Included Contract CSC / MOC health care over stretched especially around adequate services within camp areas or constructio in or due to presence of workers establish additional services to meet demand n contract contract workers using facilities accommodation ors bid and preventing local price people accessing services SE008 Temporary loss of power Throughout Project Consultation and information dissemination. Duration of Included Contract CSC / MOC water etc from diversion Area where Utilities The affected people will be consulted during constructio in or of utility corridors are required to be project implementation and will make the n contract contract relocated project contractors aware of any significant ors bid issues resulting from loss of electricity. People price will be informed in advance of any power cuts and the duration of the cut will be made clear in order that they can plan around the lack of power.

256

Impact Description Location Mitigation Measure Timeframe Estimat Impleme Supervised/ ID ed Cost nted by: Approved /Fundin by: g Source $ USD SG001 Compaction of soils and Soil storage and All work sites to be fenced off to prevent Duration of Included Contract CSC / MOC loss of soil physical, agricultural areas accidental encroachment off machinery and constructio in or chemical and biological workers n contract contract structure ors bid Soil storage areas will be protected from price contamination by hydrocarbons and chemicals, Soils to be stored during construction shall not stored in mounds higher then 3 m. Soil storage areas should be covered or stabilised through sowing with short term vegetation cover. Soil stores should not be tracked across by people or equipment.

257

SG004 Diffuse pollution and point Throughout low lying Construction wastes and materials (e.g. fuel) Duration of Included Contract CSC / MOC source entering water areas with particular shall be properly contained during construction constructio in or courses, ditches etc from risk at agricultural and fuel tanks will be located in a bunded area n contract contract spills and run off from areas between kms which has a capacity of 110% of the fuel tank. ors bid work sites 20+000 and kms Wastes are to be stored in a hard standing area price 50+000 in the which is protected from rain and wind and waste Thanatpin and Waw removed from site and taken to approved interchanges. disposal facilities (as specified in the Waste Management Plan in pre-construction actions) Consultation with residents to identify wells or water sources within 50 m of the project road. Effective septic treatment and disposal systems shall be installed at construction camps or arrangements for adequate off-site disposal made Enclosed drainage around chemical storage areas on construction sites and storage shall be on hard standing. Fuel storage, maintenance shop and vehicle cleaning areas must be placed at least 300 m away from the nearest water body and will include enclosed drainage to ensure contaminated water does not cause pollution and storage, maintenance and cleaning activities will be on hard standing. If possible, all vehicles should be refueled at commercial gas stations in Bago, Waw or Kyaikhto to avoid storage of fuel on site. Sensitive water receptors which may be accidentally damaged during construction including wells shall be identified in advance of construction at each site and demarcated to ensure machinery does not encroach on them. Temporary drainage provision shall be provided during construction to ensure that any storm water running off construction areas will be controlled around water bodies. This shall ensure that potentially contaminated water does not impact on sensitive receptors. Contaminated water shall be removed off-site

258

Impact Description Location Mitigation Measure Timeframe Estimat Impleme Supervised/ ID ed Cost nted by: Approved /Fundin by: g Source $ USD for disposal in the facilities identified in the Construction Camp Management Plan To limit the risk of spill of materials into water bodies during bridge construction, no materials will be stored within 100 m of a water course, including soil, spoil, aggregates, chemicals or other materials used during construction., Water collection basins and sediment traps are to be installed in all areas where construction equipment is washed. Contaminated water will be removed off-site for disposal in the facilities identified in the Construction Camp Management Plan

259

Impact Description Location Mitigation Measure Timeframe Estimat Impleme Supervised/ ID ed Cost nted by: Approved /Fundin by: g Source $ USD TE002 Catastrophic loss of Within catchment All areas where hydrocarbons and chemicals Duration of Included Contract CSC / MOC containment of area for River Sittaung are stored shall have adequate spill constructio in or hydrocarbons and other containment and clean up kits available n contract contract chemicals entering water ors bid All chemical stores shall be on an impermeable course/ground water and price surface within a locked structure with restricted reaching areas of Critical access. Habitat

Full inventory of chemicals stored shall be maintained along with relevant Material Safety Data Sheets No pesticides may be used on site. Fuel tanks for construction period shall be placed on impermeable layer with sealed bund with a containment capacity of 110% of tank capacity.

Bunds shall be kept free of water and debris.

Tanks shall be protected from vehicle collision and other accidental damage.

Double wall tanks are preferred, No refuelling of vehicles and/or equipment shall be conducted in unauthorised areas - if carried out on permeable surfaces a drip tray shall be used.

260

Impact Description Location Mitigation Measure Timeframe Estimat Impleme Supervised/ ID ed Cost nted by: Approved /Fundin by: g Source $ USD WH001 Risk of unsanitary Workers All workers accommodation to be regularly Duration of Included Contract CSC / MOC conditions, poor living Accommodation audited constructio in or conditions and accident in n contract contract Contractor to develop and implement a worker workers accommodation ors bid Grievance Redress Mechanism to deal with area/s price complaints regarding accommodation, Project to ensure that all workers accommodation meets good international standards in terms of provision of sleeping areas, hygiene and sanitation and food safety - reference should be made to IFC/EBRD Workers Accommodation Benchmark document

261

Impact Description Location Mitigation Measure Timeframe Estimat Impleme Supervised/ ID ed Cost nted by: Approved /Fundin by: g Source $ USD WH002 Risk of worker accident or At all work sites, Contractor shall develop and implement Duration of Included Contract CSC / MOC health impacts camps, laydown following MoC/ADB approval a comprehensive constructio in or areas and any related Health and Safety Plan for workers. n contract contract facilities ors bid price Plan will include risk assessment of activities, risk management measures through avoidance of activities, engineering controls, training and use of appropriate safety equipment including PPE Contractor to develop and implement working at height procedures Contractor to develop procedures for working near or over water, including required rescue equipment deployment Contractor to employ qualified specialist health and safety supervisor/s for all work activities. Contractor to maintain near miss and accident records, Contractor to hold Tool Box Briefings every morning which highlight safety issues. Health and Safety to be an agenda item for weekly progress meetings and reported to client WH003 Ground water from wells East of River Sittaung Contractor will not source water to be used in Duration of Included Contract CSC / MOC has been shown to be camps for drinking water supply from wells east constructio in or contaminated with of the River Sittaung n contract contract coliforms – short term ors bid impacts on workers health price if the ground water used for project accommodation drinking water

262

Impact Description Location Mitigation Measure Timeframe Estimat Impleme Supervised/ ID ed Cost nted by: Approved /Fundin by: g Source $ USD WM001 Generation of waste Work sites and areas Project contractor shall develop an effective Duration of Included Contract CSC / MOC which will exceed local of offices, laydown etc waste management plan as part of the CEMP constructio in or capacity to treat and requirements. Plan will include waste n contract contract dispose of in accordance minimisation approaches, waste reuse and ors bid with good international waste recycling procedures. Any required price practices treatment or disposal shall utilise nationally licenced facilities where available or other facilities acceptable to ADB WM002 Improper disposal of Throughout project Before commencement of excavation works Duration of Included Contract CSC / MOC excavation spoil and area where works are obtain the CSC’s approval of the disposal sites. constructio in or waste pavement - water occurring Such sites will meet the following criteria: n contract contract courses used as ors bid surrogate receptor - will price a. Located at least 50 m from apply to ground watercourses contamination as well

b. Will not cause sedimentation or obstruction of the flow in watercourses

c. Will not cause damage to productive areas

These must be selected in consultation with ECD offices on Bago and Kyaitko

263

Table I-6 Summary of Mitigation Measures and EMP - Operations Impact Description Location Mitigation Measure Timeframe Estimat Impleme Supervised/ ID ed Cost nted by: Approved /Fundin by: g Source $ USD AF003 Severance of access and Along entire route within Project design includes high number of Included in $130,67 DD CSC / MOC fragmentation of land agricultural land area crossing points (under passes) - aim to design 4,300 Consulta holdings due to road ensure no users will need to walk more than nt 350 m to reach an under pass. AF006 Risk of death and injury to Along route through Installation of frequent underpasses to allow Included in $130,67 DD MOC domesticated agricultural agricultural areas animals to cross below road design 4,300 Consulta animals attempting to nt Minimum of 3 underpasses per km. cross road AQ003 Elevated levels of air Land alongside highway Design to ensure free movement of traffic and Included in N/A DD MOC quality pollutants alignment no queuing at area near residential/urban design Consulta development, nt Myanmar government to facilitate and support introduction of hybrid and electrical vehicles into transportation mix for country AQ007 Emissions of criteria Along route - especially Design to ensure traffic flows and no Included in $28,638, DD MOC pollutants from engines at interchanges and toll excessive queuing of traffic at intersections design 700 Consulta booths and toll areas - ensure adequate toll booths nt and implement automated tolling CS003 Risk of death and injury to Along entire route Consider use of planting on edge of right of Included in $18,169, DD MOC pedestrians attempting to way to discourage crossing by humans design 000 Consulta cross the expressway nt Design has incorporated frequent once operational underpasses for pedestrians to reduce need to cross over the road Develop and implement awareness program for local residents on the dangers of crossing the expressway at grade, Provide adequate warning signs and signs indicating location of nearest underpass

264

Impact Description Location Mitigation Measure Timeframe Estimat Impleme Supervised/ ID ed Cost nted by: Approved /Fundin by: g Source $ USD NO003 Impact of operational Along route and near to Conduct modelling of noise levels for year of Detailed US$3 DD MOC noise on residents and receptors start, start plus ten years and design year. design million Consulta users of the area nts On the basis of modelling results include any required mitigation measures to ensure that noise at the façade of all properties along the route do not exceed Myanmar standards which are equivalent to IFC/WHO guidance PG001 Potential indirect impacts Road sections leading Drainage arrangements from highway Detailed Not JICA JICA on national and to River Sittaung leading to bridge should include as a design known Consulta international designations crossing minimum, catchment pits, oil and grease nts of Gulf of Motamma - skimmers and retention/diversion ponds Ramsar site and Important Bird Area - Deterioration of water quality through diffuse pollution from road run off SG002 Direct and indirect All areas within route Maintenance activities to keep highway Detailed $14,069, DD MOC impacts on soil and alignment drainage system clean and functional. Catch design 000 Consulta ground water resources pits and oily water interceptors to be cleared nts through chemical or of sediment and oil regularly. biological pollution SG003 Direct and indirect All areas within route Ensure that design criteria for road run off Detailed $14,069, DD MOC impacts on soil and alignment includes protection of local drainage systems, design 000 Consulta ground water resources water ways and rivers. This should include nts through chemical or settlement pits for first flush water following biological pollution storms, oil traps and sustainable urban drainage principles as appropriate

265

Impact Description Location Mitigation Measure Timeframe Estimat Impleme Supervised/ ID ed Cost nted by: Approved /Fundin by: g Source $ USD TE005 Indirect impacts due to Downstream of bridge in Impacts avoided by design location of bridge Detailed Not JICA JICA water quality, disturbance Gulf of Motamma - outside of main known area of Spoon-billed design known Consulta and general deterioration feeding/roosting/loafing plover wintering grounds, nts of habitats of Critically areas of Spoon-biller Prevention of pollution - diffuse and Endangered species plover catastrophic of River Sittaung and its catchment area - see mitigation for PG001 No pesticides to be used particularly near fishponds. TE006 Road mortality of the Wet areas of route, At areas of high activity install reptile fencing Duration of Included Contract CSC / MOC Burmese-eyed turtle ditches, paddy fields etc to guide turtles, and other species to safe construction in or (Morenia ocellata) a crossing points contract contract endemic species with ors bid At underpasses include a suitably vegetated IUCN Vulnerable status price strip or ditch to allow individuals to cross under the road in natural conditions with no exposure to very dry conditions, high light intensity or open land Discourage use of crossing at grade at areas where the species is known by ensuring the embankments at this place have a strip at the edge which is not vegetated - perhaps a 2 m wide concrete strip which is kept clear of over hanging vegetation. If monitoring shows this species is attempting to cross the road a species protection plan shall be developed and implemented, Provision of frequent crossing points will reduce likelihood of this species crossing the route at grade, steep embankment profile will also deter crossing TE007 Ecological severance and All along route Installation of frequent underpasses will allow Duration of Included Contract CSC / MOC habitat fragmentation due some species to cross construction in or to expressway contract contract ors bid price

266

Impact Description Location Mitigation Measure Timeframe Estimat Impleme Supervised/ ID ed Cost nted by: Approved /Fundin by: g Source $ USD TE008 Potential impacts of Throughout project area All equipment, machinery etc. to be Design and Included Design CSC / MOC invasive species on local thoroughly cleaned prior to deployment to Constructio in team and flora and fauna site; n contract contracto ors bid r Any containers, equipment or storage units price which will be brought to the project area from outside of Myanmar shall be certified as pest free (rats, mice, insects etc.) prior to leaving the country of origin; The contractor shall maintain all work sites and camps, if used, pest free and adopt a proactive approach to the control of all pests including native and non-native species; Workers shall be made aware of the risks of accidental introductions and the requirements to manage risk. All vessels used in the construction of the bridge within the river will be thoroughly cleaned prior to deployment to the site. Any vessels, tanks or containers which will be used in the river and originating from a third country will be steam cleaned prior to deployment to the site, all tanks, cooling systems, etc., will be emptied prior to deployment; No ballast materials shall be discharged into the River Sittaung; The contractor will allow no plant material to enter the water course from vessels, including food products, seeds etc.

Source: The Consultants, 2018

267

I.6. Environmental Management during Operations 753. After project hand-over and during road operations, Environmental Management will be responsibility of MOC/DOH. The cost of environmental management and environmental impact prevention and mitigation is to be included in MOC/DOH operation and maintenance costs and provided for from the Government funds. 754. During operations a number of maintenance procedures will be required to ensure that the mitigation measures included in the project design continue to function properly and provide protection against the risk of impacts occurring. These measures should be written up into a road maintenance manual or Operational Environmental Management Plan. This should include: · Preparation and implementation of a suitable road drainage maintenance program. · Clearing and regularly maintaining/repairing road drainage facilities, such as culverts, lateral and longitudinal drains to design-capacity standards. · Regularly inspecting drains, sediment traps, sediment ponds and drains leading to receiving waters and ensure their stability and good performance, remove sediment and debris, and make repairs · Ensuring that oil and debris does not reach land and water bodies adjacent to the road, retro-fitting barriers, screens, sediment traps, oil sumps as these may become necessary over time. · Maintenance of road surface in good condition to reduce noise emissions.

I.7. Environmental Monitoring Requirements 755. The Environmental Monitoring Plan is presented in Table I-5 below. It includes the parameters to be monitored, locations to be monitored, methodology, frequency and the party/parties responsible for the monitoring. Table I-7 Environmental Monitoring Plan and Schedule

Monitoring Monitoring Parameters monitored Locations Monitoring method frequency/timing Responsibility

Pre-Construction – Before Site Preparation – Responsibility Contractor

Initial Community Project Method: Consultations Once CSC Discussions and observations Entire road Before site PMU Parameters: Consult preparation village leaders, affected people and residents. Observe the signboards required to advertise the PMU contact details for GRM

CEMP prepared by Project Visual check Before site CSC Contractor preparation Entire road CSC records PMU

Contractor coordinates Entire road Utility companies DOH As required CSC with utility companies, Affected sites Communities Before site PMU DOH, affected preparation communities

Tree Removal Project Method: Review Before site PMU permits, and trees preparation Entire road CSC labelled for removal

268

Monitoring Monitoring Parameters monitored Locations Monitoring method frequency/timing Responsibility

Quarries have necessary Project Quarry owner records Before site PMU ECC and business license preparation CSC

Preconstruction Baseline Monitoring – Responsibility PMU through CSC to hire and Independent Third- Party Monitoring Contractor

Surface Water Quality Project Method: Establish Once PMU project specific baseline At all stream Before site Specialist water quality. crossings preparation consultant Parameters: Temperature, Suspended particles, BOD, COD, pH, Oil and Grease

Air Quality Project Method: Establish Once during dry PMU project specific baseline season At key receptors Specialist for air quality at key including Before site consultant receptors residential, preparation education, religious Parameters: Suspended and healthcare particles (PM10, PM2.5), sites along project NOx, SOx, CO road.

Noise Project Method: Establish Once PMU project specific baseline At key receptors Before site Specialist for noise at key receptors including preparation consultant residential, Parameters: dB(A) at education, religious receptors outside. and clinics along Sampling periods for project road. noise will be undertaken consistent with and will be compared to Myanmar Noise Standards and World Health Organization (1999) Guidelines on Community Noise.

Biodiversity Along road Method: Establish if Once PMU CSC alignment, at bridge migratory species may Before site Specialist location be affected by preparation consultant construction activities. Parameter: migratory bird survey; mudflat surveys

Construction – Beginning at work-site preparation – Impact Mitigation Responsibility Contractor

Community discussions Communities Minutes Every 3-months PMU/CSC every 3 months

Interviews with affected PMU/CSC people

Site-preparation: Entire road Inspection Weekly PMU/CSC Utility relocation Work-sites Relocation plans Daily when required Bare land Utility companies Drainage and sediment

269

Monitoring Monitoring Parameters monitored Locations Monitoring method frequency/timing Responsibility

Trees

Noise control/ Entire road Inspection Daily PMU/CSC management/OSH: Communities Complaints Log

Equipment operations near sensitive receptors

Use of PPE

Dust: Entire road Inspection Daily PMU/CSC Covered stockpiles Work-sites Complaints Log Communities Dust-covers on trucks Interviews Wheel washing Open burning

Air quality - dust Near construction Method: Visual Monthly PMU/CSC sites observation of dust at receptors/ dwellings near construction sites. Observations to record if dust generated by construction activities crosses property boundaries. Parameters: Fugitive dust emissions

Hazardous materials Entire road Inspection Weekly PMU/CSC management: Fuel/oil sites Interviews Training delivered Equipment Staff Storage and labelling servicing sites Sealed containers Spill clean-up materials Trucks suitable for transporting hazardous substances

Traffic Management: Entire road Inspection Weekly and as PMU/ CSC needed TMAP followed Complaints Log Temporary bypasses and Interviews Access

Safety and OHS at and Entire road Inspection Weekly and as PMU/ CSC around work-sites: needed Work-sites OHSO records Warning signs Village admin. Barriers Lights Flagmen as needed

Work-camps: Work-camps Inspection Once before woks PMU/CSC Toilets and kitchens Toilets OHSO records Monthly thereafter Septic pump-out tanks Kitchens Interviews

270

Monitoring Monitoring Parameters monitored Locations Monitoring method frequency/timing Responsibility

Waste management Waste mgt. Drainage/runoff/sediment Runoff control Worker behavior

OHS: Project Inspection Weekly PMU/CSC First aid and eye-wash Entire road stations Work-sites PPE issued/used Batch-plants Sanitation facilities

Training and environmental Project OHSO Records 6-monthly PMU/CSC management: Entire road Interviews OHS and Emergency response Community information

Drainage and Entire road Inspection Monthly PMU/CSC sedimentation Culverts and drains Contractor records After heavy rain

Works Contract sign-off & Entire road Inspection Once PMU/CSC Handover Work-sites Records Before sign-off Clear sites, Waste disposal Work-camps Village admin. Site safety, Drainage Other sites Landscaping

Biodiversity monitoring Sittaung Bridge Bird surveys, mudflat As defined in EMP PMU/CSC (2km upstream and surveys, aquatic fauna of Sittaung Bridge 7km downstream) surveys (as defined in EIA EMP of Sittaung Bridge EIA)

Source: The Consultants, 2018

271

I.8. Biodiversity Action Plan 756. The following plan identifies CH-classifying species and sites, describes the key potential impacts of the project on these species and the Ramsar site, and defines protection measures and monitoring requirements. Table I-8 Biodiversity Action Plan Receptor Potential Impacts Mitigation Criterion 1 - Criterion 2 – no Monitoring/Comment no reduction in the measurable population of CR and adverse EN impacts on CH Spoon-billed Catastrophic loss of Design: Road and bridge N/A No direct effects on Monitoring: migratory Sandpiper (Calidris containment and/or diffuse design to include drainage areas of over-wintering bird surveys during pygmaea) pollution from road run-off system that manages road of this species. The migratory and non- affecting water quality within run off, including oil current records suggest migratory season as (habitat: GoM) catchment area, River interceptors, sediment traps that individuals stay per biodiversity Sittaung and Gulf of Mottama. and first flush run off storage south of the area of the monitoring plan defined areas. bridge alignment (i.e. in Table 8.2.3 of Indirect disturbance of within Ramsar site) Sittaung Bridge EIA) wintering birds Construction: CEMP to include measures to prevent Comment: Opportunity construction waste (solids for project to assist and liquid) entering research into this catchment area and river significantly declining Sittaung species – e.g. engagement of local stakeholders to identify and report species if observed. Sonneratia griffithii Loss of specimens due to Design: Bridge design to N/A No direct effects Monitoring: Due to the disturbance of mud flats, ensure that abutments and anticipated for this dynamic nature of the (habitat: mudflats of changes in river dynamics piers do not adversely affect species – current mudbanks and this River Sittaung and sedimentation patterns of population levels, if species being a GoM) River Sittaung present, are not colonizer, pre- anticipated to change construction survey for

272

Receptor Potential Impacts Mitigation Criterion 1 - Criterion 2 – no Monitoring/Comment no reduction in the measurable population of CR and adverse EN impacts on CH due to the highway and the presence of bridge development mudflats in range 2km and operation upstream and 7km downstream of bridge location shall be undertaken, and repeated during construction and post- construction (see biodiversity monitoring plan in Table 8.2.3 of Sittaung Bridge EIA) Narrow sawfish Permanent use of river area Design: Road and bridge N/A On basis of mitigation Monitoring: Fish (Anoxypristis (for bridge piers, less than 1 design to include drainage implementation surveys to be cuspidate) ha). system that manages road protecting water quality conducted twice a year run off, including oil it is considered that at four points in (habitat: River Catastrophic loss of interceptors, sediment traps there is no risk of the accordance with Sittaung, GoM) containment and/or diffuse and first flush run off storage project causing biodiversity monitoring pollution from road run-off areas. reduction of population plan in Table 8.2.3 of affecting water quality within numbers of this species the Sittaung Bridge catchment area, River Construction: Bridge EIA) Sittaung and Gulf of Mottama. construction method to ensure no restriction of fish Comment: Workers to Restriction of movement movements up and be given training by upstream of river downstream. qualified specialist on Illegal fishing by workers species (how to During construction period, during construction. recognize, where to workers will not be permitted report siting) to fish within the River Sittaung from the banks or project vessels.

273

Receptor Potential Impacts Mitigation Criterion 1 - Criterion 2 – no Monitoring/Comment no reduction in the measurable population of CR and adverse EN impacts on CH All project vessels to be Marpol compliant with respect to waste management and anti-fouling paint Broadfin shark Permanent use of river area Design: Road and bridge N/A On basis of mitigation Monitoring: Fish (Lamiopsis (for bridge piers, less than 1 design to include drainage implementation surveys to be temminckii) ha). system that manages road protecting water quality conducted twice a year run off, including oil it is considered that at four points in (habitat: River Catastrophic loss of interceptors, sediment traps there is no risk of the accordance with Sittaung, GoM) containment and/or diffuse and first flush run off storage project causing biodiversity monitoring pollution from road run-off areas. reduction of population plan in Table 8.2.3 of affecting water quality within numbers of this species the Sittaung Bridge catchment area, River Construction: Workers will not EIA). Sittaung and Gulf of Mottama. be permitted to fish within the River Sittaung from the banks Comment: Workers to Restriction of movement or project vessels. be given training by upstream of river. qualified specialist on Bridge construction method Illegal fishing by workers species (how to to ensure no restriction of fish during construction. recognize, where to movements up and report siting) downstream. All project vessels to be Marpol compliant with respect to waste management and anti-fouling paint Gulf of Mottama Indirect impacts due to Design: Road and bridge On basis of N/A Monitoring: Water Ramsar Site changes in water quality design to include drainage implementation quality monitoring through contamination of system that manages road of mitigation upstream and River Sittaung and drainage run off, including oil measures downstream of bridge basin. interceptors, sediment traps there are no crossing during predicted construction process adverse and monthly for first

274

Receptor Potential Impacts Mitigation Criterion 1 - Criterion 2 – no Monitoring/Comment no reduction in the measurable population of CR and adverse EN impacts on CH Introduction of invasive and first flush run off storage impacts that twelve months after species through construction areas. would affect commencement of equipment. qualifying operation (see Construction: All vessels features or biodiversity monitoring used in the construction of the ecosystem plan in Table 8.2.3 of bridge within the river will be functioning of the Sittaung Bridge thoroughly cleaned prior to the Ramsar EIA) deployment to the site. site Any vessels, tanks or containers which will be used in the river and originating from a third country will be steam cleaned prior to deployment to the site, all tanks, cooling systems, etc., will be emptied prior to deployment; No ballast materials shall be discharged into the River Sittaung; The contractor will allow no plant material to enter the water course from vessels, including food products, seeds etc.

275

I.9. Construction Phase Environmental Effect Monitoring 757. During the construction phase monitoring will be conducted by a third party monitoring contractor for surface water quality, air quality, and noise. The monitoring program design is summarized in Table I-8. Table I-9 Construction Environmental Quality Monitoring (including performance indicators)

Component Parameters NEQEGa Locations Monitoring Monitoring Guideline frequency Responsibility

Surface Water Biological oxygen 30 mg/l Project Twice – PMU/CSC Quality demand seasonally Major water bodies during first year Chemical oxygen 125 mg/l Third Party demand Monitoring Contractor Oil and grease 10 mg/l

pH 6-9

Total coliform 400 per 100ml bacteria

Total nitrogen 10 mg/l

Total phosphorus 2 mg/l

Total suspended 50 mg/l solids

Noise Residential Entire road Monthly PMU/CSC Day 55 dBA

Residential At key receptors Third Party including Monitoring Night 45 dBA residential, Contractor education, Commercial religious and Day 70 dBA healthcare sites along project road. Commercial 70 dBA Night

Air Quality Nitrogen dioxide 200 μg/m3 Entire road Following PMU/CSC complaints or (1hour average) pollution/ 3 discharge events Ozone (8 hour 100 μg/m At key receptors Third Party maximum) including that may be Monitoring residential, attributed to the Contractor Particulate matter 50 μg/m3 education, and project

PM10 religious and healthcare sites (24 Hour Average) along project road Particulate matter 25 μg/m3 PM2.5 (24 hour Average)

CO 9 ppm (8 hour average) a Myanmar Standards

276

I.10. Environmental Management Plan Indicative Cost 758. The costs for implementation and operation of the Environmental Management Plan is set out in Table I-9. Table I-10 Environmental Management Plan Indicative Cost Estimate Item Cost (US$) Comment Mitigation Measures Normally included in construction contracts. However, an indicative cost is required. Noise barriers 200,000 Dust amelioration 50,000 HSE Measures 20,000 Monitoring Programs Contracted out by PMU to qualified environmental monitoring agencies. Noise Monitoring 25,000 Water Quality Monitoring 50,000 Air Quality Monitoring 25,000 Environmental Staffing Contractor 96,000 48 person months Construction Supervision Consultant 220,000 12 person months (International) 36 person months (national) PMU Environmental Staff 40,000 48 person months PMU Grievance Redress Staff 20,000 48 person months Capacity Development and Training 20,000 Vehicles 44,000 Total 810,000 Source: The Consultants, 2018

I.11. Capacity Development and Training 759. The PMU will have responsibility for EMP implementation coordination, supervision and reporting, and needs capacity building and strengthening. At the moment there is only one person on its staff with the required environmental expertise. 760. The capacity of PMU and contractors’ staff responsible for EMP implementation and supervision will be strengthened. All parties involved in implementing and supervising the EMP must understand the goals, methods, and practices of project environmental management. The project will address the lack of capacities and expertise in environmental management through (i) institutional capacity building, and (ii) training. 761. Institutional strengthening. The capacities of PMU to coordinate environmental management will be strengthened through a set of measures: i. The appointment of a qualified environment specialist within the PMU in charge of EMP coordination, including GRM and coordination of environmental impact monitoring, training, reporting, etc.; ii. The contracting of environmental specialists and construction safety engineers under the construction supervision consultancy services (CSC); and iii. The contracting of an External Monitoring Consultant (EMC) to guide and verify PMU, CSC and contractors in implementing the EMP and ensure compliance with ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS 2009). 762. Training. The PMU and contractors will receive training in CEMP preparation, EMP and CEMP implementation, supervision, and reporting, the Grievance Redress Mechanism,

277

protection measures in legally protected sites, and construction safety. Training will be facilitated by the environmental specialists under the construction supervision consultancy services (CSC). The tentative training plan (Table I-10) shall be reviewed by the CSC based on a training needs assessment and refined in their technical proposal. The cost for this program, estimated at $5,500 will be included in the CSC contract. In addition, each works contractor will conduct daily tool box briefings and monthly trainings on construction site safety and environmental protection requirements for all construction staff.

Table I-11: Tentative EMP-related Training Program Cost Period No. of Total Training Attendees Contents Times ($/person (days) persons Cost /day) EMP requirements PMU, The Environmental Twice - 2 20 25 $1,000 and contractors Conservation Law (the Once prior to, and responsibilities, Pyidaungsu Hluttow Law once after one CEMP No.9/20/2130rh of March year of project preparation, 2012) implementation implementation The Myanmar National Environmental Quality (Emission) Guidelines (2015) CEMP preparation requirements and procedures, roles and responsibilities, monitoring, supervision and reporting procedures, review of experience (after 12 months) Biodiversity PMU, The Environmental Once prior to, and 2 50 25 $2,500 protection contractors Conservation Rules (2013) once after 6 measures in or Chapter XI Environmental months of project near legally Impact Assessment implementation protected sites Procedure and penalties in case of non-compliance Reporting requirements for CH-classifying species EMP monitoring PMU, Monitoring methods, data Once (at 1 10 25 $250 and reporting contractors collection and processing, beginning of requirements reporting systems, project occupational health & construction) safety during construction Grievance PMU, Roles and responsibilities, Twice - 2 20 25 $1,000 Redress contractors, procedures, review of Once prior to, and Mechanism, ECD experience (after 12 once after one Public consultation months) year of project implementation Occupational and PMU, Construction safety Twice - 2 15 25 $750 community health contractors requirements, procedures Once prior to, and and safety and responsibilities; key once after one regulations

278

Cost Period No. of Total Training Attendees Contents Times ($/person (days) persons Cost /day) year of project implementation Total estimated cost: $5,500 Notes: PMU = Project Management Unit; ECD = Environment Control Department. The daily rate per person includes costs for course material preparation, rental of training facilities, and food.

279

J. Conclusion and Recommendations

763. The EIA process has shown that the receiving environment of the project has a variety of Valued Environmental Receptors (VEC) present. These are focused around three areas. Firstly, the land use along the proposed highway alignment, which is predominantly intensive agriculture, secondly the people living on and working the agricultural land and finally biodiversity and protected habitats within and close to the proposed alignment. 764. A common factor in the above three aspects is ground and surface water quality. The agricultural production processes depend upon good water quality for a continued healthy ecosystem. In turn the population along the alignment who are predominantly farmers rely indirectly on the water quality for food production for direct consumption and selling. Local people may also rely on ground water resources as their source of potable water. Finally, the internationally important sites for biodiversity rely, in part on avoidance of pollution of the sites which may affect the food chains and ecosystem services of the area. 765. Therefore, reduction of effects and risks of the project should be focused around minimization of footprint and protection of ground and surface water quality. 766. General comments on recommended measures to manage impacts and risks are set out below. This should be taken into account during the detailed design phase of the project.

J.1. Design 767. The detailed design should adopt the mitigation measures set out in the current EIA Report. A focus on minimisation of land take, commensurate with engineering and safety requirements shall be adopted. 768. The detailed design shall include all necessary road drainage arrangements to prevent pollutants in storm water, especially first flush run off, from reaching the surface and ground water resources. The use of sediment traps, oil and grease traps and possible holding areas for pollutants should be part of the project design. 769. The location of the proposed rest area should be outside of the River Sittaung catchment area and the rest area should not have any fuel or oil storage facilities present. 770. The design should consider noise issues and examine preferred options to reduce noise impacts. It is recommended that detailed noise modelling using advance software such as SoundPlan with accurate topographical data be conducted. 771. Further liaison shall be held between the Highway design team and JICA consultants for the River Sittaung bridge crossing.

J.2. Preconstruction 772. The appointed contractor will develop a full Construction Environmental Management Plan, specific to the risks and identified impacts. This shall be developed and approved by MoC prior to the contractor mobilizing to site. A focus shall be on prevention of pollution of surface and ground water and waste management. 773. The EMP will include an effective Environmental Management System (EMS) to ensure all commitments set out in the EIA and any other environmental related commitments made in other forums, such as public consultation or stakeholder engagement are implemented and effective. 774. The location of workers accommodation, contractors’ facilities and laydown areas shall be determined and assessed. 775. Borrow pit locations shall be determined and agreed with MoC. Unlicensed quarries shall not be utilized for the project.

280

J.3. Construction 776. Construction period mitigation will focus on enforcing contractor good housekeeping practices such as solid and liquid waste disposal, management of all hazardous materials such as fuel and bitumen, construction workers camp management, earthworks planning, management of borrow sites and haul road, dust control and restoration and revegetation of work areas. 777. The construction period will see significantly elevated air pollution and noise impacts which will best be mitigated by the operation of all construction equipment within specifications and avoiding operation of noisy equipment at sensitive locations and restricting construction within 500m of villages to 0800-1700. Further, sensitive sites such as stupas/shrines, graveyards, community center that could be exposed to excessive noise, vibration and air pollution have been identified and appropriate protective actions planned to minimize damage. 778. Requiring contractors to maintain equipment, limit haul road speed limits and regularly inspect operations for signs of black smoke diesel emission from equipment will mitigate construction period air pollution. Dust control via watering and dust attenuation means at aggregate processing sites and borrow pits will also be established and maintained throughout the construction period. 779. During construction, the EMS for the project shall be implemented through site inspections, reporting and ensuring that the mitigation measures are both implemented and effective. Any unanticipated impacts should be identified, assessed and mitigated as necessary. Adequate attention and funding shall be available for training of workers in health and safety and environmental aspects. 780. The Grievance Redress Mechanism shall be fully employed and stakeholder engagement shall continue throughout the construction period. Monitoring and reporting of environmental effects should be conducted in accordance with the agreed monitoring plans.

J.4. Operations and Maintenance 781. During operation by 2045 air pollution levels will rise but for all pollutants concentrations along the road the pollutant levels comply with Myanmar standards and USEPA NAAQS within 50m of the road edge. Given the rural nature of the area alongside the road there are unlikely to be other significant sources of air pollution. Thus, at the operational stage of the project, increased vehicle traffic is not anticipated to degrade air quality significantly in the project area. 782. During operation by 2035 noise levels will rise but will not exceed Myanmar standards at distances beyond 200m from the road. Modifications to the alignment within the ROW have been recommended to minimize impacts. Noise barriers are recommended at 7 noise sensitive locations. 783. It is recommended that the client develop an Operational Environmental Management Plan (OEMP) which will include the requirement for checking and maintaining pollution prevention systems. As built noise surveys are recommended.

J.5. Public Consultation 784. Meaningful public consultations were carried out during EIA preparation to inform the project design and environmental assessment process. The responses are overwhelmingly positive and the project is receiving full support. Issues raised during public consultation relate to land acquisition and resettlement, and fears over poor environment management performance of contractors during construction, which could affect local environment and community health and safety. These concerns have been addressed through mitigation measures defined in the EMP. Consultation will continue during project implementation in accordance with the consultation plan defined in the EMP.

281

J.6. Overall Conclusion and Recommendations 785. This EIA concludes that the project is feasible from an environmental point of view. Some significant adverse and irreversible impacts are anticipated, justifying the environment Category A classification. Diligent implementation of the EMP by works contractors, to be closely monitored by the CSC and verified by an independent, external environmental monitoring consultant, will mitigate anticipated construction impacts and risks to acceptable levels.

282

283

References

Aung, L. L., Zin, E. E., Theingi, P., Elvera, N., Aung, P. P., Han, T. T., . . . Skaland, r. G. (2017). Myanmar Climate Report. Norwegian Meteorological Institute. IFC/WBG. (2012). Guidance Notes: Performance Standards on Environmental and Social Sustainability. World Bank Group. IFC/WBG. (2007b). Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) Guidelines: General EHS Guidance. International Finance Corporation/World Bank Group. Government of Myanmar. (2015). National Environmental Quality (Emission) Guidelines. Government of Myanmar. EAAFP. (2019). Baer’s Pochard Task Force. Retrieved 02 23, 2019, from https://www.eaaflyway.net/project/baers-pochard-task-force/ BirdLife International. (2019). Species factsheet: Aythya baeri. Retrieved 2019, from http://datazone.birdlife.org/species/factsheet/baers-pochard-aythya-baeri/details Birdlife International. (2019). Species factsheet: Emberiza aureola. Retrieved February 23, 2019, from http://datazone.birdlife.org/species/factsheet/yellow-breasted-bunting- emberiza-aureola/details Clark, N. A., Anderson, G. Q., Li, J., Syroechkovskiy, E. E., Tomkovich, P. S., Zockler, C., . . . Green, R. E. (2016). First formal estimate of the world population of the Critically Endangered spoon-billed sandpiper Calidris pygmaea. Oryx, pp. 1-10. Zöckler, C., Beresford, A. E., Bunting, G., Chowdhury, S. U., Clark, N. A., Wing Kan Fu, V., . . . Buchanan, G. M. (2016). The winter distribution of the Spoon-billed Sandpiper Calidris pygmaeus. Bird Conservation International, pp. 1-10. Aung, P. P., Tun, T. A., Tun, A. M., Oo, A. N., Htet, M. T., Soe, R. N., . . . Aung, K. T. (2016). Monitoring Programme for Critically Endangered Spoon-Billed Sandpiper on its Globally most Important Wintering Grounds in Myanmar. BANCA. International Finance Corporation. (2012). IFC Performance Standards on Environmental and Social Sustainability. IFC. International Finance Corporation. (2012 a). PS 6 Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Resources. World Bank Group. IFC. (2018). Guidance Notes: Performance Standard No.6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources. International Finance Corporation. Harrison, L. R., & Dulvy, N. K. (2014). Sawfish: A Global Strategy for Conservation. Vancouver: IUCN Species Survival Commission’s Shark Specialist Group. Zockler, C., Naing, T. Z., Moses, S., Soe, Y. N., & Hla, T. H. (2014). The Importance of the Myanmar Coast for Waterbirds. Stilt, 66, 37-51.

284